^> ^>. IMAGE EVALUA'T'ON TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. &. 1.0 I.I |50 '"^" •^ ^ lllll ^0 nil 2.0 25 12,2 i.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" — 1^ I Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY M580 (716) 872-4503 i i CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliooraphic Notes/Notes techniques et bibiiographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibiiographicaiiy unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. n J D D D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur [~~| Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagie Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurie et/ou pellicul6e Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiques on couleuf □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black}/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ D Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Reli6 avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La reliure serrie peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int6riaure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties tors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmAes. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppldmentaires; L'Institut a microfilm6 le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 4t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de filmage sont indiquds ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ D Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes Pages restored and/oi Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxe< Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqu^es Pages detached/ Pages d6tach6es Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Quality in6gale de I'impression Includes supplementary materi{ Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I I Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ I I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ I I Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ I I Only edition available/ T t« Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellemant obscurcies par un feuiilet d'arrata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 film6es A nouvedu de fapon k obtenir la meilleure image possible. T P o fi b t» si o fi si oi Tl si Tl w M di er b( "1 re m This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous, 10X 14X 18X 22X y 12X 16X 20X 26X 30X 24X 28X n 32X I tails I du odifier une mage Tha copy filmad hera has baan raproducad thanks to tha ganarosity of: Library Division Provincial Archives of British Columbia Tha imagas appearing hara ara tha bast quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol ^^»- (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: L'exemplaire filmA fut reproduit grAce A la ginArosit* da: Library Division Provincial Archives of British Columbia Las images suivantes ont 4tA reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compta tenu de la condition at da la nettet6 de rexemplaira filmA, et en ccnfcrmitA avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture r^ papier est imprimAe sont film6s en commenpant par la premier plat at en terminant soit par la derniAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmAs en commenpant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la derniire page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE ", le symbole V signifie "FIN ". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre film^s A des taux de reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film« A partir de Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images n^cassaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mithode. rrata o )elure, Id J 32X 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 r^PPIIP^.iiWIIf Wl Wf • "' I ipPBIIWI *W- Wltmfll ] |lippin^MH|IHI«MP«P«ll II I 11 r^ S. W. SILVER & 00. 'S CIKCULAK NOTES (Payable all the world over) ARE ACCOMP CTS AS A Aden. Batavia Bombay Caluutti Colombi Foo Ch< Galle. Hong K Alezand Beaufor Bethulii Bloemfc Burghei Cape Tc Carnarv Colesbe: Dordrec Durban Graaf-Bw jr ^». .-. Graham's Town. Hope Town. Kimberley (Diamond Fields) King William's Town. Xiagos. Iiiberia (Monrovia). CoUectLorv I. 'Osiitoland). Bichmond. Somerset, Eapl Victoria, West. Winburg. Zagazig (Egypt). '^ I I ^wW^ CORRESPONDEN'JS- conti.iwd. Adelaide. Auckland. Bathurst. Brisbane. Christchurch. Dunedin. Geelong. Hobart Town. Launceston. Melbourne. Nelson. AUSTRALASIA. ! I , Port Lyttelton. Portland. Sydney. Toowoomba. "Wellington. Western Australia (Fre- ^nntle). „ „ (Port Wnlcntt). „ „ (De Grey \ River). AMERICA. Bogota. Callao. Cleveland (O.). Chicago. Costa Bica (San Jose>. Galveston. Lima. Montreal. Newfoundland (St. John's). New Grenada (Tunmco). New York. Panama. Para. Philadelphia. Portland (Oregon) Quebec. Bosario. Bio de Janeiro. San Francisco. Tampioo. Valparaiso. Vancouver Island (Victoria). Barbados. Berbice. Demerara. Grenada. WEST INDIES, &c. Jamaica. St. Thomas. Trinidad. I i ALSO AT I Canary Islands (Lanzarote). Cyprus. Falkland Islands. Fiji Islands (Levuka, Ovalau). Madagascar (Tamatave). Madeira. Malta. New Caledonia. Sandwich Islands (Honolulu). &c. &c. &c. All particulars respecting above on application to S. W. SILVER & CO. 67 CORNHILL, LONDON, EC. '» *, ' ii, V : •■*• r 2 S. W. SILVER i CO.'S HA NDBOOKS, &c. AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND; ikcludino the Fiji iBLANDS. 3rd Edition, trilft Coloured Map. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, 449 pp., price 6t. THE AUSTRALIAN GRAZIER'S GUIDE. No. 1. 8HEKP. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, price '2s. 6(1. THE AUSTRALIAN GRAZIER'S GUIDE. No. 2. CATTLE. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, price 2s. 6d. AUSTRALIAN DICTIONARY OP DATES AND MEN OE THE TIME. By J. H. Hea'WN. Royal 8vo. 650 pp., price 16*. SOUTH AFRICA (with Coloured Map and Iixustrations) : including Cape Colony, Natal, tlie Diamond Fields, Orange Free State, &c, 3rd Kdition, revised and enlarged. Crown 8vo, limp cloth, 676 pp., price 6*. THE TRANSVAAL (with Map); containing information on the Political, Fhysical, Commercial, and Social ABpects of the Oolony. Crown Svo. limp cloth, price '2s. 6d. CANADA I INCLUDING Ontario, Nobth-West Tebritobt, Manitoba, Quebec, Nova Scotia, New Biiukswick, Phince Edward Isl.vnd, Biutish Columbia, &c. With New Coloured Map. 2nd Edition. Cloth, 6». THE KEY TO FORTUNE IN NEW LANDS. Limp cloth, price 1*. 6d. IMPERIAL FEDERATION. By Feedk. Young. Small 4to. handsomely bou'ad, 6s. CACAO : How to Grow and Cube it. By D. Morris, M.A., F.G.S., Jamaica. Price 1*. CLIMATE AND HEALTH IN SOUTH AFRICA. By .Ias. Bunwick. Price Is. TASMANIA* Past and Pbesbnt. By Sir Charles Dd Cane, K.C.M.G. 2nd Edition. Price \s. Id. POCKET-BOOK SERIES; containing all the practical infor- mation the voyagur requires for Kuiiiance in taltin;; his passage, securing his berth, getting his outfit, and embarking ; pouits of interest en route, &c. 1. WEST INDIES ; two books, {«) Lbbward and Windward Islands, and TlilNIDAD, '2s. 6d. (b) .Jamaica, Hayti, Cuba, the Bahamas, &c., 2«. Cd. 2. SOUTH AFRICA, 2s. 6d. L THE FUTURE OP THE DOMINION OP CANADA. By Sir A. Galt. G.C.M.G., High Commissioner for Canada. Price Is. THE LEEWARD ISLANDS, Past and Present. By the Hon. T. B. H. Bekkkley, C.M.G. Price 1*. S. W. SILVER & CO.'S COLONIAL MAPS (1*. each) OF AU8TBALIA AND NEW ZEALAND— CANADA— SOUTH AFRICA. S. W. SILVER & CO., Q7 CornhiU, Londo.i. [ . I. IKS, £c. JDiNQ THE Fiji 49 pp., prict> 6t. >E. >E. SS AND 16*. :,USTRATIONS) : &c. 3rd Edition, lation on the Irown 8vo. limp r, Manitoba, [iAND, British DS> Limp Small 4to. kl.A., F.G.S., IFRICA. rB,K.C.M.G. ictical infor- ing hla berth, Islands, and Sir A. Galt, on. T. B. H. AUSTBALIA t /' i I V I f. IbO 140 130 J yi.ii""" rjo liu Publlilied by S W. Silvir i: Co. Sun C . No.^h ImthjiUit >.•"*" ■0*' .^ Jif ' fK-.l'J''^ xw. « '■•""I ^.. I '»• --•••\'"'Krv7i 'SH. A r ,ji| .1 .V r . i^r f r n-*"! \ rill'-'' \ ^r~^ ^V ^~^^%y/'~€>(ui >xi>" ^ i..\'ji ^ i ^IC^ 90 ^i ^ 's*-"":/ .N<^t" ^^e if* ^^^^ •!«..„„ «xA'> /Swim-Kil CapiUits 'Vvv. MAP t)F Rb ifr •< BRITISH ii HOISTE AMEM€A : / (DOMINION OF CANADA & NEWFOUNDLAND) ' by M:j, lUmer. ^ 1884 I oo blLhed by S W. Silvar i Co. Suti a>ui t CornhiU London k iV,' ■»■• 'V' ■ii-'*' ^ ,'^ S. W. SILVER & CO.'S HMDBOOK TO CANADA. A GUIDE FOR TRAVElLEhS AND SETTLERS m THB PBOVINCBS OF ONTARIO, MANITOBA, QUEBEC, NOVA SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK, BRITISH COLUMBIA, PRINCE EDWARD * ISLAND, NORTH- WEST TERRITORIES, &c. &c. ^w I T n HT :e] ^w im: ^ IP, SHOWING THE RAILWAY SYSTEM &c. ^- : m 3 '• ■' o ^ w ^ • . iJ^^/^^ (^ LONDON: ^^ ^ S. W. SILVER AND CO W ■ v SUN COURT, 67 CORNIllLL, E.G. K. 1884. 4 ^ ^'^^^^^•'••••'-••m^Hmmmmmtmmmmm III i?g4- LONDON I PRINTED BT SFOmSWOODB AND CO., NKW-STUKKT SQnABS ABO FABLIAMBNT BTBKKT PEEFACB. The Dominion of Canada will shortly enter upon the Eighteenth year of its confederated existence. Its history — always memorable and interesting — has, during that short period, been marked by events conspicuons alike for their national importance and their economic value. Foremost among these is the settlement, by a vigorous population, of the vast areas of fertile land lately owned by the Hudson's Bay Company and now known as the North-West Territory. This section, embracing nearly two-thirds of our transatlantic domain and comprising some of the finest wheat-producing lands in the Empire, is now traversed by the Canadian Pacific Railway, and is thus placed in direct communication with British markets and British homes. The need of a comprehensive, reliable, and at the same time cheap and handy work, which would furnish the kind of information most sought for in regard to these and other portions of the Dominion, has long been felt. The Handbook to Canada will, it is hoped, supply this want. Its aim is to portray the Dominion as it really exists, and not as prejudice and partiality have too often pictured it. The coloured map has been specially prepared for, and forms a valuable addition to, its pages ; while the marginal notes and index will, it is hoped, greatly facilitate and encourage reference to its varied contents. August 1884. '•^mmtrmmmmmi'mmiim ▼ T CONTENTS. [A copious Index mil be found at pp. 281-292.]] Fbefacs PAGB V CANADA. Historical Sketch — Discovery — French Occupation — Consolidation of British Power since Confederation — Geography — Population — Climate — Land Laws — Agriculture — Mines and Minerals — Natural History — Fisheries — Government — Social Statistics — Eailways and Public Works pages 1-60 NOVA SCOTIA. Discovery— History— The French Period— Geography— Geology — Productions — Minerals — Manufactures and Trade— Land Laws — Governmeut —Population — Education — Eailways, &c. — Principal Towns— Cape Broton Island 61-103 PEINCE EDWARD ISLAND. Position — History — Government - —Chief Towns . -Climate — Soil — Eailways, &c. . 104-108 NEW BEUNSWICK. History — Divisions —Geography— Natural History — Geology— In- dustries-Commerce and Trade— Chief Towns . . 109-123 I VUl CONTENTS, QUEBEC. The Voyage Out— Geography — Divisions and Towns — Productions — Mines and Minerals — Agriculture — Commerce— The Eastern Townships — Government — Population — Education and Eeligion — Chief Towns pages 124-153 ■ I ONTAEIO. Territory — Climate — Geography — Agriculture — Population — Divisions — Free Lands — Eailways, &c.— Social Statistics — Manu- factures — Trade — Inducements to Settlers — Chief Towns — Sport and Natural History 154-181 BEITISH COLUMBIA. Boundaries and Area — Climate — History — Geography — Productions — Land Laws — Means of Communication — Vancouver Island — Chief Towns — Game, &c. — Cost of Living — Eoutes and i ares — Post and Telegraph Offices 82-212 . . . - . MANITOBA. . The ' Prairie Province ' — Area — Government— Soil — Climate — Geo- graphy — Production — Population — Education, &c. — Winnipeg and other Towns — District of Keewatin — Tables of Distances 213-232 NOETH-WEST TEEEITOEIES. Area — Assiniboia — Saskatchewan — Alberta — Athabasca — Fertil .^ — Climate and Geography — Settlements— Productions — The In- terior — Government — Mounted Police — Education— List of Post and Telegraph Offices 233-260 Canadian Pacific Eailway Table of Distances in the North Atlantic Lights sighted on the Voyage Out 261 264 267 APPENDIX. Notes on the Minerals of Nova Scotia 269 INDEX 281-292 m Productions 'he Eastern i Eeligion — es 124-153 IT HANDBOOK TO CANADA. 'opulation — tics — Manu- )wn8— Sport 164-181 -Productions er Island — and ' ares — 82-212 imate — Geo- Vinnipegand ices 213-232 ;a — Fertil , ns— The In- List of Post . 233-260 . 261 . 264 . 267 269 281-292 ■;'1 - Historical Sketch. :, Period of Discovery, a.d. 1497 to 1534. i Whatever may be the public verdict upon the claims of CANADA. Canada as a field for successful settlement and human ' ; achievement, when compared with those of other por- tions of the British Empire, there can be no question of the pre-eminent interest which our Home Colony po3- sesses from an historical point of view. Her position, Canada'» in this regard, is as unique as it is remarkable. No part Ppsition in of our world-wide colonial domain has passed through '^'-^T' so many or such stormy stages of existence. Nowhere within the circuit of the Crown territory have peace and war, union and disunion, loyalty and rebellion followed each ether in such quick succession. In none have the struggles between Church and State, between party and party, been more bitter, or the great political changes which thoy have contributed to hasten been more sudden or more sweeping. Nowhere have the loyalty of the subject and the prestige of the nation been more sorely tried, and nowhere have they been more nobly vindi- cated or more heroically sustained, than in Canada. It Desijju and is the object of ae present brief sketch to trace these ^"f^®"^*''" varied stages in her history, to note her growth from "^ ' the infant quasi-colony of a foreign Power to our own present prosperous Dominion, to portray the more important political changes by which each succeeding Btage has been marked, and to show, as far as practic- able, the results which the present current of public opinion and the course of events are likely to bring about* There was little in the early existence of Canada to indicate the position which she has already acquired. J B work. CM»D>. Visit of the Norsemen considered doubtful. Simul- taneous dis- eovery of our (Cana- dian and Cape Colonies, A.D. 1497. «Jl 2 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Still less was there to foreshadow the greatness to which she is surely yet destined to attain. The hardy adven- turous Norsemen, if they ever really sighted the Canadian shores, which is extremely doubtful, certainly never landed on them. Their occupation, at least, if not their discovery, was reserved for later times and for another race of people. The best authenticated discovery and ear- liest attested history we have of the country now called Canada are associated with the exploits of that brave band of Venetian navigators who shed such lustre on the closing annals of the fifteenth century. Our North American and South African colonies started in the race for empire — rather let us say took up their appointed places in the circling orbit of our civilisation — together. "While Diaz and Vasco de Gama were seeking a new route to India by way of the Cape of Good Hope, the Cabots, father and son, were tracking the stormy At- lantic, and hunting for a north-west passage in hopes of ultimately reaching the same goal. In the very same year, indeed, in which the Portu- guese navigator weathered the Cape of Storms and sighted the low-lying coast of Natal, his Italian com- peer, accompanied by his 3on Sebastian, in the little barque Matthew, which the English monarch had given him, caught the first faint glimpse of the rock-bound coast of Newfoundland. It was only a glimpse, a first sight, a prima vista, and so Cabot called it. Two years subsequently to Cabot's voyage, Graspar de Cortereal, a Portuguese adventurer, hoping to accom- plish what his predecessor and competitor had failed to find — a north-west passage to India — set sail from Lisbon, and with two ships reached the Labrador coast, which he named Terra Verde. He entered the Gulf of St. Lawrence, but of further explors/tion by him we have no authentic trace. Local historians dwell with con- siderable enthusiasm on the probability of his having landed on some portion of the Acadian or Nova Scotian coast. Bat this, at best, is supposititious, and if he did land he left no trace worthy of mention. That he accomplished something is, however, probable, as he seems to have made a second voyage in 1501. From this he never returned. Thus far discovery on the North American coast had : IS to which 'dy adven- Cauadian nly never f not their or another ry and ear- now called that brave Instre on Our North in the race appointed --together, ing a new Hope, the stormy At- in hopes of the Portu- torms and :alian com- n the little I had given rock-bound ipse, a first ige, Gaspar J to accom- ad failed to i sail from rador coast, the Gulf of lim we have 1 with con- his having ova Scotian ad if he did . That he able, as he )01. From n coast had ; '. HISTORICAL SKETCH. 3 resulted wholly from the desire to discover a north-west passage to India. Not only was the island which now bears the name Newfoundland an actual terra nova, but the Labrador coast and Acadia to the south of it were in the same category of newly-discovered or new-found- lands, and thus they stand roughly outlined on the maps of that period. The first voyage to North America with a view to settlement is that, recorded by Mr. Beamish Murdoch in his history of Nova Scotia, of the Baron de Lery et de St. Just in 1618. In 1504 the hardy Breton and Basque fishermen were on the banks of Newfound- land in quest of the cod which they have fished with so much success since, but their visits were without histo- rical importance, and this was the first acquaintance France made with her future possessions in the New World. Twenty years later, Francis I. of France aspired to enter the lists with Spain and Portugal for the acqui- sition of territory and sovereignty in America. Under his direction Giovanni Verazzani, a Florentine, was despatched (January 17, 1524) in the ship ' Dauphine,' with fifty men and provisions for eight months. He is known to have ranged the coast from Florida to lati- tude 50° N., which would include the Gulf of St. Law- rence and Nev'foundland, and to have landed at various points on the coast ; but, beyond this scanty record, we have no account whatever either of what he saw or what he did. Similarly barren of practical result seems to have been the visit of a ' learned and wealthy English citizen of Bristol,' Master Thomas Thome by name, who, favoured Vfith. the patronage of King Henry VIII., fitted out two ships (one of them bearing the name of the Dominus vobiscum), and set sail in May 1527. Entering the Straits of Belle Isle, and, through them, reaching the Cape Breton and Acadian shores, the ambition of Thorne and his companions, or more likely their provisions, failed them, and they returned to Bristol in October of the same year. Thus fitfully and feebly were the attempts to found settlements on the coast of Norfh America carried on until the close of the first quarter of the sixteenth ceutuiy. The flag of discovery had been thus far wholly in b2 CANADA, De Lery's visit, A.D. 1518. Verazzani's voyage, A.D. 1524. Thome's expcditiou, A.D. 1527. rrfT til i SANADA. Early fisheries. Jacques Cartier's visit, A.D. 1534. Jacques Cartier's second visit, A.D. 1635. Oripin of Quebec. I 4 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. the hands of foreigners, and he would have been a.bold man who would then have predicted that Britain would become the first maritime nation in the world. A float- ing population, consisting of a few hundred hardy but humble Norman and Breton fishermen — anchored on the open Newfoundland banks for seven months in the year, or sheltered between the headlands on some part of the Acadian coast — formed the only approach to what could be called a settlement or colony. It is not until we come to the French exploration and occnnation that we reach what may fairly and distinctively be called the first period in the history of Canada. This period opened with the voyage and landing of Jacques Cartier in 1534. -.:.;•-.. .;w ..:..., i' French Occupation. A.D. 1634 to 17G3. Encouraged, no doubt, by the commercial advantages which resulted from the pursuit of the Newfoundland bank and Nova Scotia shore fisheries, and further stimu- lated by the discoveries and subsequent report of his faithful ally and lieutenant, Cartier, the French monarch resolved to found a colony. On May 19, 1535, Jacques Cartier, the St. Malo pilot, with his brother officers (and three ships of 220 tons in all) after receiving the Bishop's blessing in the cathedral of his native town, set sail. Two months later they entered the gulf which Cabot and Cortereal had already partially explored. Passing Anticosti Island, they in time (September 7) reached a fertile, vine-clad isle, which they named Isle de Bacchus, and which is now known to all St. Lawrence travellers as the Island of Orleans. Here King Donna- oona, accompanied by his warriors in twelve canoes, made them a State visit, after which Cartier anchored his little fleet at the mouth of the St. Charles river, in full view of the ancient Indian town of 8tad,acona. This occupied the high beetling promontor'y on which Quebec — so named by the Indians themselves, to signify the strait, or narrow river passage which it overlooked — now stands. Thus peacefully commenced the French occupation of Canada nearly three centuries and a half ago. . , , .. I been a bold ritain would d. A float- hardy but hored on the i in the year, 3 part of the what could ot until we tion that we e called the sriod opened Cartier in 1 advantages Bwfoundland Lrther stimu- report of his och monarch 535, Jacques officers (and eceiving the native town, le gulf which Uy explored, eptember 7) lamed Isle de 3t. Lawrence King Donna- canoes, made anchored his river, in full acona. This vhich Quebec ) signify the overlooked — . the French es and a half 1 IBBNCn OCCUPATION. 5 During Cartier's first visit little was accomplished in the way of actual settlement. Capture and conquest or conversion, not colonisation, have ever marked the policy of the French in the New World. Cartier seems to have contented himself with navigating the river as far as Hochelaga, where he made the acquaintance of the Huron- Iroquois tribe of Indians and of their King or Aguharma. West of the village rose a mountain which, with characteristic loyalty, he named Mont Royal^ which it still retains. In this way the city which stretches out beneath it, as well as the island upon which it stands, received the name of Montreal, which it still bears. After this he returned to France, which he reached July 8, 1536. Cartier's next visit was made in 1541, in company with Francis de la Roche, Sieur de Roberval, whom the French monarch had created Lieutenant-General and Viceroy of his newly-acquired possessions. This was intended as a colonising expedition, the first of any magnitude of which we have a,ny record. But, if so, the intention was not fulfilled. Roberval's colouy was a failure, and a similar fate awaited a second expedition, which he, with his brother Achille, fitted out in 1649. The loss of these expeditions retarded French colo- nisation fully half a century. Cartier and Roberval had found the Indians the sole occupants of the soil, ' monarchs of all they surveyed, with none their right to dispute,' and thus they left them for a period of fifty years. The next attempt at French occupation was of a very different character. Failing to find respectable colonists, they had recourse to convicts. The scene shifts from Quebec and Montreal to Sable Island, a barren sand-heap off the coast of Nova Scotia. Here, in 1598, the Marquis de la Roche landed a party of wretched outlaws, only twelve of whom managed to survive, subsisting, it is said, mainly on the produce of the cattle which, it is believed, Baron de Lery turned loose there in 1618. Excepting the visits of Pontgrave (1601), and of de Champlain and Chauvin (1602-3), nothing more was done in the direction of Frei'ch Canadian settlement till March 7, 1604, when PieiTe du Guest, Sieur de Monts, CINADII. Foundation of Mon- treal. Cartier, ac- companied by Rober- val, returns to Canada, A.D. 1.541. Indian pos- session un- disturbed. A convict settlement. ■ rW IT ^ CANADA. De Monts settles Annapolis, A.D. 1605. De Champ- lain founds Quebec, A.D. 1608. Missionary efforts. 6 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. sailed from Havre with four vessels, two of which were bound for Acadia. The first actual settlement by Europeans in whafc now forms the Dominion of Canada was made in 1605 by De Monts at Port Royal, now Annapoli8,in the present province of Nova Scotia. This followed immediately on the formation of the * Company of New France,* under patent from Henry IV., for ' inhabiting Acadia, Canada, and other places in New France.' Events now followed more rapidly. On July 3, 1608, Samuel de Champlain reached the bold headland at the confluence of the St. Lawrence and the St. Charles rivers, the spot where his bravo countryman Cartier had first wintered three-quarters of a century before. Here he founded the city of Quebec, and here, fifteen years later, he built Fort St. Louis. From this time till 1629, when the city was sur- rendered to the English forces under Admiral Kirke, French exploration and colonisation in Canada, or NoU' velle France, as it was then called, were carried on under the viceroyalty of Prince Conde, mainly, if not wholly, by the missionaries. The work of the Church was com- menced almost simultaneously in Old Canada and Nova Scotia. In the former it was prosecuted by the Francis- can friars of the Recollet fraternity ; in the latter by the Jesuits, who entered the field in 1625. Bands of mis- sionaries penetrated the country in all directions, zeal- ously endeavouring to convert the Indians to the Christian faith. From Quebec as a starting-point, the missionary lines of the ' Society of Jesus ' radiated in all directions through every inhabited region, from the Laurentian valley to the Hudson Bay Territory, through the region of the great lakes, and down the valley of the Mississippi. Scantily equipped, as it seemed to the worldly eye, with a breviary round the neck and a crucifix in the hand, the fearless priest set forth, the pioneer of commerce and the avant-courier of civilisa- tion. About this period, so pregnant of good ser- vices for the Church, the famous charities known ever since as the H6tel Dieu and Ursulino Convent were founded at Quebec. Garrisoned posts were estab- lished, and forts and earthworks constructed at various points. Scattered remains of Fort Prontenac and other FRENCH OCCUPATION. which were ms in what lacle in 1605 the present nediately on ance,' under iia, Canada, ow followed reached the t. Lawrence his bravo 3 -quarters of ' of Quebec, t. Louis, ty was sur- airal Kirke, id a, or ^ow- ed on under not wholly, ch was com- da and Nova the Francis- latter by the mds of mis- jctions, zeal- ans to the ig-point, the radiated in )n, from the Dry, through he valley of semed to the neck and a it forth, the of civilisa- F good ser- ities known ino Convent were estab- sd at various ic and other of these ancient French works are still to be seen. The CAIAOA. history of the country at this time is one of almost con- tinual warfare and hostility with the native tribes, graphically described by I arkman in his most interest- ing works * The Conquest of Canada ' and the ' Con- spiracy of Pontiac' This state of affairs lasted until Sir David Kirke, or Kirk, appeared upon the scene, when Quebec was surrendered, under the treaty of St. Germain-en- Laye, shortly before De Champlain's death, which occurred in 1635. By the terms of this treaty France again became mistress of Acadia. Between 1629 and 1713 Acadia was several times taken by the British and restored to France, but in the latter year it finally Treaty of passed to the British Crown under the terms of the Utrecht, Treaty of Utrecht. ^-o- 1713. This was the period of Western exploration. The Jesuits and other proselytising priests were everywhere pushing the work of the Church. The Jesuits were the pioneers of civilisation in the Far West. Conspicuous among them were M. Joliet and Peres Hennepin, Mar- quette, AUoez, and Dablon. Lasalle, setting forth from Fort Frontenac, had pursued his way to the southern extremity of Lake Michigan, the site of old Fort Dear- born and of Chicago in later days, which he reached October 18, 1678. Four years later the same intrepid ad- venturer took possession of the Mississippi valley in the name of the French King, and named it New France. At this period, as we learn from the ' Ofl&cial Correspon- dence of Paris,' Quebec Province contained but 3,418 persons, of whom 1,344 were fit to bear arms. These were distributed as follows : — Quebec 555 Notre Dame des Anges 118 Beaupr6 678 Cote de Lauzon . 6 Beau port 172 Montreal 684 lie d' Orleans 471 Trois-Bivi^res 461 St. Jean, &(j. 156 SiUery. 217 Total . 3,418 An event which was destined to have a more im- portant and lasting influence on the future of Canada than any, or, indeed, all, of these occurrences, was about to take place. In 1670 Charles 11. granted to Prince Rupert and his company of adventurers, since known as the Hud- *tfl |i T C>IIAD». Hudson Bay Cora- pany char- tered, A.D. 1670. Wolfe', capture of Quebec, September 13, 1769. 8 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. gon Bay Company, rights and privileges which have worked a mighty revolution in the fature of the whole North- West. These will be found treated at fitting length in other chapters of this work. In 1721 the census of the whole of Canada was returned at 25,600. The first Legislature of Nova Scotia met at Annapolis in 1758, and in the following year Wolfe captured Quebec. Meanwhile the French had not been altogether idle. As early as 1762 French traders had traversed the country as far as the confluenr f the Assiniboine River and the Red River of the rth, and built Fort La Rouge, where all that remains -f its successor, the dis- mantled Fort Garry, now stands. The Treaty of Pario, ratified Feb. 10, 1763, brought the memorfl,ble Seven Years' War to a close, and inau- gurated the era of England's palmy and permanent dominion in North America. Consolidation of British Power. :' ■ A.D. 1763 to 1867. Although the actual and sovereign dominion of France in Canada ceased with the famous passage of arms on the heights of Abraham in 1759, followed by the defeat of Montcalm, and the capitulation of Mon- treal in 1760, French influence continued to be felt in various ways. After the capture of Quebec the country was placed under military rule. The French Canadians were guaranteed the free exercise of their religion, and their clergy continued to enjoy their accustomed rights and privileges. La Nation Oanadienne, though dead poli- tically was yet socially and ecclesiastically as vigorous and active as ever. The definitive treaty between Eng- land, France, and Spain, though it left England con- stitutionally stronger, was really only a prelude to further disturbance. Territorially all that was left of La Nouvelle France were the little rock-bound and fog- capped islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon — a somewhat insignificant outcome from so ambitious a design as the conquest, conversion, and colonisation of half a con- tinent. In 1775 the Quebec Act was passed, and in the fatal concessions to the Canadians contained in this Act is to be found the origin of that anti- British feeling CONSOLIDATION OF BRITISH TOWKR. 9 which, engendered by the powers so conferred, has shown itself, though in a smaller degree, oven in recent years. The French criminal law was, however, super- seded by the English criminal law. The colonists wero now to pass through another war period — bloody but brief — this time with their own countrymen across the border. Blood had already been shed at Lexington, Concord, and Fort 'ticonderoga, and shortly after Crown Point and Fort St John fell to the enemy. The American successes wore, if sharp, equally short-lived. If Montreal opened its gates to the in- vaders, Quebec stood firm as the rock which she so proudly sentinels. The ancient city was hotly besieged by Generals Montgomery and Arnold, the first of whom was killed, while the second was badly wounded in the attack. During the years 1784-85 the maritime provinces of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick were organised under special constitutional charters, the first legislature of New Brunswick meeting at St. Ann's, now Fredericton, during the latter year. We now pass over a period of six years — to the close of 1791. This year was marked by the passage of the Constitutional Act, under which representative govern- ment was secured to the people. ' The slow but steady development of the principles of responsible government in Canada,' writes Mr. William Leggo, in his history of the Administration of Lord Dufferin, * under Lords Durham, Sydenham, Metcalfe, Elgin, Monck, and Lisgar, and the unswerving devotedncss of Lord Dufierin to those principles, serve to make this one of the most in- teresting epochs of Canadian history.' The passage of the Constitutional Act — the most important event, per- haps, in the purely political history of Canada — though far from satisfying the French- Canadian party, who were yet numerically the stronger, was, nevertheless, an important step in that direction. The territory of Old Ciinada was at this time divided into Upper and Lower Canada. The first Legislature of Lower Canada sat at Quebec in 1791, when that city contained but about 7,000 inhabitants ; that of Upper Canada sat at Kingston in 1 792. Thus they remained over the period of the American war and the domestic troubles of a later date, until their re-union by Imperial Act in 1840. Under one Adr PaHsa^^e of the Quebec Act, A.u. 1776. War with America. Represen- tative Go- vernment, A.D. 1791. Act of union and responsi- ble go- ^l 10 CANADA. vernment, A.D. 1840- 1841. Choice of a ' capital. Inter-pro- vincial jealousy. The Quebec scheme of confeder- ation. HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ministration the two provinces were at last peacefully re- united, and responsible government firmly re-established in the early days of 1841. In June of that year the first united Parliament was convened at Kingston, which had been incorporated two years before. The Executive then consisted of a Legislative Council, to which the elective principle was applied ; a Legislative Assembly, com- posed of 130 members; a Cabinet, responsible to the Legislature ; and a Governor-General, appointed by the Crown. Three years later the seat of government was changed to Montreal, and on the destruction of the Par- liament buildings there in 1849 it was again moved westward — this time to Toronto. At this period Upper and Lower Canada were on an equal footing as regards population — the Lower province having 768,334, and the Upper 765,797. Nine years subsequently, the colonists being unable to agree between the conflicting claims and rival interests of so numerous a list of competitors for the seat of government, the selection of a site was left to the Queen herself, and under her approval it was estab- lished at Ottawa in 1858, where it has since remained. Party government at this period, as a late writer has remarked, ' became well-nigh impossible.' In the successive elections which had been held during the preceding years, it was found that the hostile majority from either province in the Legislature had increased rather than diminished. Six years of party jealousy and conflict precipitated a crisis. But it was only the darkness which precedes the dawn. Paity spirit had s^jent its strength, and wiser counsels and more matured judgment prevailed ; the * dead-lock ' was at an end. On October 10, 1864, the Quebec and Ontario delegates met the delegates from Nova Scotia and New Bruns- wick, at Quebec, to consider a general scheme of confederation. This was known as the ' Quebeo Scheme.' It was the beginning of the end — the defini- tive first step to the British North America Act, the Act of Union, the final Act and law, under and by virtue of which the Dominion of Canada exists to-day. Con- federation was the necessary outcome and result of the partial and unjust basis of representation which had so long existed in the country. Notwithstanding its in- trinsic excellence its advantages were not immediately peacefully re- ■e-established year the first n, which had xecutive then h the elective sembly, com- Qsible to the ointed by the ernment was )n of the Par- igain moved period Upper Qg as regards B,334, and the the colonists )g claims and )mpetitors for te was left to it was estab- !e remained. p» late writer ble.' In the i duricg the stile majority lad increased arty jealousy was only the ty spirit had Qore matured t an end. On rio delegates New Bruns- eral scheme the ' Quebec I — the defini- -ct, the Act of by virtue of i-day. Con- result of the ivhich had so ading its in- immediately I CONSOLIDATION OF BRITISH POWER. 11 mm. recognised. One by one the links in the lengthening chain of federal union were welded together. First, Nova Scotia, then New Brunswick joined hands with Quebec and Ontario. These several events extended over a period of nearly thi'ee years. It was not until July 1, 1867, that Her Majesty's proclamation declaring po^jj^io^ the Dominion of Canada an accomplished constitutional pro- fact was legally recognised. ' Dominion Day ' is now kept claimed, as a holiday throughout the country. jgg^ ' In 1870 the aegis of ohe Dominion Government was wisely extended over the vast extent of country situate between the western boundary of Ontario and the Rocky Mountains, then known as ' Rupert's Land,' now shared between the province of Manitoba and the North. West Territories. In 1871 British Columbia joined the Confederation, and in 1873 Prince T^^idward Island was added to the list. Newfoundland and its dependency Labrador, of all the Imperial possessions on the vast North American Continent, alone remains a Crown colony. Canada since Confederation. A.D. 1867-83. The British North America Act came into operation on July 1, 1867. From that date Canada entered upon the last and — viewed prospectively — most important era of her history. The Act provides that the constitution of tho Dominion shall be similar in principle to that of the United Kingdom, that the executive authority shall be vssted in the Sovereign of Great Britain and Ireland, and carried on in her name by a Governor-General and Privy Council, and that the legislative power shall be exercised by a Parliament of two Houses, called the ' Senate ' and the ' House of Commons.' We now proceed to narrate briefly, and in chrono- logical order, the most important public events covered by the period of Confederation. H,E. Right Honourable Charles Stanley Yiscount Monck was sworn in as Governor-General, and en- trusted the Honourable John A. Macdonald with the formation of the first Dominion Government, which was organised as follows :— British North America Act, 1867. u HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADAi ^on. (now Sir) John Alexander Macdonald, Prime Minister. Hon. George Etienne Cartier, Minister of Militia. A.D. 1867- Hon. (now Sir) Alexander Tillocli Gait, Minister of Finance. C9. 'Ron.^^iU.i&mM.cDonga.ll, Minister of Public Works. Hon. William Pearce Howland, Minister of Inland Revenue. Hon. Adams George Archibald, Q,.C., Secretary of State for the ,,.. Provinces. Hon. Adam Johnston Ferguson-Blair, Prmtfewii! q/'Pmy CoMwcti. Hon. Peter Mitchell, Minister of Marine and Fisheries. Hon. Alexander Campbell, Q.C., Postmaster- Grneral. Hon. Jean Charles Chapais, Minister of Agriculture, Hon. IlectoT Louis li&ngevmiCl.C., Secretary of State. Hon. Edvfard Kenny, Receiver- General. Lord Monck opened the first Dominion Parliament at; Ottawa, November 8, 1867. In his speech on the occa- sion his Lordship gave utterance to the following memo- rable words : ' I congratulate you on the legislative sanction which has been given by the Imperial Parlia- ment to the Act of Union, under the provisions of which we are now assembled, and which has laid the founda- tion of a New Nationality that I trust and believe will ere long extend its bounds from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean." November 18, 1867. — Hon. (now Sir) John Rose ap- pointed Minister of Finance, in place of Sir Alexander T. Gait, resigned. November 14, 1868. — Lord Monck sailed for Eng- land. He was succeeded in oflice by Sir John Young, Lord Lisgar, who was sworn in as Governor-General . December 29. August 23, 1869. — H.R.H. Prince Arthur arrived at Halifa:^:. October 29. — Hon. William McDougall appointed Lieutenant-Governor of Rupert's Land and North- West Territones. January 15, 1870. — Third session of First Parliament opened by Sir John Young, in presence of H.R.H. Prince Arthur. March 4. — Thomas Scott shot at Fort Garry, by order of Rial's 'court martial.' March 7. — The first step taken towards the develop- ment of Manitoba and the North-west Territories by the establishment of a Land Department, with Colonel J. Stoughton Dennis, as Surveyor- Geneml of Dominion lands. 15- I CANADA — SINCE CONFEDERATION. 18 lur arrived at Maij 12. — Province of Manitoba and the North-west Territories admitted into the Dominion. This impor- tant event was shortly followed by the arrival of the military expedition at Fort Garry, 'nnder command of •Sir Garnet Wolseley, and the sudden collapse of the French half-breed rebellion. February 15, 1871. — Fourth session of First Parlia- ment opened by H.E. Lord Lisgar. May 4. — Mr. Sandford Fleming appointed Engineer- in-Chief of Pacific Railway Survey. July 20. — British Columbia entered the Dominion, being the sixth province. June 25, 1872. — Earl of Dufferin arrived at Quebec and the next day was sworn in as Governor- General. December 2. — Hon. Alexander Morris appointed Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba and the North- West Territories. February 8, 1873. — Pacific Railway charter granted to Sir Hugh Allan and twelve other directors. July 1. — Genei'al reconstruction of the Dominion Cabinet as follows : — Hon. Sir John A. Macdonald, K.C.B., Premier. Hon. (now Sir) S. Leonard Tilley, C.B., Minister of Finance, Hon. Peter Mitchell, Minister of Marine and Fisheries. Hon. Charles Tupper, M.D., C.B., Minister of Customs. Hon. Alexander Campbell, Q.C., Mi?iistrr of Interior. Hon. H. L. Langevin, C.B., Minister of Public Works. Hon. J. C. Aikins, Secretary of State. Hon. J. H. Pope, Minister of Agricidture. Hon. John O'Connor, Q.C., Postmaster-General. Hon. Theo. Eobitaille, M.D., Receiver-General. . Hon. T. N. Gibbs, Minister of Inland Revenue. Hon, H. McDonald, Q.C., Minister of Militia and Defence. This day, the sixth anniversary of the coming into force of the Confederation Act, was rendered memorable by the admission of Prince Edward Island, the smallest as well as the youngest of the Dominion provinces. November 5, 1873. — Hon. Sir John A. Macdonald and bis Cabinet resigned. Hon. Alexander Mackenzie formed the following Ministry : — Hon. Alexander Mackenzie, Minister of Public: Works, Premier, Hon. Antoine A. Dorion, Q.C., Minister of Justice. Hon. Edward Blake, Q.C., Without Portfolio. Hon. Eichaxd J. Cartwright, Minister f Finance. CANADJI. A.n, 1870- 73. ■^ CARXOA. A.D. 78. 1876- 14 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Hon, Luc Letellier de St. Just, Minister of Agriculture. . -^ Hon. David Laird, Minister of Inferior. Hon. David Christie, Secretary of State, afterwards Speaker qf the Senate. Hon. Isaac Burpee, Postmaster- General. Hon. Thomas Coffin, Receiver- Geritral. Hon. T. Foumier, Q.C., Minister of Inland Revenue, Hon. William Eoss, Minister of Militia and Defence. Hon. Kichard W. Scott, Q.C., Without Portfolio, afterwards Secretary of State, vice Hon. D. Christie. October 7, 1876. — Hon. David Laird appointed Lieu- tenant-Governor of the North-West Territories, hence- forth distinct from the province of Manif >ba. March 26, 1877. — Discussion iu Parliament on mo- tion of Dr. Schultz with regard to the destruction of the buflFalo. June 1 6. — The Fisheries Commission, appointed under the Treaty of Washington (Arts. 22-23), met in the "Waverley Hotel, Halifax, and continued in session until November 23, when the award of 5,500,000 dollars in gold to be paid by the United States Government to the British Government was made. The Commission was composed of the following members : — M. Maurice Del- fosse, President ; Hon. Ensign H. Kellogg ; Hon. Sir Alex. T. Gait, K.C.M.G. ; Hon. Dwight Foster (United States agent) ; Francis C. Ford (agent for Great Bri- tain). Dominion Counsel — Joseph Doutre, Q.C. (Mon- treal) ; S. R. Thomson, Q.C. (St. John, N.B.) ; R, L. Weatherbee, Q.C. (Halifax, N.S.) ; Hon. W. V. White- way, Q.C. (St. John's, N.F.) ; Hon. Louis H. Daviea (Charlottetown, P.E.I.). February, 1878. — The provisions of the Independence of Parliament Act enforced against members of the Mackenzie Ministry. During this month the Fortune Bay (Newfoundland) difficulty occurred, which led to a lengthy and warm correspondence, affecting the interests not only of Newfoundland, but of Canada. The letters of Mr. W. M. Evarts, United States Secretary of State (March 2), to Sir Edward Thornton, and of Mr. John Walsh, United States Minister in London, to Lord Derby, are couched in very similar language, and urge the adoption of such measures as would ' not only put an end to the evil (complained of), but also to prevent a recurrence of acts which, in addition to the '^1^ CANADA — SINCE CONFEDERATION. 15 ure. Speaker qf the rwards Secretary pointed Lieu- fcories, hence- ba. ment on mo- ruction of the jointed under , met in the session until >00 dollars in 'nment to the amission was [Maurice Del- jg; Hon. Sir )ster (United )r Great Bri- , Q.C. (Mon- t^.B.); R. L. V. V. Whiie- is H. Da vies independence nbers of the iwfoundland) J and warm lot only of iters of Mr. 'y of State and of Mr. in London, ar language, 3 would * not I, but also to iition to the injuries and losses to individuals, may have a tendency to complicate the good relations which so happily subsist between the Government of the Un'ted States and that of Her Britannic Majesty,' The Act creating the District of Keewatin now came into force. This district may be roughly described as embracing that portion of the North-West Territories lying between the meridians 91° 8' and 100° 8' W. of Greenwich, stretching to the northern limits of Canada, and bounded to the south by the province of Manitoba and the United States. February 11. — His Excellency the Governor- General and Countess DufFerin visited Montreal, and were magni- ficently entertained. The senatus of McGill University presented an address of welcome in Greek, to which his Excellency replied in the same language. The conventional boundary line between British Columbia and Alaska, as reported by Mr. Joseph Hunter, C.E., to be at the crossing of the Stickeen Biver in lat. 56° 38' 17" N. and long. 131° 58' 14" W., was accepted. The legislation of this year was marked by the pas- sage of the most important Bill of that, or any previous or subsequent session. This was a Bill providing for the creation of homestead exemptions in the territories of Canada. April 15. — A monster map of the Dominion, pre- pared under the superintendence of Lieutenant- Colonel Dennis, Surveyor-General, was exhibited in Ottawa. April 16. — An addx'ess presented to his Excellency Earl of Duiferin on the occasion of his farewell in the Senate Chamber at Ottawa. His Excellency's closing remarks in reply are worthy of record : — 'In conclusion,' he said, ' allow me to assure you that I shall esteem it one of the greatest privileges of my future life to watch the progressive development of your prosperity, to ad- vocate your interests in the British Parliament, and to confirm our fellow-countrymen at home in their convic- tion of the high degree to which Canada is destined to contribute to the welfare, the strength, and the renown of the British Empire.' May 2. — The Secretary of State fc the colonies (Sir M. E. Hicks-Beach), in a despatch to Lord DufFerin, acknowledged the offer by Canadian Militia officers of service in the event of war. mm. A.D. 1878. |:P, 16 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CIIIUDA. A.D. 1878. !• ! May 3. — The following resolutions, on motion of Mr. Miles, were moved in the Dominion House of Com- mons : — ' That it is expedient that the right of Canada to all of British North America, and the islands adjacent thereto (not including the province of Newfoundland), should be placed beyond question, and that the offer of H.M.'s Government to transfer the said territories to Canada be accepted.' [Boundaries as officially defined will be found in their appropriate place in this work.] Daring the interesting discussion which ensued, much valuable information respecting the proposed short ocean route to England by way of the Nelson River and York Factory was elicited. May 7. — A motion was made in the Dbminion House of Commons by Mr. Mackenzie to the following effect : — ' That this House do ratify the Order-in- Council dated April 18, 1878, respecting a subsidy to the Canada Cen- tral Railway Company, passed under authority of an Act to provide for the construction of the Canadian Pacific Railway, 37 Vic. cap. 14.' May 24). — Queen's Birthday was celebrated in Mon- treal by a Grand Military Review, and subsequently by a dinner at the Windsor Hotel, at which Lord and Lady Dufferin were present. The threatened Fenian invasion was adverted to by his lordship, and described as a * certain amount of Celtic effervescence.' June 6. — The corporation of the capital city of Ottawa presented a parting address to Lord and Lady Dufferin, who took their departure from that city next day on the Peerless steamer. ^ June 15. — The Canadian 'Wimbledon' rifle team (twenty strong) saihd for England in the Allan s.s. Poly- nesian. July 28. — The Marquis of Lome accepted the Go- vernor-Generalship of the Dominion. Aug. 1. — Canada admitted into the General Postal Union. Aug. 3. — The Albany river was determined upon as the northern boundary of the province of Ontario.* Oct. 2.— Vice-Admiral Sir E. A. Inglefield, K.C.B., Commander-in-Chief of the N.A. and W.I. station, ar- rived at Quebec in H.M.S. Bellerophon. Oct, 16. — The Mackenzie Cabinet resigned. 7 ii motion of mse of Com- it of Canada mds adjacent wfoundland), it the offer of territories to cially defined n this work.] ensued, mnch oposed short ion River and minion House ving effect : — Council dated Canada Cen- thority of an the Canadian rated in Mon- bsequently by lord and Lady mian invasion [escribed as a city of Ottawa jady Dufferin, Bxt day on the n * rifle team yians.s. Poly- spted the Go- jeneral Postal mined upon as Ontario.* efield, K.C.B., .1. station, ar- gned. CANADA— SINCE CONFEDERATION. 17 IH't*^. Oct. 17. — Sir John A. Macdonald sworn in as CAKADA, Premier, with the following Cabinet : — Hon. (now Sir) Samuel LennHrd Tilley, Minister of Finance. Hon. (now Sir) Charles Tupper, Minister of Railways and Canals. Hon. J. H. Pope, Minister of Agriculture. Hon. John O'Connor, Q.C., PreHdent of Council. Hon. James Macdonald. Q.C., Minister of Justice. Hon. Hector L. Langevin, C.B., Postmaster-General. Hon, L. R. F. Masson, M.P., Minister of Militia, ^c. Hon. Senator J. C. Aikins, Secretary of State. Hon. Mackenzie Bowell, M.P., Minister of Customs. Hon. J. C. Pope, M.P., Minister of Marine and Fisheries. Hon. L. F. G. Baby, M.P., Minister of Inland Revenue. Hon. Alex, Campbell, Receiver- General. Hon. R. D. Wilmot, President of Senate. Resolution of Sir John A. Macdonald : — ' That this Hou.se is of opinion that the welfare of Canada requires the adoption of a national policy, which by a judicious readjustment of the tariff will benefit and foster the agricultural, the raining, the manufaciuring and other industries of the Dominion. That such policy will retain in Canada those of onr fellow-countrymen now obliged to expatriate themselves in search of em- ployment denied them at home, will restore prosperity to ovr struggling industries now so sadly depressed, will prevent Canada from being made a sacrifice m.arket, will encocrage and develop an active inter[)roviricial trade, and moving as it ought to do in the direction of recipro- city of tariff with our neighbours, so far as the varied interests of Canada may demand, will tend to procure for this country reciprocity of trade.' Oct. 18. — Lord Dullerin and suite left Quebec for England in s.s, Folynesinn, leaving General Sir Patrick L. Macdougall to administer Government ad interim. Oct. 22. — Sir John A, Macdonald, the present Pre- mier, was returned totlie Dominion Parliament for the city of Victoria, British Columbia. Nov. 4. — Completion of the Pembina branch of the Canadian Pacific Railway. Nov.24>. — The Marquis of Lome, the newly-appointed Governor- General, and the Princess Louise, landed at Halifax. Dec. 10.— Loan of 17,000,000 dols. negotiated in London at 9(5^ on the guarantee by the Imperial Govern- ment of one half. 18 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. CHWADfl, Descriptive geography. Definition of C(m;iil». New France. DuiniuioD. The first and most important question that geograplir has to answer is Where ? Where, then, is Canada ? As a geographical designation solely, the name Canada — a cor 'uption of Kanata or Kannntha, an Iroquois word signifying a collection of huts — has had in history a variety of meanings. Originally, and up to 1759, it embraced an almost boundless extent of country, under the dominion of France, extending from Acadia and the great Gulf of St. Lawrence, as far as the Mississippi river and the Gulf of Mexico. This was the ' New France ' of the early French explorer, missionary, and merchant adventurer. It was subsequently limited to a region lying chiefly on the borders and banks of the great lakes and the river St. Lawrence, extending from Quebec westward to Lake St. Clair, and known as the Basin of the St. Lawrence. Near the close of last cen- tury it was divided into two provinces, Ontario and Quebec. Quebec at that date was divided into three dis- tinct governments, viz., Quebec, Troi> Rivieres, and Montreal. It was further divided into eighty-two parishes, forty- eight of which lay north and thirty-four south of the St. Lawrence river. These two sections, under their more familiar titles of Upper and Lower Canada, were reunited in 1840 by the Imperial Act of Union. Although now politically, as well as nominally, united under the same Government, laws, and commer- cial regulations, the manners and customs of the people still greatly distinguish these two sections. The Dominion of Canada as now constituted — first by the Federal Union of 1840, then by the Confedera- tion Act of 1867, and subsequently by its extensions of 1870-71 and 1873— embraces eight principal territorial divisions or provinces, each having a government and parliament of its own. In the order of population they rank us follows : — .. DIVISIONS AND AREA. 19 Provinces, iio. Area Square Miles Population Ontario Quebec Nova-Scotia New Brunswick .... Prince Edward Island . Manitoba British Columbia (including Van- "I couver, Queen Charlotte's and S other Islands) , . .J North- West Territories . . } Koewatin district . . • • / Islands in the Arctic Ocean . Islands in Hudson's Bay Totals . 101,733 188,688 20,909 27,174 2,133 123,200 341,305 2,665,252 311,700 23,400 1,923,228 1,359,027 440.685 321,129 108,928 65,954 49,469 56,446 3,805,394 4,324,756 CANADA. Divisions, area, fee. The seven organised provinces embrace 864,365 square miles. The Indians belonging to thirty-six tribes numbered Jmiidns. 105,690 in 1879. As illustrating the composite character of the Cana- Origin of dian people the following table, showing the origin of ropulation the people of the four old provinces, according to the census of 1871, is of interest : — i Ontario Quebec New Brunswicls Nova Scotia African . 13,435 148 1,701 6,212 Dutch 19,992 798 6,004 2,868 English . 439,429 69.822 83,598 113,520 French 75,383 929,817 44,907 32,833 German . 1 158,608 7,963 4,478 31,942 Greek 1 7 7 1 24 Half-Breed <2 — — Hindoo 8 — — 3 Indian 12,978 6,988 1,403 1,666 Irish 559,442 123,478 100,643 62,851 Italian Carried forward 304 639 40 162 1,279,588 1,139,660 242,775 ^252,071 c2 20 HANLBOOK TO CANAHA. CANADA. Extent iiiul lioiindiiriea. Ontario Quebec New Rrunawick Nova Scotia Brought forward 1,279,588 1,139,560 242,775 262,071 Jewish 48 74 3 — Kiisbian, Polish . 392 186 1 28 Sciindinavi.m . 686 454 200 283 Scotch 328,889 49,458 40,868 130,741 Spanish, Portu- guese . 213 142 223 251 Swiss 950 173 64 1,775 Welsh . 0,282 283 1,096 1,112 Various other origins 295 32 1 13 Not given . Totals 4,508 1,154 373 1,526 1,620,861 1,191,516 285,594 387,800 From this it will be seen that while Ontario is dis- tinctively British, Quebec is as distinctively French in the nationality of its inhabitants ; and that Ireland has contributed by far the largest share to the whole popu- lation, Scotland coming next, and Germany fourth. The German settlements are mainly in Ontario and jS'ovii Scotia. British Columbia, Manitoba, and the Nortli- West Ten-itories contain by far the largest proportion of Indians, and British Columbia thus far the only Chinese. Territorially Canada now embraces everything lying within the northern half of the North American Con- tinent, excepting Nnwfoundland and Labrador on the east, and Alaska on the west. Its boundaries are there- fore easily defined by following them with the eye, or ti'acing them with the finger on the ar.'companying map. They are the Atlantic Ocean, Davis's Straits and Baffin's Bay on the east ; the Pacific Ocean, Alaska, and Queen Charlotte's Island on the west ; the Arctic Ocean and Baffin's Bay on the north ; and the United States on the south, south-east, and south-west. In short, the Dominion of Canada extends east and west from the o3rd to the 141st meridian, and occupies a superficial area of 3,470, o92 square miles, one-fifteenth of the land surface of the world, rather more than the United States, and rather less than the whole of Europe. The habitable area is, however, largely diminished, when the frozen regions north of the GOth parallel and the water- KXTENT AND BOUNDARIES. 21 area of 700,000 square railos are deducted. It iy vvitli the comparatively imrrovv strip of settled cotiiitry bordering ou the Atlantic coast and extending through the St. Lawrence and Saskatchewan valleys on and near the proposed route of the Canadian Pacific Railway to the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean — the fertile or food-producing belt — that we propose to deal with iu the following pages. CAHADA, Physical Geography. So vast an extent of country as Canada every possible variety of surface, as well as presents every de- scription of climate, soil, and product. Its leading topo- graj)hical, geological, and botanical features suggest three great regions, into which it may very properly be divided. These are the elevated or woodland, the central, or prairie, and the western, or mountah}, regions. Tim- ber, and, to a smaller extent, minerals, distinguish equally the Atlantic and Pacific slopes of the continent, while the interior is largely adapted for agricultural and pastoral purposes. Starting from the Atlantic frontier of the maritime provinces, we find the Cape Breton highlands skirting the sea-coast, and extending inland fifteen or twenty miles. This dislocated range of meta- morphic hills nowhere assumes the height of mountains. Sixty miles inland from this seaboard, and nearly parallel thereto, the Cobequid Mountains, some of which are 1,100 feet high, traverse Nova Scotia, from the Bay of Fundy to the Strait of Canso. This range is clothed with a large growth of timber to its summit, where agricultural products grow luxuriantly. The third mountainous range of moderate elevation traverses the boundary between Quebec and New Brunswick, fi'om the State of Maine to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The east coast of Labrador is also mountainous. The moun- tain foi'mations of the country lying between the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Rocky Mountains assume a different direction from the lower mountain ranges just referred to. The country presents a terraced character, and the navigation of the principal rivers and streams is obstructed by numerous falls and rapids. On either «ide of the Valley of the St. Lawrence the country is Pliysiciil fentiire.s. Mountains. 22 HANDBOOK TO CANADA- mm. Gulfs and bays. Lakee nud rivers. also monntainons. The range on the north side is called the Laurentides. It extends westwardly from the La- brador coast up the north side of the Ottawa River to the Arctic Ocean, a length of 3,500 miles. It forms the watershed between the tributaries of the St, Lawrence and those of Hudson's Bay, rising to the height of 2,000 feet near Lake Superior. The southern, or south Bide range, called the Notre Dame Mountains, is a spur of the Alleghanies, which, commencing at the Gulf of St. Lawrence, run nearly parallel to the River St. Law- rence, reaching their greatest elevation of 4,000 feet on the Gaspe Peninsula, and terminating in Virginia. The Blue Mountains on the south side of the Georgian Bay attain a licight of 1,900 feet above the waters of Lake Huron. Westward of Lake Superior, stretching to the Rocky Mountains, is the great wheat-producing tract, now everywhere recognised as the ' fertile belt.' Some peaks of the Rocky Mountains rise to the height of 15,000 feet. Between the Rockies and the Pacific coast intervene the Selkirk Mountains and the Gold Coast or Cascade Ranges, the highest points of which reach an elevation of 7,^00 feet. In the vicinity of Cariboo and the sources of the North Thompson River, some peaks of the Selkirk Mountains reacha somewhat higher elevation. The area c jvered by the water system of Canada embraces about 700,000 square miles. The coasts of the Dominion are everywhere numerously indented. The most remarkable of these indentations form the exten- sive inland seas known as' Hudson's Bay, the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and the Gulf of Georgia. Owing to her remarkable physical configuration and extensive watershed, Canada possesses the largest lake and river system in the world. The volume and surface area of her lakes and rivei-s are equally remarkable. The hydrographical basin of the St. Lawrence with the great lakes Superior, Huron, Michigan, Sb. Clair, Erie, and Ontario, alone occupies 330,000 square miles. These lakes and their tributary streams form the largest and purest continuous system of fresh water in the world, and impart to the Dominion a perfectly unique hydro- graphical character. The lake system of Ontario and of the central or prairie region embraces, among many smaller bodies of ^f|l,fi|i V}M,ii- F I r J I ^^■»VH PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 28 water, Great Slave, Great Bear, and Athabasca Lakes, CANADA. Winnipeg, Manitoba, Winnipejs^osis, and Lake of the — ~" — Woods, Siracoo, Nepigon, and Nipissing. Next to the St. Lawrence, the most important rivers of the Dominion are the Mackenzie, Saskatchewan, Peace, Nelson, Alliabasca, Assiniboine, Albany,Churchill,• and Winnipeg, all flowing iu the vast North- West terri- tory ; the Columbia, Frasor, and Thompson in British Columbia ; the Ottawa, which forms the boundary be- tween Ontario and Quebec provinces, and its chief tributaries the Gatineau, Madawaska, Keepawa, and Matawan; the Saguenay, Richelieu, St. Maurice, and Chaudiore, in Quebec ; the St. John, Miramichi, llesti- gouche, and Petitcodiac, in New Brunswick ; the Shubenacadie, St. Mary's, La Have, Avon, and An- napolis, in Nova Scotia ; and the York and Hillsborough rivers in Prince Edward Island. Only the better known of these rivers have been navigated to any con- siderable extent with steam craft. Thus Canada possesses a continuous waterway from the Atlantic to the head of Lake Superior, a natural highway of trade and travel, and tlie best, because the cheapest and healthiest, emigrant route across the Ame- rican continent. Salt and other mineral springs are very numerous Minimi and well distributed, while in no part of the Dominion, Sprmgx. save, perhaps, in a few of the small arable sections in Eastern British Columbia, is irrigation practised or found to be necessary. The drainage system of the Dominion is threefold — DruinaKG viz., eastward to the Atlantic, westward to the Pacilic, system. and northward to the Arctic Ocean and Hudson's Bay. * Climate,' says Professor Ansted, in his admirable Climate, compendium of ' Physical Geography,' ' is a very com- plex matter, and one dependent on a great variety of conditions.' These to some extent affect and depend on each other, but all may ultimately be traced to certain general causes connected with physical geography. Among such causes are — (1) The position of the station in latitude. (2) The size and figure of the land on which the station is situated, whether detached island, archipelago, or continer.t. I'm. 24 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. tmok. ; Meteorolo- gical service. (3) The elev.xtion of the station above the sea. (4) The position of the land on which the station is placed with reference to the neighbouring land. (5) The position, distance, and direction, magni- tude, and elevation of the neareat continent. (6) The nature, magnitude, and direction of the nearest great marine current to the shores. Let us now see how far and in what respect the climate of Canada is affected by these causes. The public mind, though less abused than formerly, i.s still greatly prejudiced in regard to the climate of Canada. Furs are suggestive of frost and snow, and, in the opinion of some people, these are worn the year round in Canada. The summers and winters are equally de- cided, and in some interior sections are rather trying to those accustomed to milder and more equable tempera- tures. The heat of summer and the cold of winter are greater than in England. On the whole, however, they are found to be remarkably dry, bracing, and healthy. A March oast wind in England is infinitely more chilling and depressing than thirty degrees of frost in almost any pai't of Canada. In a country the size of Europe almost every variety of climate and range of thermometer is experienced. It has been urged, and justly, that the climate of a country which perfects the production of *he most valued grains, grasses, fruits, plants, timber, and animals — including man — cannot be other than a good one. That, of southern interior Canada is greatly influenced by the vast extent of her lake wator-b, Tem perate latitudes are, it is everywhere admitted, requisite for the higliost development of animal life, and the cli- mate of that portion of Canada which borders on the Upper Sfc. Lawrence and the great lakes is temperate. Ontario enjoys an exceptionally temperate climate, while that of Quebec and the North- West territories resembles that of Norway. The meteorological service forms a branch of the General Department of Marine and Fish- eries, and is most ably superintended. The Central Office and Magnetic Observatory are at Toronto. In daily correspondence with it are ten principal stations, viz. : — -Ill THISICAL GEOGRAPHY. 25 Xova Scotia . Sydney. Halifax. New Brunswick St. Joiin. Fredericton. Quebec . . Quebec. Montreal. Ontario . Kingston. Woodstock. Manitoba . . "Winnipeg. British Columbia Spence's Bridge GAN)DA. Observations, extended over a period of years, have established 44° as the mean annual temperature of On- tario, while that of the British Isles is 48". The almost insular character of Ontario protects it from the extremes ( f heat and 0010* experienced in the western provinces and territories. The prairie region west of Ontario and east of British Columbia has a mean summer tempera- ture of 60°, with abundance of raiu. During winter from 50° to 60° of frost are frequently registere Throughout the coast regions of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and British Columbia the range of the ther- mometer is not nearly so great ; the climate is also more moist and changeable. The general distribution of rain is more uniform, and Rain and snow falls to a much greater depth and lies much longer snow, throughout Canada than in the British isles. It must be borne in mind, however, that snow serves a most valu- able poonomic purpose in Canadian husbandry in quick- ening the soil. More than this, it makes good sleighing, and good sleighing is the glory of Canadian winter life. The snowfall in the Vfcst and South-west part of the territories is comparatively light, and cattle may re- main in the open air in winter subsisting on the prairie grasses, which they obtain by scraping away the snow when necessary. Next to his health, the most important question for Land the settler in a new country to consider is the easy system, &c. acquisition and disposition of land. Agriculture, includ- ing stock and daii'v farming, have long been the chief industrial interests of t;he Dominion. Next to these rank the products of tlie forest and theif rnanufacture ; after these the fisheries and the raines. As every intel- ligentand thrifty immigrant will, sooner or later, becomo a landowner, it is important that he should, as soon as possible, make himself acquainted with the system of buying, holding, improving, selling, or transferring I t I i ' . !.|li I1jjy„l«^fl<(«ll^^, 26 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Crown Lands. I'rice of land. I' Onliiiu ce and Ad- miralty lands. land. The laws of primogeniture and entail are abo- lished, and the transfer of land is cheap and easy. British tenant farmers, anxious to change their condition of leaseholders to that of ownt^rs, have in Ca.iadn, more particularly in the prairie country — hereafter specially referred to in the chapters on Manitoba and North "West Territories — a wide and promising field for inv» at, ->ent. In the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Nevf 7iv:. "k, Nova Scotia, and British Columbia, the gr :r. ^ x ^ne hundred millions of acres to the Canadian Pacific liaihi^ay alone excepted, the lands are held by the several pro- vincial governments. _^11 public lands in Canada, as in other parts of the Empire, are called ' Crown ' lands, i.t. held by the Crown in trust for the people. Dominion lands are surveyed in blocks of twelve miles square. These are subdivided into four townships of six miles square each ; these again into thirty-six sections of one mile square, or 640 acres each ; and each section into quarters of 160 acres each. Each township, therefore, contains 23,040 acx'es, and each block 92,160 acres. They may be bought to the extent of 640 acres at 4s. 2d. sterling per acre, cash down. Unoccupi' x Dominion lands will be leased to neighbouring settle.. " tor cutting hay, &c., but not to the hindrance of tho sale or settlement of such lands. Timber anH luineral lands are subject to special regulations, which will be found in the Homestead Law and other special Acts of Parliament. Improved farms (advantageous for tenant- farmers newly arrived and unacquainted with the country and its requirements) may be purchased in almost every part of tlie Dominion. Such farms «ve either partially or entirely cleared of timber .d it .1 .: cultivation, with dwellings and farm-buildii on tlis.". and are therefore at once available for agiicaltural pix, poses. The prices of such range i'ro.Q 4Z. to 40Z. per acre, according to situation and p:. .dtictiveness. The utmost caution should in all c^-ses be observed by new settlers in the selection and ;jmcli&ti'^ ot jand. The principal Ordnance lands remaining unsold at the close of the fiscal year 1879 are situate at Kiugston and Prescott in Ontario province, and at Montreal, Quebec, St. John, South River, Blairgowrie and Sorel ■,'--r. fip^"'^"-^ ^^•^ m PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 27 1 in the adjoining province of Quebec ; while smaller lots lie scattered through both provinces. Caxiada is tlie only British colony, excepting Queens- land and West Australia, thpj grants land free to settlei's.* Quarter sections (160 acres) of untenanted Dominion lands — in all the provinces — are granted to any person who is the head of a family, or to any per- son, not the head of a family, who has attained the age of twenty-one years, on condition of three years' settle- nif*Tit from the time of taking possession and the pay- ment of the «^ntry free of 10 dols. (21. Is. 3d.) In the North- West Terri'tories the settler has the privilege of purchasing 160 acres more in the neighbourhood of his homestead. From the Repot t of the Surveyor-General, it appears that the receipts in cash and scrip during 1879 for land sales in Manitoba and the North- West Territories, amounted to ,^218,409, and the fees on homestead and pre-emption entries alone realised ^42,910 ; while the area of land disposed of — 1,154,072 acres — exceeded the area disposed of the previous year by considerably over half a million acres, and only fell short of the entire extent homesteaded, pre-empted, and sold in Manitoba and the Tei'ritories during the four preceding years by some 245,000 acres. Agriculture forms the chief and abiding interest and industr/ of the Dominion, That farming pays in Canada is sufficiently proved by the fact that more per- sons are engaged iu it than in any other branch of in- dustry. In 1871, out of 463,424 persons enumerated as employed in the Province of Ontario, 228,708 belonged to the farming-class ; in Quebec there were 160,041, out of a total of 341,291 ; in New Brunswick 40,394, out of a total of 86,488 ; and in Nova Scotia 49,769, out of 118,645. In fact, nearly one-half of ^he whole popu- lation were then engaged in agriculture; and this pro- portion has been fairly sustained during the past ten years. By way of illustrating the rapidly progressive character of the Canadian farming industry it is suffi- cient to quote the yield and export of the staple crops at * As the system of procuring free lands varies slightly in some of the provinces, the points of difference will he I'ound noted in tho respective chapters. ONAD /I. Free gnvuts. if Land sales iu Mani- toba and NorthVVest Territories. inil Agricul- ture. iiu 28 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. J'.xports of j)roduce. I'ufltonil three periods during tlie past half-centnry. In 1820 the ayerage export of wheat did not exceed 1,000,000 bushels. In 1852 the yield of grain and potatoes wps a little in excess of 50,000,000 bushels ; while in 1860 the'grain and ' rp-n crops together aggregated 125,000,000 bushels. )uring the last twenty years the wheat production L; been greatly stimulated, and Canada now produces 40,000,000 bushels, and a total of 170,000,000 bushels of all crops, or about 42^ bushels per inhabitant. When the wheat-fields of the new North-West are fairly under cultivation, say before the close of the present century, Canada will have a wheat surplus for export of 100,000,000 bushels — suflicievt to supply the deficit in the present wheat ccTisumption of the United Kingdom. Those who may be desirous to obtain the most recent and authentic information on the agricultural status and prospects of the Dominion are advised to peruse the recent reports of the Royal Commissioners, Messrs. Read and Pell, of l,he Delegate Farmers, and of Prof. J. P. Sheldon, author of ' Dairy Farming ' — all of which may be readily procured of any Government stationer. Agriculturists and farm la- bourers need not carry implements or tools with them, as these, better suited to their special requirements, can be more cheaply obtained in Canada. Pastoral i'arming, which includes stock-raising and dairy-farmiyg — next to agriculture — is the most impor- tant industry of Canada, both soil and climate being favourable for its prosecution. Grasses, it is well known, thrive best in the region of summer rains and moderate summer temperatures, egf. in the middle and higher parts of the temperate zone. The high quality of Canadian dairy produce is now everywhere acknowledged, Ontario and the eastern townships of Quebec offer perhaps the best openings for those wishing to engage in this branch of business. Manitoba and the North. West Territories will, however, offer increased advantages as soon as railway communication is established through them. The quality of the wool, mutton, and beef raised on the grasses of the North- West prairies is even finer than that produced in the eastern provinces and townships. The Bow river valley between Forts Walsh and McCloud is described as an exceptionally fine stock country. Cheese and •mmf^amw PHYSICAL GEOGBAPHT. 29 1 butter, to tbe value of 8,500,000 dols., are annually ex- ported. The production of the former article advanced from 20,000,000 lbs. in 1874 to 40,000,000 lbs. in 1880. The foot-and-mouth disease, and cattle epidemics gene- rally, art unknown throughout the Dominion. Daring the last four years the pastoral industry has acquired additional interest from the direct trade in beef and cattle which has sprung up with England. The value of the live stock of the Dominion in 1874 was 33,000,000?., against 24,000,OOOZ. in 1861. Fruit may be profitably grown in favoured districts only, such as the Annapolis valley in Nova Scotia, in the Niagara, and western districts of Ontario, and in the southern and more sheltered sections of the St. Lawrence Valley. The total agricultural export of Canada for 1 882-83 amounted to upwards of thirty millions of dollars. Canada, having an extremely diversified geological formation, is rich in minerals. In the Laurentian region the mineral deposits are especially extensive. Though in every way subordinate to her fertile fields and grand forests as a source of wealth, her mineral de- posits must, as capital and labour make their infl.uence felt in the country, attract increased attention and de- velopment. No single province — except, perhaps. Prince Edward Island — is without mineral deposits. Nova Scotia and British Columbia are rich in coal and gold, the total yield of coal in these provinces for 1879 being 900,000 tons. The following ores have been worked : gold, silver, copper, lead (galena), iron (magnetic, hematite, chro- mic, and titanic), coal (lignite and albertite), appatite (phosphate of lime), graphite, mica, barytes, asbestos, slate, gypsum, pcbiuleura, rock f=alt, antimony, iron pyrites, and manganese phosphates are plentiful. The total exports from the Dominion for 1878 amounted to 4,125,763 dols., or to rather more than three-fourths of a million sterling. These minerals are not confined to any one province, but are found deposite^^ in one form or another, ard in greater or lessor quantities, in every part of the country, from the Atlantic to the Pacific. We can only mention a few of the more valuable mining districts and their chief productions. CANADA. Cheese and butter ex- ports. ('attle triule. 1 1 Fruit. Mines and minerals. E.x ports. BBi 30 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Gold. Silver. Lead. Coal and iron. Gold lias been found and successfully worked, though in a email way, in Nova Scotia, British Columbia, Quebec, and in the Marmora and Madoc districts of Ontario. The method thus far pursued has been that known as * quartz ' mining. British Columbia possesses exten- sive and valuable gold-fields, yielding ore annually to the value of from 250,000L to 400,000^. In the early days of gold mining in British Columbia fortunes were sometimes made in a few weeks. In 1863 Billion's claim yielded in one day 102 lbs. weight of gold. Other claims frequently yielded from ten to fifty pounds of gold in twenty-four hours. The average earnings of miners at the present time is estimated at 700 dols. a year. Ex- plorations connected with the Geological Survey in 1876 showed the whole province to be auriferous. Silver is known to exist in several sections of the Dominion. By far the richest deposits tiius far found have been on the north shores of Lake Superior, south of the Thunder Bay section of the Canadian Pacific rail- way. Silver Islet has been pronounced one of the most extensive and valuable silver-mining properties on the continent. It is as yet unworked. Veins of argentiferous galena are found in almost every section of Quebec south of tlie St. Lawrence. Iron and Goal. — Iron exists everywhere throughout the Laurentian ranges. Nova Scotia takes precedence, so far, of all the other provinces in the extent and value of her coal and iron mines. They have both been successfully worked for many years. There are some thirty mines in operation on the mainland and in the island of Cape Breton, and they yield on an average one million tons of coal annually. NewBrunswick ranks next. The Madoc (Ont.) and Quebec mines exhibit an annually increasing output of iron, but the difficulty of obtaining coal for smelting purposes, and the substitution, as far as practic- able, of charcoal, is found to operate unfavourably to its extension. At Hull, opposite Ottawa, and at Marmora, Hastings county, there are immense beds of magnetic and red hematite iron which can be profitably worked. At the mouth of the Moisic river, 270 miles below the city of Quebec, there is another vast deposit, estimated to contain 20,000,000 tons. The coast region of British Columbia is rich in coal and iron : the coal mines of .1 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 31 V. Vancouver give employment to a large amount of capital CAHAOA. and labour. Anthracite coal of fair quality is found ~ on Queen CliarloHe's Island. The ' lignite ' formations at * Roche Perce ' in the Souris river valley in the vicinity of the 49th parallel, N. W.T.. are now undergoing examination. Oil. — Petroleum, or coal oil, abounds in south-west oil. Ontario, and is largely ' pumped ' and manuftictui'ed on the line of the Great Western and other railways in that province. In 1873 upwards of 15,000,000 gallons were produced. The oil-bearing rock — Lower Devonian lime- stone — is largely distributed over the western peninsula. Copper. — Canadian copper is noted for its purity. Copper. Mines have been opened along the shores of Lakes Huron and Superior. The ' Bruce ' mines of Lake Huron are said to yield copper ore to the value of 50,000Z. annually. The exports from Ontario and Quebec in 1874 amounted to 8,142 tons. In the eastern townships of Quebec copper-mining is also extensively carried on. Salt wells and springs are abundant in New Bruns- alt. wick, and in some portions of Ontario. Peat abounds in Quebec, in the island of Anticosti, Peat. and in some parts of Ontario. British North America contains prob-ibly the most Forests. extensive and most valuable forests of timber in the world. Fully one half its entire surface is still covered with timber. The value of the timber annually shipped may be roundly stated at 15,000,000 dols. Only the square timber is exporteH ; the logs are manufactured into lumber at home. There is no country in the world where logging or log-rolling is more practised or better understood. Nature's rotation of crops in the forest is a most interesting study. Mr. John J. Rowan, in his charming book, ' The Emigrant and Sportsman in Canada,' furnishes a cliaractoristic picture of the pro- cess : — ' Where a deciduous forest has been cut down or destroyed by fire, spruce and fir trees rapidly spring up. Where a pine forest has been so destroyed, blue- berries and raspberries grow in immense profusion for two or three subsequent seasons ; then cherry, white birch, maple, and popple (American poplar) commence to make their appearance, shoot up with surprising m HANDBOOK TO CANADA. mm. Vnricties of rapidity, and soon a forest of deciduous trees occupies the site of the ancient pine forests of the country, relics of which may be seen in the gigantic half-charred stems thoroughly dried by fire and weather, which remain standing amongst the young green wood for twenty or thirty years. These immense trunks, standing high over the heads of the young forest-trees, with uplifted arms and stems blanched white with successive storms and sunshine, look like the ghosts of the forest primeval, and present a weird and rather melancholy appearance.' The Canadian forest-growth includes between sixty and seventy varieties of wood. Of these the best-knowu and most widely esteemed are the white pine and white spruce. The white birch and cedar are also common. The latter is perhaps the most remarkable wood in the Canadian forest, justly esteemed so on account of its lightness and durability. The following list em- braces only the most useful woods, and those most commonly met with : — Of the family Coniferce, the white or Princes pine (P. strobus) is the best known. It is the pine of commerce, grows everywhere in Canada, and is largely exported. According to Sir J. Richardson it is found as far north as Lake "Winni- peg. Two others of the same family, the yellow pine (P. mitis) and the red pine (P. resinosa), are frequently met with. The hemlock (Abies canadensis) grows to a great size, and, though considered an inferior wood for timber purposes, is a valuable tree on account of its bark, which is largely used in tanning. Of the spruce, which in one form or another enters largely into the export trade of the maritime provinces, there are no IcoS uian three varieties, viz., the white (A. alba), the black {A. nigra?), and the ' skunk ' spruce, so named by the Indians on account of its strong odour. Of the remaining conifercB, the fir {Abies balsamea), sometimes called ' var ' by the settler, and the cedar, are the most prized. Belonging to the Betulacem are the white, yellow and black birch. The first is invaluable for its bark, out of which many a canoe, and many a sr\ug tent have been made. The two last serve admirably for fuel. The maple adds its charm to the ma - ^^ autumn attractions of the Canadian forest. Of tliis tvi-.e there are two well- known varieties, the rock or sugar maple (Acer saccharic NATURAL HISTORY, SPORTS, ETC. aa CANADA. num), and the white maple (A. dasycarpum). The ' bird's-eye ' and ' curly ' maple, so much employed in the manufacture of furniture, are varieties of the rock maple. It also furnishes the best of fuel, and is the * Yule-log,' so to speak, of Lower Canada and the seaboard pro- vinces. The white oak (Quercus alba), the beech (Fagus sijlvestris), the white and black ash and the white and rock elm, hickory, poplar, butter nut, and sumach, and the black walnut — the last named only found in Ontario — complete the list of the better-known Canadian woods. Natural History, Sports, etc. The prescribed limits of a handbook — which, in order Fauna, to meet the daily, perhaps hourly, requirements of the reader on his travels, should, as far as practicable, be also adapted to the pocket and the knapsack — forbid any attempt at a complete enumeration of the fauna of Canada. A separate treatise would be required to do anything like justice to this interesting branch of our subject. Competent authorities have, however, dealt with it, and to the results of their labours we must refer our inquiring friends. Canada is essentially a sporting country. There is scarce a section or district of the entire Dominion that does not offer attractions of some sort to the lovers of sport. Indeed, it is well entitled to the appellation by which it is frequently distinguished amongst literary sportsmen — the ' Sportsman's Paradise.' Excellent hunt- ing, shooting, and fishing may be enjoyed in almost every locality and at any season not excepted by law. Nova Scotia, though, according to Lord Dunraven, so nearly 'settled up ' that the moose-supporting portions of the country are becoming very limited in extent, is still perhaps unexcelled as a sporting field for large game. Vast tracts being yet primeval forest, the moose (Cervus aloes) and cariboo (^Gervus rangifer) are the principal large game to be found in Canada. The moose is by far Ihe biggest of all existing deer. It is allied to the oik of Europe, but attains to a greater bulk, frequently weighing 1,200 lbs. and upwards. The cariboo answers to the reindeer of northern Europe, on a somewhat larger scale and with far finer horns. Cumberland D !i 34 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA, Fisheries. county N.S. is described by competent authorities as *one of the finest moose-hunting grounds in the world.' There are no private game-preserves in the province, so that all arc allowed to hunt, shoot, or fish nd libitum. The close season for moose or cariboo extends from mid- February to September 1. The woods abound with wild animals, including moose,* deer, bears, foxes, antelope, otter, beaver, and squirrel. The Canadian beaver is only 3^ feet in length, of a high chestnut colour, with a flat tail. No better model of ingenuity and industry can be found by the newly-arrived immi- grant. Feathered game are found in abundance — geese, ducks, woodcock, snipe, plover, curlew, partridges, pigeons, and many other birds. A list of the bii'ds of Canada published in 1856 gives the names of no less than 716 ; of these 243 belong to New Brunswick. Next to agricultural and timber products her fisheries form the most important industry in Canada. The lakes and rivers abound in bass, dory, &c. Lakes Beauport, St. Joseph, and St. Charles, in the neigh- bourhood of Quebec, literally swarm with fish. ' From Lake Ontario down to the straits of Belle Isle, a dis- tance of nearly 2,000 miles, there is hardly a mile of coast line,' says Rowan, ' without a river or stream which affords fair angling.' The sea-coast fisheries of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and British Columbia produce a handsome revenue to the country and are capable of almost limitless extension. The Dominion fisheries constitute a most important branch of the public service, which is superintended by a commissioner in the Department of the Minister of Marine and Fisheries at Ottawa. ' In yield and value,' writes this ofiicer in his annual report for 1878, ' the Canadian fisheries are still improving. Compared with last year their produce is valued at above half a million more. Succeeding tables, extending over a series of years, establish the fact that this improvement is not casual or spasmodic, but gradual and permanent.' The value of the fish pro- duct for 1882 was 16,088,000 dols., of which one half * To the true lorer of this exciting sport — moose-hunting — we commend the perusal of a portion of a masterly and characteristic paper from the pen of the Eight Hon. the Earl of Duiiraven, in a late number of the Nineteenth Cintury. i^imv NATURAL HISTORY, SPORTS, ETC. 35 was exported. This was an incroaso of 313,576 dols. over the yield of 1878 ; for 1877 it was 12,029,957 dols. ; for 1876, 11,147,590 dols. The production in each province of the Dominion in 1877-8-9 was as follows ; — 1877. 1878. 1879. Dols. Dols. Dola. 5,527,858 6,131,699 5,752,936 2,133,237 2,305,790 2,554,722 2,560,147 2,664,055 2,820,395 763,036 840,344 1,402,3'tl 438,223 348,122 367,9." 3 583,432 925,766 631,766 Nova Scotia New Brunswick . Quebec P. E. Island Ontario British Columbia. The values of the different principal fish or fish-pro- ducts for 1879, were — Codfish Herrings Maokerol Haddock Salmon . Dols. 4,442,291 1,635,388 1,758,149 495,726 799,604 Lobsters Fish-oils : — Cod, Seal, Whale, Porpoise, Dog- fish, &c. Dols. 1,660,269 583,726 Value of Fisheries. It is estimated that fully 250,000 people, or one- sixteenth of the entire population, support themselves on this industry. Within twenty miles of Halifax, N.S., trout and salmon-fishing can be obtained in every phase which the gentle art is capable of assuming. Shel- burne, Queens, and Lunenburg counties — the lake region of Nova Scotia — oflrer, perhaps, the gr^ .1 !st attractions to the patrons of ' the rod and reel.* ' : : N^ova Scotian salmon rivers are mostly short, running in parallel lines to the sea only a few miles apart. The fishing-grounds seldom extend more than ten or twelve miles from their mouths. Sea- or salmon-trout, averaging about 3 lbs. in weight, commence running up these streams at the end of June, and the best sport is to be had at that dehghtful season. Rimouski and various other points on the St. Lawrence river and its seaboard tributaries are famed for their salmon-fishing. Englishmen going to sport in Canada are recommended to supply themselves with both guns and dogs at home. Fishing-tackle can also be bought better in England. The artificial production of fish is promoted by public grants of money, and by the establishment of ' hatcheries ' or breeding establishments. The following table exhibits the distribution of fish dux'ing 1878 and 1879 : — D 2 Salmon Fishings. mm. breeding. Salmon Angling Rivers. 36 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Pteh Hatcheries Kinds of Fish Salmon Cali- fornia Salmon Salmon Trout Spcclcled Trout Wliiteflsh 1. Newcastle, Ontario 2. Sandwich „ 3. Bedford, Nova Scotia . 4. Rcatigoucbe, Quebec . 6. Qaapi „ 6. Tadoussac „ 7, Miramichi,NewBrun8- wiclc Total distribution, 1879 1878 601,000 1,740,000 1,210,000 1,065,000 1,470,000 1.026,000 1,700 1,130,000 100,000 800,000 12,000,000 7,701,000 6,141,000 1,700 35,000 1,180,000 658,090 lOO.OOf 20,0' 12,800,000 1,000,000 Salmop 7,701 California Salmon 1,700 Salmon Trout 1,130,000 iSpficlcled Trout 100,000 Whi^eflsh 12,800,000 Total, 1879 . „ 1878 . 21,732,700 27,764,000 The following list of the leased rivers of the Provinces of Quebec and New Brunswick will be found useful to the angler : — > Not angled Du Gonflfre Murray Ste. Marguei.L*, N. E. Branch do. NW. do, A Mars Little Saguenay Anse St. Jean Saixlt au Cochon Laval Godbout Trinity Komaine Mingan Mistassini Becsci'^ Manitou Moisic Kegiishca St. John, Mingan Natrtshquan Watsheeshoo ") Not angled Washeecootai / Not angled Mantane Little S.V^ Bic St. Anne des Monts Magdalen York St. John Dartmouth Grand Grand Pal/os Little Pal '08 Bonaven'ure Little Cvscapedia Grand Cascapedia Matapedia Upsalquitch Eestigouche, Lower Division do. Middle do. do. Upper do. S. W. Miramichi Nipissiguit do. (Rough Waters) Nearly 56,000 lbs. of salmon were taken from these streams in 1879, the Grand Cascapedia, Matapedia, and feestigouche yielding nearly half the amount. POLITICAL OEOGRAPliy. 37 se id Political Geography. Social Statistics. The Government of Canada is that of a limited monarchy, framed on the princij 'es of the responsibility of Minis- ters to Parliament. It is vested in a Governor-General as executive, appointed by the Queen but paid by Canada, and a Cabinet of thirteen members, who, with the ad- dition of the Speaker < the Senate, form the Queen's Privy Council, the public business of the country is administered by the members of the Cabinet. Each Cabinet officer presides over a department known as the— CANADA. Gnvern- ineat. 1 . Minister oflnterior. includ- ing, a. Indians, b. Do- minion Lauds, c. Geo- logical Survey. 2. Finance. 3. Railways and Canals. 4. Postmaster-General. 6. Justice. 6. Public Works. 7. Agriculture and Immigra- tion. 8. Customs. 9. Militia and Defence. 10. Secretary of State. 11. Marine and Fisheries. 12. Inland Kevenue. 13. President of Privy Council. Sent of Govern- ment. Parlia- ment. The seat of the Dominion Government is at Ottawa city, Ontario, on the Ottawa river. The Parliament consists of the Queen, an Upper House of eighty-one ^nembers appointed by the Go- vernor-General for life, styled the * Senate ; ' and a Lower House of two hundred and six members, elected for five years, styled the ' House of Commons.* Sessions are held annually, and the Govern or- General has power to dissolve the House before the expiration of the five-year term. The following list of Governors and Governor-Gene- Governors, rals since the Union will be found useful : — 1840. Lord Sydenham 1841. Sir C. Bagot 1843. Sir C. Metcalfe 1846. EarlCathcart Earl of Elgin 1854. Sir Edmund Head 1861. Viscount Monck 1868. Lord Lisgar 1872. Earl of Dufferin 1878. Marquis of Lome 1883. Marquis of Lansdowne. The several provinces have lieutenant-governors, paid by the Dominion, and systems of responsible local go- vernment, formed on the model of that of the Dominion. wi?^ ^wp**"''*9^!«s*r i''n^f>,|-'>,jT. ..Vii- .7,u^ P^»,:'-TW!\r 38 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. fiANADA. Judicial Courts. The counties and townsliips have also their local governments or councils, which regulate their local taxa- tion for roads, schools, and other municipal purposes. The judges of the Canadian courts are appointed by the Crown, and are not elected by the people as in the United States. The highest court in the land is the Supreme Court of Canada. It is composed of a chief justice and five puioAie judges, and has appellate jurisdiction within and throughout the Dominion, in criminal as well as civil cases, from every court. This is the only Dominion court, all others being provincial in their powers and character. The most important of the Provincial courts are the Court of Chancery, the Court of Queen's Bench, the Court of Common Pleas, and the Court of Error and Appeal. The lower courts are the County Courts, the General Sessions, and the Division Courts. In the chief towns and cities there are stipendiary magistrates who hold court daily for the hearing of ordinary police cases. They also have jurisdiction in certain civil cases, such as the non-payment of wages. Aldermen of cities have magisterial powers ex- officio. In all parts of the country there are justices of the peace, holding their commissions from the Crown, who inquire into all such cases as may arise within their respective jurisdictions. Courts of Asiize and Nisi Prius, and of Oyer and Terminer and general gaol delivery, are he^d from time to time in every county. The jury syst( Ji prevails throughout the land. Education, "Religion, SfC. There is no State Church, and no national system of education, and the utmost religious liberty prevails throughout the Dominion. The means of education by free public schools, both secular and religious, are abun- dant, each province directing its own system. In all parts of the country there are grammar-schools, managed^ like the common schools, by a Board of Trustees. At these institutions, as v/ell as at many excellent private schools, the pupils receive a classical edu'iation, and are trained and prepared for the legal 8.nd other professions. Above these again there are colleges, possessing Uni- ■<^ ^m-'''^^~' POLITICAL GEOGKAPHY. 39 versity powers, endowed with scholarships of consi- CANADA, derable value, open to youths prepared in the lower ,77 ' schools. The total number of public educational in- stitutions in the Dominion is 14,000, and the total attendance throughout the year nearly one million. There are also schools of medicine at Toronto, Mon- treal, and other places ; while the various leading re- ligious denominations have schools or colleges at which youijg men are prepared for the ministry. For the higher education of young ladies there are numerous excellent schools, many of which are denominational in character, Nor are the afflicted forgotten, there being schools for deaf-mutes and for the blind, supported and maintained at the public expense. The public and grammar-schools are under the su- pervision of duly qualified inspectors appointed by the Government. Among religious denominations in Canada the Roman Religious Catholic Church comes first in point of numbers, with a ted by the pewholders or communicants of each church. This assemblage, which is called the Synod, has within certain limits great power, and administers all the public funds of the diocese. The bishop sits as president of this assembly with the power of veto, and both lay and clerical members have an equal vote and voice, except in the case of the election of bishop, when the successful candidate must have at least two-thirds of the lay votes. The head of the Canadian Church of England is the Bishop of Fredericton (Right Rev. J. Medley, D,D.). With the exception of fifty-seven endowed parishes in Ontario, which had land specially granted to them by Crown patent many yeai's ago by Sir John Culborne, the Church is entirely dependent upon the voluntary offerings of her members. The Presbyterian Church in Canada numbers over 900 ministers, possessesi six divinity ladies' colleges, and raises annually about 250,000L The clergy of this as a whole to be the best-educated Formerly the Presbyterians were divided into 'several minor bodies, but a few years ago they all united under the name of the Presbyterian Church in Canada. The Methodists have about 1,500 ministers and assistants, one large University and Divinity College at Coburg, Ontario, and several large ladies' colleges. A few years ago the Wesleyan Primitive a;id New Con- nection bodies united under the name of the Methodist Church of Canada, leaving the Episcopal and Bible Christians still separate and independent. schools and two for all purposes Church are said class in Canada. " |j«i(f »«HP^isw,! .;Bfli«(muiM.i'ii»«ii*4 !uiHj)jiJiini ; POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 41 The Baptists are subdivided into three bodies, one CANADA, of which, however, constitutes more than nine-tenths of the whole denomination, and has about three hundred and fifty ministers, one Divinity school, and a large ladies' college. The Con gregationalists have about a hundred minis- ters and a college in Monti'eal. Though numei'ically a weak denomination, they possess a large proportion of very able preachers, and the Church stands high in public opinion. The average stipend for a Protestant clergyman in Valae of the country may be laid down at 130Z. per annum. This, ^'^'"S*- with the rate of living, and the assistance always rendered to a clergyman in kind by his flock, is at least equal to 300L per annum in England. About two-thirds of the clergy are supplied with a parsonage, and it is the almost universal custom among busi- ness men to charge th< lergy reduced rates for every- thing. In social position tiie 'ergy of the Church of England rank first, the Presb)-)" ins next, then follow the Methodists and Baptists ; but in the remoter rural districts where, the people have not the .slightest idea of social distinction, all 'preachers' stand ( an equality. The Press is represented by 470 papers ■>8 of which Press, appear daily. In 1840 there were 65 papers published in all Canada. Trade and Commerce. The trade of the Dominion has made itstli' felt only Trade and within the last fifty years. It may, indeed, be said to commerco. be the outgrowth of the system of internal improve- ment which has characterised its history during the last twenty-five years. The first steamer navigated the St. Lawrence waters as early as 1809, but commerce advanced with slow and measured step for more than twenty years after that date. Since 1830 ti-ade has multiplied fifteenfold, a rate of increase nearly fourfold greater than that of the population of the country. The following table shows the trade of the Do- minion since confederation. The total revenue for the year ending June 30, 1880, was ^^24,768,585. 1 42 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANADA. Growth of Trade. Fiscal Total Total Entered for Years Exports Imports Cousuniption Duty $ $ $ $ 1868 57,667,808 73,459,644 71,985,306 8,819,431 iSd9 60,474,781 70,415,165 67,402,170 8,298,909 1870 73,573,490 74.814,339 71,237,603 9,462,940 1871 74,173.618 96,098,981 86,947,482 11,843,655 1872 82,68J,663 111.430,527 107,709,116 13,046,493 1873 80,789,922 128,011,282 127,514,594 13,017,730 1874 89,351,928 15^8,213,582 127,404,169 14,421,882 1875 77,886,283 123,070,283 119,618,657 15,361,382 1876 80,966,435 93,210,346 94,733,218 12,833,114 1877 75,875,393 99,327,962 96,300,483 12,548,451 1878 79,323,667 93,081,787 91,199.577 12,795,693 1879 71,501,255 81,064,427 80,341,608 12,939,540 1880-1 98,290,823 105,330,840 1881-2 102,137,203 Measured by Mie official returns of the last thirty years the gross trade of the Dominion has increased as folxows: Per capital of Population 1845-47 . . £4,470,000 per annum . £2 1865-67 . . 31,660,000 9 1875-77 . . 41,180,000 . 10 COMPAHATIVB TaBLE OF ExPOHTS. Increase or 1877 1878 decrease Agriculture . 19,11.5,614 32,474,368 + 13,358,754 Forest . 23,010.249 20,054,929 - 2,955,320 Live Stock, &c. . 14,220,617 14,577,086 + 356,469 Fisheries . . 6,874,360 6,929,366 + 1,055,006 Mines . 3,644,040 2,869,363 - 774,677 Miscellaneous . 10.010,613 2,418,555 - 7,591,958 66,864,880 76,905,112 + 3,448,274 Thus Canada, with a population of over four millions, carries on a trade equiil iu value to that of Great Britain at the beginning of the century, -with a popula- tion of nearly sixteen millions. To accomplisn this, Canada's shipping has similarly increased in number and tonnage. In 1850 it amounted to 01,000 tons. In 1877 it reached 1,310,000 tons, and in 1879 it aggregated 1,450,114 tons, showing an average annual increase of more than 50,000 tons. Ninety- four per cent, of this tonnage is in sailing-vessels. Valued at 71. per ton it represents a net capital of rather more than nine ''^f'-y^rr^^r^j'^-' PUBLIC WORKS3 ETC. 43 millions sterling. This is equal to 21. per head of CANADA. the population, a ratio thirty-three per cent, higher than in the United Kingdom. Canada owns a greater marine tonnage than the United States — a larger ton- nage in proportion to her population than any other country, and ranks fourth among the maritime powers of the world. Public Works, etc. Possessing, as she does, fine natural harbours, Internal Canada has been free to devote her attention, her improve- natural resources, and her credit to the extension and improvement of her means of inland communication. Her principal public works compare favourably with those of any other country in the world. During 1882, 10,000,000 dols. were expended in their construc- tion, repair, and maintenance. Their valuation at the close of 1879 was 420,184,596 dols., or about eighty- five millions sterling. This is apportioned as follows : — f- ments. Invested in Dominion Government railwaj's 62,211,991 „ railways other than above 318,788.009 ,1 canals, Class I. . . . 34,832,680 „ „ &c., Class II. 7,390,102 ■. „ Grovernment buildings, &c. 3,961,914 ;^420, 184,596 Equal in round numbers to about . . £86,000,000 They are : — 1 . Railways and telegraphs. 2. Canals. 3. Bridges and docks. 4. Colonisation and post-roads. Next to the United States Canada has the longest mileage in proportion to its population of any country in the world. Railway construction in Canada com- inenced in 1835, with the building of a line sixteen miles in length between La Prairie and St. John's. It "was first worked with horses, and afterwards (in 1837) with locomoti ves. The next was the Queenstown and Chippewa rail way, opened in 1839. In 1848 the original survey for the present intercolonial line from Halifax to Quebec was commenced in New Brunswick. This line and the Grand Trunk commenced in 1856 have since been completed. The following is a summary statement of mileage, capital, debt, &o., of railways now in opera- tion : — The first Railway. l! tBSSB HANDBOOK TO CANADA. •I,-.' O o IM o o (N O O CI CO c^ CO rH o -u >> o o CO o o -h >o a 00 CO CO •o ■»« t^ o ?* tD .> o o o o O o o vTJ t- CO (M 00 «3 Q > "-V k^ 'Otal C and Rolliii Stocl ^5 1 o , «3 o' 00' o" 1 c-i '^<' o 7> 05 1 O rH O 00 CO o 05 o ^ 00 r^ CO o 00 o kO t^ 1 M ' !>. r-* tH I 1 iC -r (N r- CO 1 Ol ■o" 00 »* f-H 50 I-H 05 00 CO o o o o O 'O O rf o .a§sl^ 'JCto'o' 1 (NO 1 1 o o o o O CO !>. CO o s ^ „ «IS:0 <=i. 00 o^ o o o «o (M CO o (U tj ^ O. overnm Loan o Bonus paiduj les 'O t>r ci oo" o" O ui «o t^ lO «o t^ 1 1 00 1 CO 1 1 I 1 1 Jr^ tr^ CO 1 joajua 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 o O 05 o o o o OI O (M CO "S^g" o O 00 o o t^ o 00 O US CO o o ^^ o O C'J O Ci O rH c a ^'0 ^ 1 00 1 o'l^ 1 1 o 1 o" to -*<■■ >o •o oT 1 <^ 1 00 ' 1 l«a ' •* 1 CO 05 1 1 o 1 O t^ 00 I-H OS C5 ' 1 00 '^,'"1. ■. o_co^ «5 i-T •-H o'eo CO rH''r>r co ' CO 1 1 1 1 00 Ui ■«1< Ph f-H* CO (N" c4" CO Ol o o o o o o o o ^ o O 00 o o ^ o o o o o o o o CO o o CO CO O rH o s aS O «5 o o o o_ o o rH CO O t^ lO IM OJ o 1 1 •J* W -M ^^ »- o" c oo M*' o 1 o rH CD O ■* «s rn'^M o S^'&S CO ■rf O a «5 1 1 lO (MO© ' t^ C5 ' Ol (M ■* S'^'Sa so -* I-H lo e«5 -f o^ CO lO rH CO C^ f-t 1-1 «o (N -*» l-ll« HSi hJo nlo ■H^ rH CO ■* «5 (M (M eo OJ l>.CO rH CO 00 CO eo aSBgilM lO 00 « O 01 t-l CO f-4 ^ CO rH CS IM CO 1 CO 1 1 1 * 1 1 1 1 eo CO* r^ . 'S • , . . . •n • • ,jd • • • CJ fl-r) a • >~.'^ . <2 CJ -C . ce d ^ a ■e p o r2 n =3 •Ji ^ oi I-H § g Fh Cfl •f-i 'B cS Bruce ondon,Huron,and Br o .5 ,i«r , , ^ •P • d , * ^ * . . p a a ■ •4-1 u 1 i !?; • 1 Ibert . rockville and Ot o 1 c 2 1 anada Central anada Southern t-H (J < arillon and Gren hatham Branch obourg, Peterbor Marmora . I 4-3 1 a redericton . RAXD Tkunk tianticandSt.La uflFalo and Lake hicago, Detroit, Canada G. T. Ju reat Western ■(J u O p d S3 o S p— 1 s 33 • B ■Jl opqpq oooooo ow PH(;i5-c6 oi o rH* (M CO •^ >o' CO »^ 00 c» O ♦ 1— ( r-A r^ w^ rH f— * r^ rH i~i f-H C^ Oi (N Co CO IX. CC c<: o us 00 o o o CO o o o to PUBLIC WORKS, ETC. 45 o o o o -* »H CO CO ^ . 4J tH O ^2; • •n a od a o s n S 35 ^ w , O C^ a> c o 00 © © o> t« i-i © © us o © © I-H © OS ■* •^ (M O 00 o © (M © © CO I-I as o © o« © © 00 -* Ot^tO^ o »o ® '=' 00 CO US CO ©_co © '^-'1 CO »--. © t^ (M'cq 1 ffl" t>- 1 1 1 co" I CO 00 CO ■»!< © us CO © 1 © tC to -T Ol" © 00 O o U5 © 00 M © Tt< »-- © CO -•* . o o © 00 © '^ © © © © © © © o o 00__ o © U» 05 © © © © t- t-. us © ©_ 1 ^ •* 1 1 #k »s *> 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 O . -* tH (M_ t>. i— t cH I-H I-H *^ 00 t>. © © © us ©__ o 'O 00 —1 00 © IM o o o r-H 00 © oo_© © © (N © rH (M CO © t^ © CO I-H •V 1 n 1 1 CO US o* •rP -* © Oo'iO 00 ■=> IM*" us IM 1 CO CO OS 00 © t^ IM ' O 00 O CO 1 t^ © i^(M 00 ' I-H © •^ ' CO 1 © t^ © rH CO © r-( O -* 00 05 IM rH -^ I-H IM 00 IH t^ *^ '"' "t. t- 1— ( rH rH co" -♦n "I*^ nit -^^n|W -iw "It -* t^ o ■* Ol CO (N (M © t^ ■* CO OO US I-H ■M © us CO IC I-H CD © •* ■* •-<■>* t— CO I 00 © d — c4 cc ■* US CO t>^ oo" cs © -H (M CO .^5 N ci)iM PUBLIC WORKS, ETC. 47 Brought forward $ . 96,979,857 Nova Scotia Government 822,330 Municipalities 8,809,94-i Othier sources 2,043,279 108,655,410 Less included in paid up securities. . . . 1,882,000 106,773,4J0 Total capital invested Balance . Grand total . 360,617,186 1,468,952 362,086,138 CANADA. m To this must be added the net increase of capital during 1878-7;), 1,468,952 dols. This amount was increased during 1879 to 88,210,520 dols., leavino- a further subsidy of the amount of 10,733,550 dols. to be paid on the completion of the several roads. The foregoing shows the par value of all the securities issued by the different Companies. The actual capital received and expended by them was considerably less, as in some cases the bonds were disposed of at a discount. Making all due allowance for this, however, the actual amount of capital now invested in Canadian railways is exceedingly large considering the circumstances of the country. The nominal cost of construction — that is, taking all Conatruc- securities as sold at their full value — has been 45,925 *'""• dols. per mile. This is made up as follows : Ordinary share capital, 15,583 dols. ; preference shares, 8,820 dols. • bonded debt, 10,677 dols. ; and Government and Muni- cipal aid, 10,915 dols. The actual cash expenditure per mile must, for the reasons already given, have been much below 45,925 dols. per mile. An interesting reoort of Mr. ex-Commissioner C. J. Brydges presented to' the Dominion Parliament gives statistics showino- the re- lative cost and the proportions of the Government and municipal aid, and private railway enterprise. The re- port is to June 30, 1878, and the figures are as follows : — Twelve railways aided, total mileage completed . 877'51 Of these the Quebec, Montreal, Ottawa, and . Occidental with a mileage of .... 326'66 had been subsidised to the extent of ;^1 0,338,000 \ Leaving milenge of other railways 550-85 M" 48 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CANIDK. State aid to railways. 1 I I i I Brought forward .... Tho remaining railways arc either branch lines or local roads, and may be esti- mated to coat as much as similar roads in Ontario, say ^18,000 per mile; 65085 at ^^18,000, e^ comment on the folly of the J^'rench in abandoning the St. John, for it was inevitable that this river and the whole of Acadia would fall into the possession of the English whenever they chose to make an effort to take it.' * By the twelfth article of the Treaty of Utreciit, Treaty of 'all Nova Scotia or Acadia comprehended within its ^'''<^'^"*" ancient boundaries, as also the city of Port Royal, now called Annapolis , ' were yielded and made over to the Queen of Great Britain and to her Crown for ever.' In the course of time the limits of Acadia, like those of Oregon, British Columbia, and many another inter- national boundary, became the subject of dispute and arbitration. But these, with other matters thereto pertaining, will more properly be considered elsewhere. In 1693 the Acadians were again numbered, and i-he Population, census found to represent a population of 1,009, of which one half, divided into eighty-eight families, re- sided at Port Royal. A census of Port Royal ar'd Minas, taken in 1714, returned the population of these * ' History of Acadia from its first discovery to its surrender to England by the Treaty of Paris.' By James Hannay. J, & A. McMillen, St. John, N.J3. 1879. London : Sampson Low & Co. F2 aaBsa^soaMaBi IMHWMH >9Bn 68 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Port Ro3-a] renamed Aimapoiis. NOVASCOTW. settlements alone at 1,773. The entii'e population at the timn of the Treaty, independent of the native Mic- mac tribes, did not certainly exceed 2,500. Of all the possessions once held by France in Acadia, she now alone retained Cape Breton, the Island of St. John (now Prince Edward Island), and the smaller islands of the Gulf of St. Lawi-ence. In 1710 Port Royal was again and finally given up, and in honour of the reigning Sovereign its name was changed to Anna' polis Royal. But though once more a British colony, it was, d ir ing the early period of the thirty years' paace, fou;v1 difficult to reconcile its inhabitants to the fact — a cir- cumstance scarcely to be wondered at, when the nature of its previous tenure and occupation is fairly con- sidered. On the death of Queen Anne in 1714, Messrs. Ca- poon and Button wore commissioned by Governor Ni- cholson to proceed to Minas, Chignecto, St. John River, Passamaquoddy, and Penobscot, to proclaim King George. The French refused to take the oaths of alle- giance, and (Tcnerai Phillips, who became Governor of Nova Scotia in 1717, met with no better success. De- spite the peace which then existed between the home governments, tiiere were occasional outbreaks both in Acadia and Maine. Fortunately both for New England and for Nova Scotia, the Indians were growing tired of war and were disposed to treat for peace. Finally, a treaty was entered into between the representati^•es of the Penobscot, Norridgewock, St. John, and Cape Sable native tribes, at Boston in 1725, and al'fcerwards ratified at Annapolis and Falmouth, by which the Indians engaged to abstain from further hostilities, and to acknowledge the Sovereignty of King George to the Province of Nova Scotia, At the conclusion of the long peace between France and England there wci'o only two garrisoned places in the province — Annapolis and (^anso — and the garrisons in both were extremely weak. Louisburg, on He Royal, as Capo Breton was called, was a mighty fort- ress for that continent and that age, and was spo^" n of and written about as the ' Dunkirk of America.' It was determined to reduce it, and., for this purpose, 4,070 Indian w.'.riare. ■Tr THE BRITISH rERIOD. 69 Fall (f Louisbur^', ,]mm 17, 1745. French Httack». troops were enlisted in Boston in March 1745. and placed NOVA SCOTIA nnder the command of Generals Pepperell and Warren. Du Chambon, the French Governor, alter a siege of fortj'-niue days, capitulated, and on June 17 the Hag of England floated gaily over fort and town. One, and only one, farther serious attempt was made by the French to drive the British out of A.cadia. A great fleet of seventy sail, under command of the Duke D'Anville, was despatched from Brest to attack 1/ouis- burg, Annapolis, and Boston, and a large body of Cana- dian Rangers was collected at Quebec to co-oporate with the fleet. The fleet, however, was crippled by a storm, and the expedition failed in its object. Anothtr, commanded by La Jonquiere, one of D'Anville's officers, shared a similar fate. All subsequent events of a mili- tary or aggresf.ive character on the part of the French only helped to betray their utter inability to recover either their prestige or their possessions. The power of France to achieve the reconquest of Loaisburg and Acadia had departed. The Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle, which was signed October 18, 1748, brought the war to a close, and virtually ended the French political oc- cupation of Acadia, as it had closed in old Canada. Notwithstanding this, Acadia, in 1749, continued to bo as much a French colony as ever. The only diS'erence between the sitnati-' . of affairs then and what it was forty years before was that the English, instead of the French, were at the expense of maintaining a gairison, and that the former issued orders to the inhabitants which the latter very seldom chose to obey. V. A i iH Ti-oaty of Aixla- Chapelle. A.D. 1718. I «1 The British Period. A.D. 1749 to 1880. In the year following the passage of the Treaty of Aix- la-Cliapelle, the Hon. Edward CornwalHs was appointed Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of Nova Scotia, and in June 174D arrived in Halifax harbour v.'ith some two thou.sand live hundred immigrants, mainly from England. This was the first distinctively British settle- ment within the present Province of Nova Scotia., which then held about 8,000 Acadians. Cornwallio left the ill Immigra- tion. 70 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Expulsion, of Acadi- auB. Februarv 10, 1763' I 1' ii ii MOVA SCOTIA. Provineo in 1752, and was succeeded by Governor Hopson. An expedition consisting of two thousand men, com- manded by Lieut.-Col. Monckton, sailed from Boston, May 23, 1755, to attack and reduce Beausejour (after- wards Fort Cumberland), the last fortress erected and occupied by the French in the country. Forts Baie Verte and Gaspereaux and the settlement of Beaubassin soon followed, and then the exile and the end of Acadie. Louisburg surrendered to Wolfe, Boscawen, and Am- herst, in 1758, after a seven weeks' siege, and in 1759 England's sovereignty was supreme. On the conclusion of the Treaty of Paris and the Seven Years' War, a large number of Acadians settled on the Great and Little Miquelon Islands off the island of Newfoundland, where they built a town (St. Pierre), and established a valuable fishery. The gi'eat majority, however, finally took the oath of allegiance as British subjects, 8,nd returned, many of them, to their former homes, to the Acadie they loved so well. In 1766 settlements were commenced at Maugerville in Sun- bury County. In 1775 the American colonies revolted, and the coast settlements were kept in a state of con- stant alarm by New England privateers, who plundered them all the way from Yarmouth to Annapolis. In 1783 Great Britain acknowledged their independence, and in the same year some 10,000 Loyalists were suc- cessfully settled in the province, and half as many more at Parr Town, now St. John, at the month of the St. John river, New Brunswick. During 178-4 New Bruns- wick and Cape Breton were organised as separate provinces. The population of Nova Scotia at this time was 13,000, of which number Acadians formed one-fifth. Since then, for a period of one hundred years, the history of the province ims been marked by many political changes. These are briefly noted in the preceding historical portion of this work. Among the most im- portant of these changes was the establishment of re> sponsible government in 1836, and the adoption and abrogation of Reciprocity with the United States, the former of which events took place in 1854 and the latter in 1870. Settlement of Loyalists? ii . .Mi^'Aimxtia,, PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 71 Area, Soil. Physical Geography. Nova Scotia consists of the peniusula of Nova Scotia NOVA SCDTIA. proper and the Island of Cape Breton, from which it is separated by the narrow Strait of Canso. It extends in a north-easterly and south-westerly direction, and is about 350 miles long and from 100 to 120 miles wide. It has a coast-line of about 1,200 miles, and embraces an area of 20,909 square miles, equal to nearly 14,000,000 acres. About one-tifth of its surface is covered with lakes and small rivers. The laud reported as fit for tillage is estimated at 5,000,000 acres. Tliie remainder, which is chiefly a sea-coast belt, is barren and rocky, and presents to a stranger visiting its shores a very ragged and in some parts a sterile appearance. The coast, however, affords a very imperfect idea of the in- terior. The best soil is foiuid on the northern slope of the peninsula. The coast is everywhere indented with deep-water bays and harbours, which combine to make it one of the most charming summer cruising and yacht- ing stations on the American continent. Being almost sea-girt, its bounds and landmarks are well defined. It is bounded on the north by Northum- berland Strait, Prince Edward Island, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. On the west au'C north-west by the Bay of Fundy and New Brunswick, on the east and south by the Atlantic Ocean. The following is the list of Lieut.-Governors sii ce Lieutenant- Confederation :— Governors. 1867. -a.^ ' ien. Sir C. Hastings Doyle, K.C.M.G. Ii870. Sir E^mmd Eenny. Ii873. Hon. J>M«f h Howe. l!«73. Hon. A- G. Arrhibald, C.M.G., &;c. 18«3. Hon. H. M. RiteLey. Being, as already stated, a peninsula. Nova Scotia Climate, has a climate greatly influenced by the salt water which all but Burroandfe it. Tbe Gu.i' Stream, whic!) sweeps along a few mites of its southern shore, exerss- coii- siderafcie influence on the temperature. The Province is also protected from the cfeSTy north winds of the St. Lawrence Valley and C4>uebbc by an almost continuous belt of mountains or very high hills, I I 1'.| lu usv naifc»,-i»ifc««>rf :.v.ia>i.v WSWmmmmmamsmmmmBam 72 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA, which stretch along its northern border. The extreme cold which is experienced in the interior and more northern portions of tlie Dominion and of the United States is seldom felt in Nova Scotia. This province may indeed, considering its comparatively limited ox- tent, be said to afford a great variety of climate as well asof prc«ductions — the average temperature of Annapolis Countr being 8" liigher than in the Cape Broton coaoties, and 6° warmer than in the State of Massa- olnuMtts. In the central portions the mercury seldom rises above SS*^ in the shade, and as rarely falls below zero in winter. The maximum salubrity of the climate is attested by the low rates of mortality and vital statistics of the province generally. Geology. The geology of Nova Scotia, as bearing upon the future mineralogical and manufacturing progress of the province, is a subject of the highest interest. Nova Scotia undoubtedly possesses the materials required for building up large mining and manufacturing industries. The various rock systems, according to Dr. Dawson, are distributed as follows : — 1. Triassic strata, occupying the Annapolis valley and the north shore of the Minas Basin. 2. Garhoniferous, including five groups : — 1. Upper coal measures. 2. True coal measures. 8. Millstone grit. 4. Lower carboniferous marine formation. 5. Lower coal measures, 3. Devonian. — These strata occur in Annapolis county, and contain very valuable beds of magnetic and hematite iron ores. 4. TJp'per Silurian, holding valuable deposits of bedded iron ores. 5. Lower Silurian, undefined. Succeeding these strata come a vast deptli of strata considered to embrace all the older measures typically developed in Canada proper. The true coal measures contai.a all the workable seams thns far opened in the province, and are estimated by Dr. Dawson to have an average thickness of 4,000 feet. The areas covered by the various metalliferous or ore-bearing districts are thus estimated by Mr. Edwin Gilpin in his recently-published compendium : — —Ml PHYSICAL GEOGILVPHY. 73 Square milos iinui CRnTtl Gold district 3,000 "^'L°''*_' Associated granites 4,500 Iron (thus far worked by two companies) . . Sri Coal and carboniferous measures .... 5,000 Devonian, lower and upper Silurian, or iron ore- bearing strata 6,000 Total area .... 18,585 The central watershed of Nova Scotia extends the Mountains, whole length of the province, throwing streams to tho north and south. The South Mountains, in Annapolis and King's counties, form a part of this central ridge. The North Mountain rises parallel with the Bay of Fundy, from Cape Blomidon to Digby Neck. The Cobequid Mountains extend through Cumberland and Colchester Counties from Cape Chignecto to the borders of Pictou. The northern part of Cape Breton, from Nigonish to St. Anne's is mountainous and much admired for its bold scenery. The number and extent of its lakes invariably sur- Lakes and prise the Old Country visitor. In the Atlantic coast ^^'^^'^^' counties the lakes are ver}^ numerous. Grand Lake is the largest; of a chain of lakes in the basin of the Shubenacadie river. Lake George is the largest of the Tusket group in Yarmouth county. Rossignol, in the western portion of Queen's County, and Lake Ainslie in Cape Breton, have fine scenery and good fishing. The rivers, owing to the peculiar configuration of the pi'ovince, are short and of small volume. The largest are the St. Mary's, I^a Have, Annapolis, Avon, Liverpool, Shubenacadie, WtiUace, Philip, and East river of Pictou, Minas Basin, The cat arm of the Bay of Fundy if considered the most remarkable body of water in tho province. The tides, which at the equinoxas rise some- times to a height of 60 feet, rush in with greal: force and form what is called the bare. The most important islands on the coast are Pictou, Islands. St. Paul's, Scatarie, Cariboo, Boularderie, Madame, Sable, Tancook, Cape Sable Island, Long Island, and Briar Island. Isle Madame, separated from Cape Breton by Lennox Passage, is sixteen miles long, and has a population of G,000, chiefly engaged in fishing. Boularderie forms pai't of Victoria County, C.B., and : il 74 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. 1 Hays and Capes. NOVA SCOTIA, contains about 1,300 inhabitants. Sable Island is situate about 100 miles south of Cape Breton. The following are the principal coast waters of Nova Scotia : — On the Bay of Fundy — St. Mary's Bay, Grand Passage, Digby Gut, Annapolis Basin, Minas Basin, Cobequid Bay, Chignecto Bay, and Cumberland Basin. Oil Northumberland Strait — Baie Verte, Pngwash Har- bour, Tatamagouche Harbour, Pictou Harbour, and Merigomish Harbr \ On the Atlantic Peninsula coast, Chedabucto Bay, Milford Haven, Tor Bay, Sheet Harbour, Musquodoboit Harbour, Halifax Harbour, and Bedford Basin, Lunenburg Harbour, Mahone Bay, Shel- burne Harbour, Port la Tour, and Argyle Bay, Nothing can well exceed the scenic attractions of many of these lovely waters. The principal capes are : Chignecto, Split, D'Or, Blomidon, Malagash, Jean Mabou, St. Lawrence, St. George, Egmont, Granby, Dauphine, Sambro Head, Breton, Baccaro, Sable and Fourchu. Nova Scotia is geographically divided into Nova Scotia proper, and Cape Breton Island. A narrow strait, known as the Gut of Canso, alone separates them. It is further sub-divided for legislative and judicial purposes into eighteen counties, fourteen of which are in Nova Scotia proper : — Divisiont'. County 1 Chief Town Populution in 1881. Annapolis . Annapolis . 1 20,598 Antigonish , Antigonish . 18,060 Colchester . Truro . 26,721 Cumberland Amherst 27,368 Digby . Digl)y . 19,881 Guysborough Guysborough 17,608 Halifax HALIFAX . 67,920 Hants . Windsor 23,360 King's . Kentville 23,470 Lunenburg . Lunenburg . 28,-583 Pictou . Pictou . 35,.536 Queen's Liverpool . 10,577 Shelburne . Shelburne . 1-1,918 Yarmouth . Yarmouth . 21,284 '] Potal 355,884 And four in Cape Breton Island, viz. I m !l PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 75 County Chief Town Pcipnlntion In KSHl. Cape Breton Inverness Richmond . Victoria Sydney Port Hood . Ariohat Baddeck Nova Scotia proper Grand total 31,202 25,651 15,122 12,470 84,505 255,884 440,389 MOIMSCOTM. ill Productions, etc. Next to her forest gi'owtli and wealth of wood, the fisheries of Nova Scotia constitute her most important interest. In 1879, the number of vessels employed was 715, number of boats 10,706, and number of men 27,610. Fiaheriea/ The quantity of codfish caught was 576,101 cwt., valued at 2,448,429 dols. ; of mackerel, 102,000 barrels, valued at 1,015,590 dols. ; of haddock, 126,542 cwt., valued at 442,897 dols, ; of herrings, 181,000 barrels, valued at 527,000 dols. ; of lobsters, 3,182,276 cans, valued at 477,340 dols. Of fish oils, the quantity obtained was 357,030 gallons, of a value of 228,168 dols. The total value of the fisheries of this province for 1879 was 5,752,936 dols. For 1877 it amounted to nearly 7,500,000 dols., of this 4,157,193 dols. was exported as follows: — To Oreat Britain ^465,264 „ United States 715.958 „ West Indies 2,865,386 „ Newfoundland 47,813 „ Other Countries 62,772 4,157,193 Of the amount shipped to Great Britain, by far the Tinned larger portion consisted of canned lobster. This is a lately Lobsters, developed and rapidly extending industry. Commenced in 1870, in four years it developed into a trade amount- ing to 5,600,000 pounds annually, since which time it has maintained its position as an important branch of trade. As many as 20,000 lobsters are reported to havu been landed at St. Andrew's Point in a single day. The close season is now rigidly enforced. Iff « V 76 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. Minerals. Coal. . '!' Gold. Iron. The coast waters afford an ample supply of shellfish of every kind, such as oysters, scallops, clams, mussels, and quahaugs (pronounced ' cohogs ') ; while the rivers and lakes furnish splendid sport in the way of salmon trout and grayling. The little brook- trout is an excellent pan fish, while the sea-trout is especially delicious. Arichat, Petit de Gras, and D'Escousse in Richmond County, C.B., are important fishing-stations. This province is especially remarkable for its minerals, more particularly for its deposits of coal, iron, and gold. These she holds in juxtaposition — a boon which Nature, lavish of her gifts, has conferred on few countries. The known productive coal-fields of the province occupy an area of nearly 700 square miles. In this department (mineralogy) Nova Scotia will be chiefly remembered by English visitors by the illustrative col- lection of specimens which were on view at the London Industrial Exliibition of 1862. Nova Scotia coal is wholly bituminous, no anthracite having as yet been met with. It may be divided into coking, fire- burning, and cannel. Coal-mines have long been extensively worked in Cape Breton and Pictou counties, and latterly in the county of Cumberland. The former date back in- deed over 100 years. The coal obtained from the Sydney mines, C.B., is held in especial repute for grate-burning or domestic purposes, while its steam-producing pro- perties are of a high order. The following analysis has been furnished by Mr. Henry How, Professor of Chemistry in King's College, Windsor, N.S. A con- siderable proportion of the quantity raised goes into domestic consumption. The chief exports are to the United States and to the Dominion Provinces and Newfoundland. The total coal produce for 1876 was 709,646 tons. The produce of the gold-mines in the same year was 12,039 oz. ; of iron ore, 15,274 tons; of gypsum, 80,920. Valuable deposits of high-class iron ore are found in different parts of the province, which of late have attracted the attention of capitalists, who are erecting furnaces with a view to extensive manu- facturing operations. Some valuable notes on the minerals of Nova Scotia, from the pen of John Ruther- ford, Esq., M.E., of Halifax, will be found in the Ap- pendix (p. 265). ! ' i PnODUCTIONS, ETC. 77 COMPOSITION OF ASH OF THE SYDNEY COAL. NOVA SCOTIA, Sand and clay Peroxido of iron . Alumina .... Sulphate of lime . Limo Magnesia .... Pliosphoric acid, decided traces Manganese, traces Chlorine, traces . 29-r)7 51 •83 484 10 -OS 3-U5 ■ 0'23 10000 GAS RETURNS. By Mr. G. Buist, Manager of Halifax Gas Works. Gas (average of four tests) per Coal gas. ton of 2,240 lbs. Coke, ditto .... Illuminating power of gas (average of six tests) 8,200 cubic feet. 1,296 lbs., of good quality. 8 candles. The ash has about the average composition of that of bituminous coals. 'I conclude,' says Mr. How, 'that the Sydney coal fully Extent of merits the very high esteem in which it has been so long coal-beds, held for domestic use ; and I am inclined to think its sulphur has been over-rated by repute.' The coal-fields of Pictou have been pronounced by mining engineers to be the most extraordinary carboniferous deposits in the world. The seams already opened in the leased areas of the Sydney District are said to contain over 212,000,000 tons. Mining operations were first commenced by the French more than a century ago ; there are now twenty mines in full or partial operation ; and in Cumberland and Pictou counties, in Nova Scotia proper, there are half as many more. Of the Pictou Coal-field, Mr. Rutherford remarks, ' though not so extensive as the Sydney and Cumber- land areas, is of great capacity as regards yield by reason of the great thickness of its seams.' The fol- lowing list embraces all the mines now being worked, with their yield in 1877, so far as can be reliably as- certained : — I I w ^J 'iu .^.. ^%. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I Jim !f US, M 12,2 ZO 1.8 1.25 1.4 1,6 4 6" ► Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y, U580 (716) 872-4503 Q< 78 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ROVA SCOTIA. Collieries Seams Produce 1 In 1877 Coal mines. Cumberland County, N.S. '■ ■ Cumberland .... Cumberland 1,432 Joggins . Joggins . 10,223 Scotia • • North 1,213 Seaman • . — 630 Spring Hill • • — 93,606 PiCTOU COUNTX, N.S " , Acadia • • Acadia 63,101 Albion Mines* . • { Deep Main 20,792 95,243 Intercolonial • Acadia 67,827 .' Nova Scotia • • Acadia 27,001 Vale .... • • McBean . 42,613 Cape Breton County, C.B. Block-house .... Block-house 61,938 Caledonia . Phelan . 26,197 Collins Collins 7,768 Emery- Emery ' Gardener . Lorway 3,640 ? Glace Bay . Harbor 36,295 . ■ Gowrie McAulay . 28,164 ,■ • ,. International Harbor 18,346 Lingan .... Lingan 21,054 Mclnnes and Lo Cras — 10 Ontario .... Phelan . 13,391 Eeserve .... Phelan . « . Schooner Pond . — South Head — 863 Sidney Mines . Main 109,098 Victoria .... Boss . 14,262 Inverness County, C. B. Broad Cove • .,_ 706 Port Hood .... • — 366 Victoria County, C.B. New Campbellton 2,527 757,496 ♦ These valuable mines are at Stellarton on the Pictou branch of the Inter-colonial Railway, three miles from New Glasgow, and 100 N.E. of Halifax. The Foord Shaft of the mine was the scene of the late casualty by which many lives were lost. th( in 1. PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 79 The following table illustrates the progress made in NOVA SCOTU. the coal production of Nova Scotia from 1827 (the year in which the General Mining Association commenced operations) to 1880, inclusive : — Increase of coal trade. 1827 to 1830 1831 to 1840 1841 to 1850 1851 to 1860 1861 to 1870 1871 to 1879 Tons 51,172 808,145 1,415,385 2,292,805 6,092,587 7,911,331 1880 1,096,183 Grand Total 18,667,628 The following summary exhibits the extent of the mineral production of Nova Scotia during 1879 : — Gold 13,801 Ounces Coal Iron Ore Gypsum Limestone . Manganese Ore Coke made . Building Stone Barytes Fireclay Grindstones, &c. 788,273 29,889 95,126 9,444 145 9,646 5,562 480 50 1,075 Tons Summary of miueral produce. The most noticeable feature in the coal trade for the past year has been the marked increase in the sales to Quebec and Ontario, and the still more marked decline in export to the United States. Next to coal the most important mining industry of Gold, this province is that of gold. The first mine (the Tangier) was opened in 1860-61, and operations have been conducted, with more or less activity, during a period of twenty years. Nova Scotia gold, like that of California and Australia and other countries, is an alloy in which silver forms the chief impurity. * The dis- tinctive features of the gold leads of Nova Scotia,' writes Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, 'are their general conformability with the slate and quartzite beds and their regularity, suggesting that they are rather beds than veins. But there a*-^ characters that point to their being true veins in spite of these features, and they are the following :— 1. The roughness of the planes of contact between 80 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Gold ore. lOVA SCOTIA, quartz and slate and quartzite ; 2, the crushed state of the slate or gouge on some foot-walks ; 3, the ir- regularity of their mineral contents ; 4, the terminations of the leads ; 6, the effects of contemporary disloca- tions ; 6, and the influence of stringers and off-shoots on the richness of the leads. These are characters that singly or collectively it would be diflBcult to accou at for associated with a stratified deposit. So far as my present observation goes, I think that to describe the gold lodes otherwise than as interstratified beds would be to give a false notion of their geognostic relations. The laminated structure of many of the lodes, and the intercalation between their layers of thin continuous films or layers of argillite can hardly be explained in any other way than by supposing these bodies to have been formed by suc- cessive deposition at what was at the time the surface of the earth.' ' The extent of the formation in which the auriferous rock is found,' writes Mr. Rutherford, 'may be said to cover almost the entire length of the Southern coast of Nova Scotia. The width inland is, roughly speaking, from twenty to forty miles.* The principal gold-mining districts are situate in the counties of Halifax, Guysborough, Yiotoria, and Hants, and are named as follows : — Tangier, Waverley, Oldham, Musquodoboit, and Lawrencetown in Halifax County ; Sherbrooke, Wine Harbour, and Stormont in Guys- borough ; Renfrew in Hants, and the rest in Victoria. Claims have also recently been opened in Queen's County. Goldenville, three miles from Sherbrooke, is said to be one of the richest fields in the province. Halifax is the gold centre of the province. The mines reached their highest yield in 1867, when upwards of 1,000 men were engaged in their operation. Since that time the amount produced has been steadily on the decline, until the year 1879, which has been marked by increased activity. The following tables show the number of mines open, men at work, the yield from year to year, and the fluctuations, and total production for a period of eighteen yeai'S : — Principal gold mines. Production of gold. VI PRODUCTIONS, ETC 81 Year Total ounces of Gold extruoted Quartz Crushed yield per Ton of 3,000 IbB. Total days' Labour Average earnings per man per day and year, iit 30U working days, |18peroz. 1862 1863 1864 1866 1886 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 Oz. Dwt. Or. 7,276 14,001 14 17 20,02? 18 13 25,454 4 8 25,204 18 2 27,314 11 11 20,.541 8 10 17,868 19 19,866 6 C 19,227 7 4 1.3,094 17 6 11,852 7 19 9,140 13 9 11,208 14 19 12,038 13 18 16,882 6 1 12,677 1 22 13,801 8 10 13,234 4 10.760 13 2 14,107 3 20 Tons 6.473 17,002 21,434 24,423 32,161 31,386 32,262 85,147 80,829 30,791 17,093 17,708 13.844 14.810 15,490 17,369 17,990 15,936 Oz. Dwt. Gr. 1 2 11 16 11 18 16 1 20 •16 2 17 9 12 17 10 4 12 21 12 11 16 7 13 9 13 8 16 4 15 13 19 10 13 23 166,000 273,624 262,720 212,966 211,796 218,894 241,462 210,938 173,680 162,994 112,476 93,470 77,246 91,098 111, .304 123,566 110,422 92,002 A Day $-83 •92 1-42 2-15 214 2-24 1-63 1-62 2-05 212 209 2-28 212 2-20 1-94 2-46 2-05 A Year |249 276 426 645 642 672 469 466 618 636 627 684 636 660 682 738 616 335,464 2 3 392,148 2,927^87 Alluvial gold-mining has not been thus far carried on in Nova Scotia to any great extent. The Montague mines, seven miles east of Halifax city, will well repay a visit. The total value of their gold-yield since 1861 is estimated at 6,000,000 dols., or about 1,200,000Z. The manager of the Rose Gold- Mining Company at Montague is announced to have recently brought to Halifax a bar of gold weighing 800 ounces, and valued at 16,000 dollars. Its production had occupied fourteen men for six weeks. The profit to the company on it would be over 14,500 dols. Iroth. — Iron ore, though known to exist in one form or another in every part of the province, has thus far been little worked. There are but two mines in actual operation. These are the ' Acadia ' at Londonderry in Colchester county, owned by the Steel Company of Canada, and the works of the New York and Nova Scotia Iron and Coal-Mining Company at Clementsport, Annapolis county. The former mine and works were visited by the Governor- General, Aug. 16, 1880, in his Q NOVA SCOT IA. Gold statistics. The Montague miues. Iron. I ill 82 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. HOVA SCOTIA. Gold 879 old, at^tistics. tH ^ « '^ > ^ S ^ i pa W "^ H ^ 00 « ? o h ta ^ S 4 ■ s « :-'..,' a 1 ■ i->, ' ■ ■ . o o* , - -. , . k5 <^ 't>. ^ ^ l-< "S H S o § u g. ■ 02 ^ -1 1 o EH S: &4 >« as S>» -I 8 .a e ao C5 o n Eh O w H "%> •zo iad 00-8li )« 'aq^aom aAi8ji\!f aoj &VV aed u\.ui aad pi9i^ aawaAy h ±.-ipHOOO'fflOOaO ^ ,-« ,-1 ,-1 ,-( I-l • ^050"- <-H eo r-l at 1-1 a 'te»^00eCt>.iO .-T . CO t-H jaMOd J»»BAV. IrH IfHrHW |. 1 eo«Nff' -i purposes is on the northern slope. The agricultural .j- tur- o2 84 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NOVA SCOTIA. iron ores. ?9 Analysis of ^ S CM 1 o •J O 8 o e -S ^ X d CO P CO 6 ^ to O) tfS t>- r-t 00 eo iM tJ o O rl PS iH 0> O •* IM ,0000 I -* • 9 CJ U5 CO tfl 00 f-H ■* rj -!»( 0> t— b- >!*< 00 i-H do 00 w '^ «o rH C« 'N'i:* .:; o o 6 o 0 ■* O) O O CO O 00 r-4 1— I O 00 o OS 2 ■* s^ >• ^OS eo OS ^ 00 OS OS OS ■* O eo » Tjt rt 1-- "5 o e a i3 3 f3 C^ S ■ (MT? o 1< . 'O "^O TS T3 'a . • O • i?3 c c o c p ^i.>-< I «D aj OS 00 us 00 >* (MoiooooeOi I I I lie 1-- C-l lO •* 00 eo «0 >p Tt* -^ OS Tj< "5 ' ' (N ' OS t^ I-H OS C? 'T' .« ^ St>^^ r, East Web Blan McE s; ►^ i" s" •j3 O 09 ^ ^ ^ w 1 1 ==^ '.1 1 I-* n 1 1 ^ PBODUCTIONS, ETC. m ni to 9 c P sS •^ c to '^ 01 as •§ tis^ X > X t< > X r^ ^ ^ '^ -S »5 .tJ 2 »? -^ 0^ t>- s 3 VT T3 'fl T3 'C (3j r o -a TJ t; "i: a> a a H g 00 (M o =2 =0 ■=• s ■ • o 00 .-< e<9 i-~ "*< >o tf) lO «o >o CO o Oi (M eo ■* ^ ci ^ o CO *» t^-o-Hicto^oi^Ao , eo iM i-H «1^ 2 ' ■"■ 00 *3 •-' o o o o o

-" O (N I?- (35 to (D eo CQ M ■* Tj< t-- t— (N N .-I >-( <0 00 « -t^ (35 'TO 65 05 (33 O b •o CO 05 (» to kO IM (N >(5 (» o CO (» 00 to (30 (N (35 do (33 a eg o s a (fl NOVA SCOTIA. Analysis of iron ores. • -e a a erry. Bret Cou 1a^ tai^ ^'f of •i^^ S be a Ww s • ^ a ,£i d) +3 'Vi r « 5 ;?; •n a M ** 3 a K 'g a §«s ■1^ s^SI s H ^•^-g il> -i-> •fH a s 5 s r Fl l-H 1 h-1 > 1 1 1 X U • ^l— < ►"-( 1— 1 (—1 xxxxx 86 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Fruit. NOVA SCOTIA, terests of tho province are superintended by a Central Board of Agriculture, now in its twentieth year of opera. tion. There are 80 agricultural societies, with 4,130 members, the number having increased from 37 with a membership in 1804 of 1,744. The total grant in aid of these societies in 1878 was 6,478 dols. Annapolis county is fully entitled to precedence as the best general farming and fruit-growing district of the pro. vince. The Annapolis valley proper presents such a pic- ture as is found nowhere else except in Devon, Kent, or some of the southern counties of England. In this charm- ing valley, sheltered from the rude cold winds by the north-western mountains, and consequently favoured with a higher temperature than any other part of the province, Indian corn ripens and fruits grow in perfection. The Annapolis orchards are famous throughout the Atlantic sea-board. Both soil and climate are adapted to tho growth of apples. At the Truro exhibition of October 1878, no less than thirty-five single varieties were shown; among them the nonpareil, ribston pippins, golden rus- Bets, pomme-grise, bishop pippins, northern spy, green- ings, harvey delawares, chebncto beauties, newtowu pippins, baldwins, spitzenbergs, and yellow bellefleurs. Peaches, pears, plums, grapes, and melons are grown in the open air. All the small fruits, such as currants, goose- berries, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, blueber- ries, huckleberries, cranberries, &c., are very abundant, both in a wild state and cultivated. Hops may be pro- fitably raised, as the climate is well adapted for the growth of the plant, and the dry. warm climate of some of the western counties would ensure the early ripening of the blossoms. A few English hop-growers would do well, as there is a steady home market for the article. Cum- berland county is noted for its hay crop. Antigonish county, in the eastern part of the province, is a good grazing district, and large droves of horned cattle are raised there for the Newfoundland market. This branch of industry might be profitably extended, Halifax ofier- ing every facility for shipment. Yarmouth county is famed for its 'pogies' (potatoes). Peat abounds in King's county, and will in time, no doubt, be largely cut and used for fuel. The marble and limestone deposits of Cape Breton are worthy the attention of investors. They Hops. Building stone. MANUFACTURES. 87 are sitnated at North Mountaii on tho West Bay of tlio HOV» SCOTIA. Bras d'Or Lake, and are pronounced by Mr. Hugh Fletcher the ' most valuable deposits yet developed in Nova Scotia.' Quarries of limestone have been opened at Catalogne, L'Ardoise, Salmon Creek, McNab Cove, and other places. Of the marble in its several varieties Marble. Professor How reports : ' While somewhat similar to the Vermont and New York marbles, it is tougher, and takes a much sharper cutting. Tho facilities for mining, draining, and shipment are excellent.' Oil is stated to have been discovered in Cape Breton ^^*- in large quantities, and a Halifax Coxnpany is already formed to assist in its working. From the sap of the rock-maple, sugar and syrup are produced in consider- ; . g, able quantities. Both have a delicious flavour. The ^ ^'^ ' season for collecting the sap is March, when the trees are tapped by boring them with an auger a foot or two from the ground, and allowing the sap to run into troughs. When a sufficient quantity is collected, it is boiled down in large pots, or cauldrons, and sugar is made by a simple process known to all Nova Scotian and New England farmers. Maple Manufactures, Trade, etc. The intelh'gent and observant visitor to Nova Scotia cannot fail to be struck with the great natural ad- vantages which this province enjoys for manufactu- ring on a large scale. Advantages, which other countries possess to a much smaller extent, have been utilised, while those of Nova Scotia have been either despised or neglected. Partly from this apathy and in- difference, and partly by reason of the unjustly discri- minating tariff regulations of her southern neighbours, her great privileges have remained unimproved. She is possessed of all the great requisites for becoming an important manufacturing centre. A climate at once bracing and healtliy, coal and iron in abundance, numerous excellent harbours, a position at once cen- tral and commanding — half-way between the great bread-producing prairies of the North- West and the com- bined markets of Great Britain and Europe. Possessed of such transcendent advantages, her present manufac- Maniifcc- tures. ;■) ii 88 HANDBOOK TO CANADA, MOV> SCOTUj taring industnes are capable of almost limitless ex. pansioQ. * I know of no part of the globe,' savs a late writer, * so woU adapted by Nature as Nova fecotia to Ships and become a manufacturing centre.' f^'.Pj. Nova Scotia owns more shipping in proportion to "' "'°8' her population than any other country in the world.' In her list of ports Yarmouth ranks first in the amount of tonnage owned by her shippers ; Halifax coming second. At the close of 1878 the registry books showed a total > of 2,975 craft of all kinds owned in the Province, with a carrying capacity of 652,159 tons, distributed as fol- lows : — Name of Port Vessels Tons Amherst 14 6,737 Annapolis 77 22,769 Aricliat . 124 6,034 Barrington 30 1,796 Baddock 9 581 Digby . 163 17,.'.79 Guysboro' 41 2,309 Halifax . 1,001 98,149 Liverpool 106 10,666 Londonderry 6 2,726 Lunenburg . 219 14,794 Maitland 14 36,328 Pugwash 16 1,061 Parrsboro' 76 10,961 Pictou . 99 31,406 Port Hawkesbury . 39 1,922 Port Medway 28 1,468 Sydney . 98 6,912 Shelburne 1 129 13,626 Truro . 4 1,649 Windsor 195 97,813 Weymouth 23 5,911 Yarmouth 437 160,075 :■ : ,,' , -", To tal • 2,975 552,159 During 1879 the total number of new vessels built was 12G, with an aggregate tonnage of 39,208. Exports. 'The total Exports of Produce, for 1877, amounted to ^7,425,723, of which ^5,638,402 worth were the pro- duce of the sea, the forest, and the mine, as follows : — I' TRADE AND COMMEBCE. 89 Fish: Greftt Britain (mostly lobsterj, canned) United States (mostly pickled fish in barrels, mackerel, salmon, and herrinRs) Nowfouiidliind (cotlflsh) "West Indies .... Balance to other countries . . Forest Pboddce . Minerals .... ] nm SCOTIA. /465,2G4 71/5,9/58 47,;.,, i 2,86/),38'« 62,772 ;^'4,157,193 . i,O09,'2O9 3';-,000 The buHiness of the Crown Lands Depari-ment is Public administered by the Commissioner of Ciown Lands, to •»"'*»• whom, or to one or other of whose deputies, application should, in all cases, be made by intending purohaBcr!5. The price per 100 acres is 44 dols. (8/. 16«.) The customary fees are — for search, 20 cents ; for copy of plan, 50 cents. A copy of the law relating to Crown lands (Chap. II., Revised Statutes) may be had free on application at the office of Crown Lands, Halifax, N.S. The cost of survey is defrayed by the Go- Vfinment. Should the settlor select a lot of land covered with hard wood, with easy conveyance for the same to market, the labour of clearing his land (which, to use the mildest form of expression, is simply herculean), may be made to pay, because he could dispose of his wood at from 8s. to 10s. sterling per cord, according to the loca- lity and season. Other lands are best left unoccupied, as they will not repay the time and labour expended on them. We repeat that Nova Scotia holds out no in- ducements for the settlement of its wild lands, and has, therefore, for many years p"st, prudently abstained from encouraging agricultural immis^ration. Notwithstanding the fact that No'^a Scotia has long Area, since ceased to encourage the immigration of European farmers to the province, the settlement of the soil has not wholly ceased. In 1875 there remained 2,532,288 acres of ungranted or Crown land in the province. Since then nearly 250,000 acres have been disposed of, leaving nearly 2^ millions of acres still for sale at an ave- rage price of 44 dols. per 100 acres, oi' 44 conts or Price. Is. lOd. an acre. During the year ending December 31, HANDBOOK TO CANADA. KOVA SCOTIA. 1879, 285 grants, covering 45,053| acres, were made In eighteen counties. The amount received as the proceeds of these Crown lands, during the same period, amounted to 10,446 dols. 84 cents, distributed as follows : — Crown Betum showing the amount of Moneys paid into the Provincial Lands Treasury for Crown Lands, by the several Counties, during 1879. revenue. $ Annapolis Colchester Cumberland . Digby . Guysboro' Halifax . Hants . Lunenburg . Pictou . Queens . {Shelburne Yarmoutli Total in Cape Breton . Inverness Eichmond Victoria 88 00 820 68 1,126 61 131 80 1,342 67 1,267 56 142 32 114 40 1,37J 22 356 00 44 00 122 88 Nova Scotia Proper* 860 59 1,129 38 829 15 695 58 6,932 14 Grand total The receipts in 1877 were ti )» M 1878 „ 3,514 70 10,446 84 7,825 97 7,001 88 Govern- ment. The responsibilities of government arc divided in Nova Scotia, as in other confederated provinces, between the General or Dominion and Provincial authorities. She sends twenty-one members to the Ottawa Parliament, two each from Halifax and Cape Breton counties, and one each from the remaining sixteen. The Provincial executive or Local Government is precisely similar to that of the other provinces. There is a Lieutenant-Governor appointed by the Governor-General in Council, and an Executive Council ofnine, chosen from the members of the Legislature. This iroludes the heads of the various departments, viz., tlie Treasurer, Secretary, Attorney-General, and the Com- missioners of Works and Mines pnd Crown Lands. A * Antigonish and King's counties are unrepresented. GOVERNMENT. 91 Legislative Conncil or Upper House, of twenty-one NOVA SCOTIA. members, appointed by the Governor, and the House of Assembly or Lower House, of thirty-eight members, elected every fourth year by the people, form the Legis- lature. The Members of the Executive and Legislative Coun- cils are Justices of the Peace throughout the Province, so long as they belong to either branch. The population in 1871 was 387,800. It is now Population, about 440,500, and increasing under the laws of natural increase, there being little immigrution for purposes of settlement. Nearly three-fourths of the population are Protestants, and the remaining fourth Roman Catholic. Immigration to and within Nova Scotia is now almost immigra- eutirely in tratisitu to the North- Western provinces and tion. to the Western States of the American Union. In No- vember 1879 the arrivals were 990, eight- tenths of whom ■were farm and general labourers and female domestic servants. Mr. H. P. Clay at Halifax is the aoting agent. The public schools are sustained by provincial en- Education, dowment, county and district assessment, and are free &". to all children over five years of age. There are five colleges, viz. : — Dalhousie, belonging to the province ; King's, to the Episcopalians ; Acadia, to the Baptists ; and St. Mary's and St. Francis Xavier, to the Roman Catholics. The Free School System prevails in this province. At the close of 1878 there were 1,673 school sections with 1,915 schools, and 101,538 registered pupils. The cost ip thus stated : — s 2,000 teachers, paid 721,898 Of whicli the (xoverntnent fp-ant (local) . ^^208, 114 Tho balance by assessment . . . 613,784 721,898 Government (Nova Scotia local) grant . . . 208,114 Subdivided : Public Schools . . 182,214 Colleges and Normal School 26,900 208,114 The Temperance movement has gained a firm foot- Temper- ing in this Province, and at the close of 1879 the ai^c? various temperance organisations had an approximated '^<'*®**^ 92 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. lOVX SCOTIA, enrolled membersliip of 44,700, the numerically strongest being the ' Sons ' and the ' Blue Ribbons ' clubs. Indians. The Indians of Nova Scotia belong to the Micmao tribe. They number 2,122, and are pretty evenly dis- tributed throughout the province ; Pictou and Cape Breton counties having the largest number of them. There are two reserves for them in Cape Breton county, near Sydney. Eailwcys. The consolidated railway system of this province embraces the following lines : — , MUea Windsor and Annapolis . Halifax to Annapolis . 129* Western Counties Eastern Counties Intercolonial . Halifax to Annapolis Digby to Yarmouth . 67 New Glasgow to Antigonish 60 Halifax to Aulac, N.B. . 144f Truro to Pictou . . 62 Total . . 452 The Intercolonial line is admirably built and equip- ped throughout its entire length, with comfortable hotels * At Annapolis a steamer connects with the Windsor and Annapolis Railway for Digby and St. John, N.B., and thence by rail or steamer to all parts of New Brunswick, the United States and the Upper Provinces. t The Intercolonial Railway connects at Pictou (during the navigable season) with Prince Edward Island Steam Navigation Company's steamers for Port Hood, Charlottetown, Georgetown, Summerside, and Shediac ; also at St. John, by rail and steamers, with all parta of tho Upper Provinces and the United States. This fine road which was opened July 3, 1876, embraces 730 miles of main line and branches, connecting Halifax with St, John, N.B., and with almost every important town in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. The following sections and mileage are comprised in its operation : — Riviir©-du-Loup to Rimouski, Quebec Rimouski to Campbellton, New Brunswick Campbellton to Bathur"t ,, „ Bathurst to Miramichi ,, „ Chatham Branch „ ,, Miramichi to Moncton ,, „ Moncton to Point du Chene „ Moncton to St. John „ „ Moncton to Amherst, Nova Scotia . Amherst to Truro „ „ Truro to Halifax ,, „ Truro to Pictou ,, „ , 86 123 63 44 9 78 19 89 49 77 61 62 SPORT, GAME, ETC. 93 and refreshment stations at way-stations, and affords NOVA SCOTIA, "views in many of its numerous divisions and sections of unsurpassed beauty and grandeur. It affords through communication between Nova Scotia and the neigh- bouring provinces of New Brunswick, Quebec, and Ontario. There are also ample means and facilities of commu- Steamer nication by steamer and stage coach with every portion ^^^ coach cf the province which the tourist may desire to visit, ^^^^^^' The departures from Halifax are as follows : — ■ To Tangier (Mines), Beaver Harbour, and Salmon Elver, 84 miles, by stage every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. To Musyuodoboit, vid Shubenaeadie, Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, &c. To Sherbrooke, Goldenville, Antigonish, Guysboro', vid New Glasgow, daily. To Sydney Mines, vid North Sydney, 12 miles, daily. To Liverpool, vid Annapolis, 68 miles by stage, daily. To Yarmouth, vid Annapolis, Clementsport, and Digby, 88 miles, by stage, daily. Steamebs. — To Annapolis by westem shore, daily. To Newfoundland (St. John's) fortnightly by Koyal Mail ('Allan') steamers, and triweekly by ' Cromwell ' Line steamers. To Portland (Maine) and Boston (Mass.), weekly. To Bermuda, West Indies, and South America (' Cunard ' Line), monthly. To Great Britain (' Allan ' Line), fortnightly. The Western Union Telegraph Company own or operate on lease all the telegraph lines in the United States and the Maritime Provinces, from Port Hood to San Francisco, and connecting via Atlantic Cable and Northern line with all the telegraphs in the world. They have — Miles of wire in Nova Scotia 2,400 The Dominion Telegraph Compiiny operate . . 1,200 Telegraph lines. Total 3,600 Sport, Game, etc. It is no disparagement to other portions of the New Dominion to say that Nova Scotia is a sort of sports- man's paradise, there being excellent hunting, shooting, and '* '•ing in almost every county. 'As a game country,' says Mr. Charles Hallock, in his 'Fishing Tourist.' ' it is unsurpassed. Large portions are still a u HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Sport NOVA SCOTIA, primitive wilderness, and in tlie least accessible forests the stately moose and cariboo are scarcely molested by the hunter. Cumberland county has been pronounced * one of the finest moose-hunting grounds in the world.' This animal resembles the reindeer of Europe. Nearly every stream abounds in trout, and although civilisa- tion, with its dams and mills, had nearly exterminated the salmon at one time, the efforts of the Canadian Go- vernment since 1868 have so far restored the streams that this royal fish may also be taken in nearly all its old haunts. The salmon rivers are short, only a few miles apart, and readily accessible from Halifax. Sea- trout begin to run up them towards the end of June. Shelburne, Quee 's, and Lunenburg counties — * the lake region' — afford, perhaps, on the whole, f^he best sport for the angler. There is also capital salmon and trout fish- ing to be had among the mountains of Cape Breton county, and on the Margaree river in Inverness. The scenery around Lunenburg, the county seat of Lunen- burg county, and in the neighbourhood of Chester and Mahone Bay, is picturesqae. Annapolis, so desirable in other respects, also offers attractions to the sportsman. Woodcock, snipe, duck, and plover shooting are first- rate. The close time for woodcock, snipe, blue- winged duck or teal, is from March 1 to August 1. Officers in either of H.M's services are exempt from the licence fee when subscribing members of the ' Game and Inland Fishery Protection Society, of Nova Scotia.' The game laws of the province should be rigidly observed. Moose, deer, hares, and foxes afford good sport in certain sea- sons. Digby, situate at the foot of the Annapolis basin, and readily reached by the Annapolis and St. John steamers, commands some really fine scenery, much patronised by New Brunswickers. Judge Thomas C. Haliburton and General Fenwick Williams (of Kars) are both natives of the Annapolis Valley, the former having been born at Windsor, the latter at Annapolis Royal. Hillsborough, nine miles east of Digby, lying on both banks of Bear River, and sentinelled by high hills, is the centre of a large trade in lumber and her- rings, the product of the Annapolis Basin. Clements- port, one of the oldest settlements in the province, is close by. Along the shores of St. Mary's Bay, south of Wey- Annapolis valley. I SPORT, GAME, ETC. 95 Points of interest. The Rasin of Alinaa. rnontli, a pretty village at the mouth of the Sisiboo river, NOVA SCOTIA, there is a large settlement of Acadians. WiDdsor, the county town of Hants, is the seat of King's College. The ruins of Fort Cumberland and the site of Fort Lawrence are reached from Amherst, the county town of Cumber- land County. Halifax, being strictly a shore county, with a coast-line upwards of 100 miles in length, offers special attractions to the salt-water tourist and sportsman. Bedford, nine miles from the city, on the line of the Intercolonial Railway, is its chief summer resort, and affords every facility for boating, fishing, and bathing. Lawrencetown, Middleton, Aylesford, Berwick, Kent- ville, a beautifully embowered little town and the county town of King's county ; Wolfville, where is situate Acadia College ; and Grand Pre, which is the extreme eastern point of what is called the * Annapolis Valley,' will each repay a visit. The scene of Longfellow's ' Evangeline ' is laid here- abouts. The scenery is charming, and the view of the Grand Pre, Blomidon, and the Basin of Minas, from the top of the Horton Mountain, is remarkably fine. Here the discerning and meditative traveller learns the simple lesson that poetry is not in nature but in the searching, loving eye, and that after beholding this lovely land- scape ' the light that never was on sea or land ' may shine round his own farm and fireside. In the Acadian Land, on the shores of the Basin of Minas, Distant, secluded, still, the village of Grand Prd Lay in the fruitful valley. Vast meadows stretched to the east- wards, Giving the village its name, and pasture to flocks without number. Again : Still stands the forest primeval; but under the shade of its branches Dwells another race, with other customs and language. Only along the shores of the mournful and misty Atlantic Linger a few Acadian peasants, whose fathers from exile Wandered back to their native land to die in its bosom. In the fisherman's cot the wheel and the loom are still busy, Maidens still wear their Norman caps and their kirtlesof homespun, And in the evening fine repeat Evangeline's story, While from its rocky caverns the deep-mouthed neighbouring ocean Speaks, and in accents disconsolate answers the wail of the forest. The following chaiacteristic sketch of this charming 96 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Evange- line's country. Ew NOVA SGOTlAi section of the province is from Principal Grant's admi- rable paper in ' Scribner's Magazine : * — 'Every year tourists flock to see Evangeline's country. In truth, were it only for the sake of the holiday they could not do better. The wise Acadians had found or had lighted upon the garden of Nova Scotia. Fairer scenes the eye seldom looks upon than the valley of the Gaspereaux or that wide expanse seen from Lookout or almost any point on the North or South Mountain. This is the lovely Annapolis Valley, where, as Joseph Howe used to boast exultingly, "you can ride for fifty miles under apple-blossoms." The tidal waters of the great Bay of Fundy, rushing along the coast outside, seeking for admission into the heart of the province, have found an opening, three miles wide, between the high trap needles of Cape Split and a cape on the opposite shore. Swirling round Cape Split and pressing through the narrow passage like a mill stream, the turbid water^ peacefully expand into the Basin of Minas. The broad basin reposing at your feet looks like a wide-opened hand, sending out long, beneficent fingers all round into the heart of a grateful country. One of these fingers touches the valley of the Cornwallis, and into its tips stream the tidal rivers, dyked by the old Acadians. On these fat and fair dyked lands dwells another race, with other customs and language — in large modern farm-houses, embowered in roses and honeysuckle. In fancy you can rebuild the old thatched cottages beside ancient apple-trees with tall poplars, and young willows branching widely out from decayed roots — sure signs of the former inhabitants. At Grand Pre the first person you meet points where the sturdy blacksmith's shop stood, and the village church, and the wells, and the once well-filled cellars, now only grass- grown depressions pockmarkiug the face of green fields. The great features of the landscape are still the same — the ^ ast meadows reclaimed from the sea, and worth from one hundred to four hundred dollars an acre ; the orchards and cornfields "spreading afar and unfenced " " o'er the plain ; " while away to the north, across the Basin of Minas, grand old Blomidon uplifts to the sky his dark cindery forehead over bright red sandstone and scatters agates and amethysts at his feet. Not one Frenchman SPORT, GAME, ETC. 97 is to be found where everything reminds ns of them NOVA SCOTIA, and their handiwork. You meet their descendants ahnost everywhere else in Old Acadie — from Oheti- camp to Clare, and from Chezzetcook to the Bay Cha- leur ; but not one on the Canard river, not one from Grand Pre to Annapolis Royal. Farmers from New England received the reclaimed lands ; and their grand- children — a race as little likely as their ancestors to surrender their fathers' inheritance — now raise potatoes for the New England of to-day, and build ships from the forest primeval on Cape Blomidon, and not only build, but own and sail them on every sea.' There is little need of saying much of Halifax, for the Halifax, simple reason that the visitor will prefer to explore and see it for himself. It is at once the political, commer- cial, and social capital of the province, the centring and radiating point of travel along the coast and to and from the interior. It is, moreover, t)ie only British military and naval station in British North America. For this reason, if for no other, it possesses a transcendent interest for the stranger Briton.* Occupying as it does the west side of what was once called Chebncto Bay, covering the whole of a peninsula formed by the harbour on the east, and by its river-like inlet — the North- West Arm — on the west, upwards of four miles in length, with an average width of nearly two miles — its site is at once picturesque, impressive, a.nd commanding. The whole area of the city may be roughly stated at eight square miles, and of this more than one-half is either built upon or available for building purposes Port George, or the ' Citadel,' commenced when the Duke of Kent, father of Queen Victoria, was in command of this station, crowns the summit of the slope on which the city proper stands, and commands the best view to be obtained of it and the surrounding landscape and waters. The Prince's favourite residence was on the west side of Bedfox .1 Basin, a beautiful place belonging to Governor * ' Not the lea-st of its recommendations,' says Rowan, ' to the re- tired or reflective stranger is tliat it is one of the few towns on the American continent which combine all the advantages of a hif^^h standard of social life — clubs, pleasant society, official and unofficial — with the equally endearing charm of being within easy reach of forest and barren and river and lake.' H lid 98 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MVA SCOTIA. Wentwortb, and known as the Prince's Lodge. Cluster- ing almost beneath the observer's feet, and spreading llnlifiix ^^^ more visibly on his either hand, north and south, is ilarbour. the town, stony, wooden, and smoke-begrimed. Be- yond it lies what is often, and not without truth, called 'the finest harbour in the world.' Set in it, like a gem on the throat of some fair lady, is the green, mound- like St. George's Island, crowned by Fort Charlotte. These waters — blue as ever the Mediterranean was — stretch away to the right, or south-west, laving for miles the shores of McNab's Island, with its forest-clad hills and breezy downs ; gleaming through the dark pine-tops of the luxuriant Tower Woods ; mirroring the protty village of Falkland, which seems to clamoer up the steep hill-side from the lofty summit of which frowns York Redoubt (a venerable fort, with a formidable modern battery on the seaward face — crowns a high, steep bluflf, its armaments of nine- and ten-inch guns sweeping the appi'oaches for miles, with shot' and shell not quite as big as a barrel of flour, but somewhat heavier) ; now playfully rippling and anon rolling in curling and foaming waves, over Point Pleasant ledges and the more distant Thrum Cap shoal ; until off Sambro Head, scene of many a shipwreck, about nine miles distant, they mingle with the broad Atlantic. On the farther, or eastern, shore of the harbour, the thriv- ing town of Dartmouth, built to the water's edge, and backed by bold wood-crowned hills, rises to view. On the other hand, to the northward, this sheet of water contracts in width, forming what are called The Narro^vs, the shores of which are beautifully variegated with groves, green-fields, and pretty clusters of houses. Pur- suing the view still farther in that direction, we may catch a glimpse of Bedford Basin over the shoulders of the hills which form the northern part of the peninsula. Turn to the rear or westward, and Halifax Common, or Campus Martins, spreads out from the base of Citadel Hill, an expanse which is, every year, being more exten- sively planted and otherwise improved, and will soon be a charming public park. This — more properly the North Common — comprises, together with the Public Gardens, an extent of about ninety acres. Of this area the Public Gardens comprise over fourteen acres. They Bedford Biiem. HALIFAX. ' 99 are kept in first-rate order, contain ponds and fountains, NOVA SCOTlAi and a croquet lawn, and, although comparatively new, " are already a delightful public promenade and a great views in boon to the citizens of Halifax. Beyond this Common Halifax, there extends west, north, and south, a great and nearly level plateau, which will, doubtless, at no distant day, be the heart of the town, as well as of the city, of Hali- fax. Granville and Hollis Streets are the principal thoroughfares, and contain most of the important public buildings. After the citadel already mentioned, the objects of greatest interest to the stranger in Halifax are Her Majesty's Dockyard, which occupies half a mile of the upper harbour, and the adjoining Wellington BarracJcs and Admiralty House, and the insane or provincial lunatic asylum on Mount Hope. Dartmouth Orphans' Home, the Exhibition building, now used as a skating-rink, the Deaf and Dumb Institute, and Dalhousie College, the Old and New Provincial Buildings, Presbyterian Theological Seminary, Government House, the City Prison, are noteworthy edifices. Dalhousie Collej e, founded 1820 by Earl Dalhousie, then Governor, was built out of the duties collected at Castine in the State of Maine during the war of 1812. The Waverley and the Halifax are the principal hotels. The suburbs abound in pretty walks and drives. These constitute the chief charm of the place. Point Pleasant and Tower Woods in the extreme south end are a favourite resort. The Public Gardens, North and South Common, Camp Hill Cemetery, afford pleasant promenades. Among the numerous popular drives that on the west side of the basin to Bedford, and that from Dartmouth to Bedford on the opposite shore, and another to the Waverley or Montague gold mines, may be safely commended to the sight- seeking tourist. The Eastern Passage also presents some lovely landscapes. What serves to add greatly to the charm of intelligent travel in Nova Scotia is that the country is settled by vainous nationalities, English, *^|'*'"'-'J.'''"' Scotch, German, French Acadians, and Indians, wl.'o people. retain their characteristics as strongly marked as when they first set foot on the soil. In passing, for instance, i , from Pictou, Antigonish, or Inverness, the traveller to Ifll Lunenburg virtually passes from the Highlands of Scot- h2 100 HANDBOOK TO CANADA, A ran through the Pro- viuce. NOVA S'^OTIA. land into Germany ; while in Cliezzetcock of East Halifax, the more southern section of Yarmouth, and Clare township in Digby, most of the inhabitants are more conspicuously old-fashioned French than are the natives of old France itself. Annapolis is the oldest town in the province. The ruins of the old fortifications form the chief attraction for tourists. From Halifax north and westward the Intercolonial Railway furnishoj the most direct and speedy means of communication. A. fine view is had of Halifax in round- ing the head of the bay near Bedford. The soil here- abouts is of that scant but strong character which grows nothing but rocks, and Bedford itself is what might be called a Micmac pic-nic sort of a place. Grand Lake, twenty-three miles north, is a beautiful sheet of water, eight miles in length. Wellington Lake, nestling lovingly midst pines and cedars, affords a passing picture. At Elmsdale, seven miles beyond, the Nine Mile River joins the Shubenacadie, and affords some fine salmon and trout fishing. The Shubenacadie is one of the main rivers of the province, which it almost bisects. Passing Polly Bog, Stewiacke and Brookfield stations the town of Truro is reached. Here are extensive manu- factories, also the provincial normal and model schools. From this place, which is situated on the Onslow Marsh, a branch line, fifty-two miles long, carries the traveller on through Stellarton, and New Glasgow, to Pictou, the centre of the great coal-mining region of Nova Scotia proper. The 'Albion' mine at Stellarton and the • Vale ' colliery at New Glasgow, will each repay a visit from the inquiring traveller. At Londondeny, on the main line to Moncton, Spring Hill and Maccan, there are also mining properties, and near the latter station Bome fine scenery. Outside of Halifax, Pictou is con- sidered to be the richest town in Nova Scotia, the most of the wealth having been made in the coal and ship- building trades. There are several hotels in the place, in which the table and accommodation are very good, and the charges moderate. The steamers of the * Allan ' line furnish a fortnightly service between St. John's and Liverpool, and between St. John's and Halifax. The steamers of the Prince Edward Island Steam Navigation Company leave Pictou four times a week for Charlotte- Albion and Vale Coal Mines. INTETICOLONIAL RAILWAY. 101 town, Prince Edward Island, and Port Hawkesbury, CAPE Sydney, and other places on Capo Breton. Steamers of BRETOH, the Quebec and Gulf Ports Line leave on Tuesdays and Fridays, for Cbarlottetown, Prince Edward Island, and Stcnmsliip Shediac, Newcastle, Chathp rn and Dalhousie, New Bruns- wick, and ports on the St. Lawrence. The boats of the Montreal and Acadian Steamship Company also call weekly. The sail from Pictou, through Northumberland Straits, to Cbarlottetown is very pleasant; the water is seldom rough, and the boats are strongly built and comfortably furnished. Cape Breton. As stated in the opening of this chapter, the island of Cape Breton is situate immediately oif the northern extremity of Nova Scotia proper. Though for the most part tame and monotonous in its scenery, it has some strongly marked features. Its history may be jijgtorv thus briefly stated. It was discovered by Verazzani, who a.d. 1535- named it Isle du Cape ; ceded to France under the ^^'-^O- treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1748 ; annexed to Nova Scotia in 17(35 ; made a separate colony in 1784- and in 1820 reannexed to the mainland. Previous to this it was known without doubt to the Basque fishermen, who came to the banks and coasts of Acadia in quest of cod-fish. As early as 1516 Jacobus Bartoldus, according to Peter Martyr's account, speaks of it as 'A newe lande where is neyther cities or castell, and where the inhabytants live in companies lyke heardes of beastes.' Its inhabitants, who may now be fairly numbered at about 65,000, are mainly the descendants of Scotch Highlanders and Acadians. It is 110 miles in length and eighty-seven miles ^^^'^ wide, and embraces an area of 3,231 square miles. Capes North and St. Lawrence, its most northerly extremities, are each about seventy miles south of Cape Ray, Newfoundland. The area of the island is about 2,650,000 acres, one-half of which is said to be susceptible of cultivation. * Few countries of its limited extent,' writes its historian, Richard Brown, F.R.G.S., ' present such varied natural features.' Of these the Bras d'Or (pronounced Brah-dor) lakes, th© 102 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. CAPE BRETON. EaAtern division. The Bras d "Or lakes. Western division . Scatari. St. Pjiul's, and Sable Islands. Mediterranean Sea of the island, are the most remark- able. They divide the island into two unequal parts or peninsulas, united by an isthmus less than twelve miles wide. The trend of the hilis and valleys is N.E. and S.W., corresponding with the distribution of the geological formation of the island. In the eastern division there are only two ranges of hills of noteworthy elevation. One of these runs parallel with and near to the source of Bras d'Or lake from St. Peter's to the head of East Bay. The other from Long Island nearly to the Straits of Barra. The land rises very gradually from the coaK lo the interior. The cliffs, -which are composed for the most part of sandstone and shells of the carboniferous formation, constitute the northern boundary of the Sydney coal- field, which occupies an area of 250 square miles on the N.E. coast. The old capital town of Sydney, situated on the S.W. arm of Sydney Harbour, contair s the barracks and other memorials of the olden time when this land formed a separate province. The coal mines, five miles from North Sydney, will repay a visit. Euglishtown, near the entrance to St. Anne's Harbour, is famed for its highland scenery. Louisburg, the old French capital, is now only a small fishing village. The scenery of the Bras d'Or lakes, and of the north- east coast between Margaree and Cape St. Lawrence, is diversified and striking. The western division con- sists mainly of a vast plateau, elevated in some places 1,000 to 1,200 feet above the sea, bounded on three of its sides by a coast-line of bold, rugged blulFs and lofty precipices, furrowed by deop clefts and gorges. The Mira hills, which stretch from Salmon River to L'Ardoise, form a prominent object in the landscape. Mira River, thirty miles long, is the largest and only navigable river. The remaining rivers and considerable brooks are the Margaree, Mabou, and Grand, which flow into the sea, and the St. Denys, Wagaraatcook, and Baddeck, which discharge into the Bras d'Or lakes. Scatari Island, separated from Cape Breton by Main-a-Dieu passage, is composed largely of felsites of various colours interesting to the geologist. Its shores consist alternately of rocky headlands and sand and CLIMATE AND PRODDCTS. 103 gravel beaclics, guarded by reefs and inclosing ponds. CAPf Fishing is the main pursuit of the inhabitants. There BRETONi are scarcely ten acres of cultivated land on the whole island. St. Paul's Island, a dangerous rocky islet about three miles long, the dread of St. Lawrence navigators and the scene oC many a shipwreck, situate ten miles north of Cape North, and Sable Island, eighty miles south of the mainland, constitute the only other dependencies of Nova Scotia. The climate of the whole island is marlred by rather climate, wide extremes of heat and cold, accompanitid by sudden fluctuations of the thermometer. Snow covers the ground usually from December to April. The summers, which usually last from May to October, are delightful. The coal measures and mines of Cape Breton have Minerals, been already described in the chapter on Nova Scotia proper. It only remains necessary to mention the re- cent oil discoveries which promise to make this island as famous as Pennsylvania and Ohio and some portions of Ontario were a few years ago. Lake Ainslie is stated to be the centre of the oil-bearing district. Already, we qj], are informed, at least 100,000 acres of land — probably a ,, part of Acadia, or New France. As an inde endent province it has not yet reached its first centenary. Prior to 1784 it formed one of tlieNova Scotian counties under the name of Sunbury, 1639. no HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW BRUNSWICK, Made a province. Divijiions. Id that year it was formally separated from Nova Scotia and endowed with provincial honours. In the following year Sir Guy Carleton was appointed Go- vernor, with his seat of government at Fredericton, which had been previously known as St. Anne's. At this period eleven or twelve Acadian families, scattered between the Nova Scotia boundary and the Miramichi river, formed the entire population. In 1842 the boun- dary between New Brunswick and the United States, which had been a formidable bone of contention be- tween the two Governments for many years, was finally adjusted. Eleven years later the European and North American Railway was commenced, and in l854 the Reciprocity Treaty was concluded, only to be abrogated in 1870.* Counties Population in 1881 County Town ST. LAWRENCE COUNTIES Restigouc'he 7,or)7 Dulhousie Gloucester 21,614 liathurst Northumberland 25,111 Newcastle ' • Kent 22,618 Richibucto Westmoreland . 37,719 Dorchester BAY OF FUNDY Albert 12,379 Hopewell St. John . 62,967 St. John Charlotte . 26,086 St. Andrew's INLAND COUNTIES King's 25,617 Hampton Queen's 14,017 Gagetown Sun bury . 6,651 Oroniocto York 30,400 Fkedekicton (the capital) Carleton . 23,367 Woodstock Victoria . Total Population 15,676 Grand Falls 321,129 Madawaska has been lately organised with Edmunston as a County seat. Totiil area, 17,486,080 acres. * The following is the list of Lieut.-Governors since Confedera- tion : — 1867. Col. F. P. Harding, C.B. 1873. Hon. J. Leonard Tillov. 1868. Col. L. A. W^illmot, D.C.L. 1878. Hon. E. B. Chandlers'. 1880. Hon. Robert Duncan Wilmot. ■•yrvpf"7^ ■•' -rm. PRINCIPAL RIVEKS. Ill NEW BRUNSWICK. .' y. i. The available land in these counties amounts to 6,000,000 acres, and is classified as ' upland,' * inter- vale,' and ' swamp.' Maugerville in Sunbury County, twelve miles N.E, of Fredericton, is the oldest English settlement in the province. Indian resei'ves are established on the Tobique Indians. River in Victoria County, and on the St. John, Iroquois, and Madawaska rivers in the same county. The Micmac Indians number 913, and the Amelicites 586 — 1,459. In the census of 1851 they were returned at 1,116, and by Mr. Perley in 1841 at 1,377. An inspection of the map will show that the surface Kivprs. of the province is everywhere intersected by rivers and streams, adding to the fertility of the soil, and furnish- ing easy access to every locality. The principal river is the St. John, which is 450 miles in length. It is navigable for steamers of large class as far as Frederic- ton, eighty-four miles from the sea. The steamers run- ning between St. John and Fredericton almost rival the splendid steamers that ply on the great American rivers. Above Fredericton smaller steamers ply to Woodstock, about seventy miles farther, and when the water is high they make occasional trips to Tobique, a farther dis- tance of fafty miles. Sometimes they extend their trips to Grand Falls, a distance of 220 miles from the sea. Into the St John flow numerous large tributaries navigable for various distances : these are the Kennebec casis, the Washedemoak, the Grand Lake, the Oromocto, the Tobique, and the Aroostook. The Madawaska, another affluent, is navigable to Lake Temiscouata, the upper end of which is within twenty miles of the St. Lawrence. The Miramichi is a large river navigable for vessels of 1,000 tons for twenty-five miles from its mouth, and for schooners twenty miles farther, above which for sixty miles it is navigable for tow-boats. The liesti- gouche* is a noble river 220 miles long, three miles wide at its entrance into the Bay Chaleur, and navi- gable for large vessels for eighteen miles. This river and its tributaries drain about 4,000 square miles of terri- * This is accounted by all sportsmen wlio have tried it one of the finest salmon-fishing rivers in the -world. The name is Indian, and signifies 'the river which divides like the hand ' = 5 Eivers. ^ 112 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW BRUNSWICK. Lakes. "Bnys, h.'ir- bourd, ^c. Tides. i tory, abounding in timber and other valuable natural resources. Besides these rivers, there are the Richi- bucto, the Petitcodiac, and the St. Croix, all navigable for large vessels. Grand Lake in Queen's County is the largest of the New Bmnswick lakes. It is twenty-eight miles long, with an average width of nearly three miles, and com- municates with the St. John river fifty miles from the eea. Washedemoak, also in Queen's County, is next in size. Maqnapit and French Lake, connected with Grand Lake, are near the boundary of Queen's and S anbury counties. Temiscouata Lake, at the head of the Madawaska River, is within twenty miles of the Trois Pistoles River, an affluent of the St. Lawrence. Loon Lake, Eel Lake, the Oromocto and Magaguadavic lakes form a chain along the main boundary in the provincial county of York, The Miramichi, Salmon, Nepisiquit, and Nictaux lakes are in the eastern division of the province. One of the most important and interesting features of the topography of this province is the extent and varied character of its sea-coast. Its bays are world- famous for the value of their shore fisheries. In the south division the most noteworthy are the Bay of Fundy, and the smaller bays of Chignecto, Cumber- land, and Passamaquoddy. In the east division Bay Chaleur (JJaie des Chaleurs), which forms the northern provincial boundary, Restigoucbe and Kouchibouguac bays, and Nepisiquit and Great and Little Shippegan and Shediac harbours are the most important. Bay Chaleur is said to produce the best wheat crops and the greatest pi o fusion of salmon and trout in the province. The tides of the whole New Brunswick and Nova Scotia coast are peculiar, but those of the Bay of Fundy are especially so. Natural History. New Brunswick presents a rich field for the studies and researches of the naturalist. Its wealth of forest and marine growth is scarcely equalled on the American continent, and is nowhere surpassed. ' There is pro- bably no equal water area in the wide world,' says Rowan, ' in which so many or such variety of fish are NATURAL HISTORY. 113 NEW BRUNSWICK, Fish, to be taken.' Nature has bountifully provided within its waters the utmost abundance of those fishes which are of the greatest importance to man, as affording not only nutritious and wholesome food, but also the means of profitable employment. The value of the fish caught and material employed in 1876 was nearly two millions of dollars, and later years show a steady increase. The mackerel, herring, and cod fisheries are the most extensive and most valuable. The subject of riparian rights, which is one of very Riparim great importance, is still undergoing judicial inquiry in "«'^^^- the New Brunswick courts. It affects the fishing rights of all who own landsalong the banks of the fishing rivers of this province, including such noble streams as the Resti- gouche, Nepisiqnit, South West and Little South West Miramichi, Big and Little Sewogle, Tabusintac, Charles, Jacquet, Upsalquitch, Tobique, St. John, and, in fact, all the rivers of New Brunswick, and, for that matter, the whole of the Dominion. It also aflFects the value of these lands, for if the decision of the New Brunswick Court be sustained, the lands at all points favourable for salmon fishing will at once be held at a high price. There is also the possibility of ordinary sportsmen being offered a wider range of choice than at present, when the rivers are held by a few persons. The way in which the Dominion revenues will be afiected, though a small matter compared with other interests at stake, is still worthy of consideration. There appears to be an apprehension in some quar- ters that, in the case of final decision being adverse to the Dominion Government's claim, the rivers above tide water will be entirely freed from Govei'nment supervision, and the owners of the lands and reckless sportsmen will be a law unto themselves. A list of New Brunswick fishes, compiled from the well-known works of Gesner, Perley, and others, will be found in Alexander Munro's work on New Brunswick. The extensive seaboard and marsh and meadow Sport. lands of this province afford every facility that a rea- sonably enthusiastic or exacting sportsman can desire for shooting snipe, ducks, plover, woodcock, sheldrakes, and wild geese. The north-eastern coast abounds with wild geese and brant. These birds make their ap ear- i 114 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW BRUNSWICK. Zoolog}-. Ornitho- logy. aiice about the middle of March, and remain from six to eight weeks. Of the fisheries and fish of the pro- vince we have already given a brief notice. In regard to its zoology and ornithology, the following classifica- tion of the animals and birds commonly met with and taken mast suffice. The number of the animals indigenous to New Brunswick does not exceed forty. The following list embraces only the best known and most valued varieties : — Common deer "1 Reindeer, or Cariboo I Ruminantia. Moose, or Elk j Boar '' Otter ; Racoon Martin ^ Carnivora. Fox (red, grey, and black) Skunk Weasel (two species) Beaver (Restigouche) lr"''\ AT V . \-Rodentia. Musquash, or Musk-rat Hare / The moose — a splendid animal — has been called the mammoth of the Northern Continent. It weighs from 1,000 lbs. to 1,500 lbs. It is found on the New Bruns- wick side of the St. John river and in the Nepisiquit district. Cariboo are said to be plentiful all the way between Bay Chaleur and Grand Lake. The Cariboo is much smaller than the Moose, averaging from 350 lbs. to 400 lbs. The ' mouffle,' or upper lip, is considered a great delicacy.* The following birds are found : — Eagle (grey or bald) Hawk (five varieties) Owl (four varieties) Snow Bird Sparrow (four species) Moose Bird, or Jay Crow Starling Swallow (three varieties) Thrush Robin I Accipitres. ' Patseres ambulatores. * Close time for moose, cariboo, or deer extends from Jan. 1 to Aug. 1 ; ioT mink otter, sable, or beaver May 1 to Sept. 1 ; for paitridge, snipe, or woodcock March 1 to Sep. 1. BOTANY AND GEOLOGY. 115 The principal part of the feathered tribes seen in the MEW snmmer months are migratory, the number peculiar to BRUNSWICK, the province being very small. New Brunswick is rich in timber, the growth of her Botany, forests being scarcely less abundant than the increase of her waters. The trees are arbitrarily divided into 'hardwood' and 'softwood,' or those which drop their leaves in autumn, such as the maple, beech, birch, &c., and those of the evergreen family. Of the latter the most valued are the white and red pine, black spruce, cedar, and hemlock. Bay Chaleur offers unrivalled opportunities for the Canoeing, practice of canoeing. New Brunswickers have rendered themselves famous for their aquatic achievements. The secret of their success in the rowing world is said to be the tide in the St. John river. A canoe voyage down the St. John is one of the pleasantest experiences imaginable. There are only two portages in 400 miles of navigation. Indeed, this fine river only requires to be better known to become as famous as the Hudson or the St. Lawrence. So far as explorations have determined the geological Geology, formations of this province, they may be thus classified. 1. Grey sandstone. 2. Upper Silurian. 3. Cambrian. 4. Granite. 5. Lower Silurian. 6. E/ed sandstone. 7. Trap. Of these the grey sandstone, or coal forma- tion, is the most extensive, covering more than one-third of the entire area of the province. The Albert mine, situated twenty miles fi'om Moncton, and five and a half from Hillsborough on the Petitcodiac river, is one of the most valuable bituminous deposits on the whole Atlantic coast. The upper Silurian system embraces the counties of Restigouche, Victoria, and parts of Northumberland and Carleton, and the lands more favourable for agricultural settlement. The granite region is mainly confined to a ridge extending from Bathurst Harbour to the Chiputneticook lakes on the St. (/roix river. The red sandstone, or lower carbon- iferous system, comprises a great variety of soils, and is met with in Albert, Westmoreland, and King's coun- ties. The counties of King's and Restigouche contain the largest extent of trap, which indicates land difficult of cultivation. i2 I 1,1 116 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW New Brunswick being a level, semi-maritime coun- BRURSWIGK. try, situate in tlie temperate zone, has a bracing, healthy Climate. ~ climate. It is, however, subject to occasional and some- - times sudden extremes of heat and cold. The range of observations over a period of years give the following ' figures of thermometrical registration at St. John : — Average oxtreme of cold 24° heat 96° Mean annual temperature 44* At Fredericton the range is somewhat wider. The mean length of summer for farming operations is about seven months. The average number of stormy days in the year is about ninety-five, which is rather less than the usual British average. The New Brunswick autumn months are especially delightful for trn vel and sport. Essentially a maritime province. New Brunswick's greatest wealth is in her ships and ocean trade. She can never become a farming country. Situated on the sea, with forests of superior ship timber. New Brunswick has long been celebrated as a shipbuilding country and for furnishing vessels remarkable for their model, strength and durability. With a population in 1871 of 285,594 souls, she had ir 1876, on the registry books of the Dominion, 1,154 vfape'ii having an aggregate of 324,513 tons. The fir,?t vessel known to have been built in New Brunswi' k .vas the Monnequash, built by Jonathan Leavitt in 17/0. St. John is the fourth port in the British Empire in respect of tonnage. The following table shows the amount of shipping remain- ing on the port registry books on December 31 of each year for the past twenty-one years : — I'rodur- tions and itidustricfl. Year No. of Vessels Tons 1854 582 119,955 1855 . 566 110,451 1856 . 585 135,713 1857 . 543 133,669 1858 . 497 114,457 1859 . 489 112,420 1860 . 492 123,425 1861 . 486 137,873 1862 . 475 136,247 1863 . 621 174,135 1864 . 670 185,700 1865 . ( 628 • 203,783 'PppPf^*'?^:^' PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 117 Year 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1871 No. of VcHsela 612 640 682 703 731 767 814 803 808 Tons 195,199 186,300 196,018 203,660 214,814 226,727 246.485 247,227 263,407 REV BRUNSWICK. Shippint;. Next to St John the principal shipbuilding places are Richibuctu, Bathnrst, Dalhousie, Campbellton, Cocaigne, St. Andrews, &c. The following is a si^niraary of the tonnage of St. John on December 31, 1874, showing the number and tonnage of each class of vessels : — Vessels • Tons 98 ships measuring .... 119,555 121 barques 9 Imrquentines 8 brigs 61 brigantines 316 schooners 142 woodboats 3 sloops 60 steamers 808 78,151 4,468 2,622 16,358 27,151 8,889 54 6,159 .... 263,407 In 1782 the total tonnage of the province was less than 300 tons. Commerce and Trade. New Brunswick being a country originally covered with magnificent forests, the cutting and shipping of timber naturally soon became the foremost industry of its people. St. John if>, next to Quebec, the largest timber port in Canada. Masts and spars for England's navy constituted the first articles of export, and to this day these staples enter largely into its foreign trade. Since 1784 the character of the trade has greatly changed. Pine wood has been superseded by spruce. How enor- mously the export of this article has increased in less than thirty years may be seen from the fact that in 1845, the total quantity of deals shipped from the entire province wasonly 127,860 superficialfeet,while in 1874217,691,000 superficial feet were shipped from St. John alone. Timber trade. 118 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. < O o OQ v-i p< O 0^ fa pi- ca li— I <^ I— i < Xfl Q ! ' Sugar Box Shooks 503,460 3,830 C30ocooicoto-+i;ooiM O>'*-t00'C'O«>-^00IM IM CO t-. >0 0>^ 'O 00 CO 00 OJ_ hC •* o' o eo ■* (N 00 o 'O t^ l^o lOTfiot^ ococoioo 1-H (M '-t<(MCOCOOO— IIMCO-* (M 05 03 -* 'O »~- -* ^ 'o --i^ o^ OS >(? eq co «3 t>^ O CO co" Oo' »-^ of wj co" '*IOOOOOOOCO«3-*CO-* OJOOCSJOiMIMiMCOeO i-i S CO (N t-. 00^ «5^ t-. -r)4_ t>. 1 Oi 1 * >o" o~ oo" o" ■*' o" oT CO ' ' 00 i-H I-H >-(■<*< i?q 1-1 i-l-*COO5'-lr-l00eOCO(M OS C-1 -* I-H 00 '.O 00 C: 00 'O CO CO CO C-l CO Oj^ (M^ o -i^' oo" co' oo" co" rHO-^-^io-^t^cc'oco Oq!Nt-(.-(.-lrti-Hr-<,-(r-l Birch Timber 00COt^-*c<5O5eO OS ai«OW-*Ttt^0000 — 1 C«500CiCCIMCOC0-* (M(Nt^*>;CO.-ICOCjeOt^ oo" r-H o" Os" t'^ O" t>i' 1(5 rt" 00 »— ( I— * I-H r— < I-H I-H » oc 1 s <0 00 C: M to-* O ; -* r-Tr-Hi-H ■?tfO50do0t--Os' I-H o I— ( 1 a COOCi>-i»>.,-iOi — OiMt-t— O iffl «D_ ^^ O .-1 CO CO 30 >0_ 05 r-H_ CO IM" Co' CO*" 05 OO" -<'" T^ Oi to f-r r^ I-H 05 lo >o CO ->*< CO oooooooooosos-i* 00^ r-^^ >~ OS_ r~ rt_ 0_ 'O 1 1 ■tH i-h" ifS lO os" CO -H cT 1 1 co-^OOsooceoi--. cococo(MeocoeoOS 1 1 oc OS O^ -^__ •-; OS 00 CO 1 1 ,-H ^- I-H e .2 1 . 1 Liverpool London . Bristol Channel Clyde Ireland Other British Ports Continent of Europe West Indies United States . Sotith America Africa . Other Places ■•+iC0'N-hC,-0S00»--Co«3 t- t-^ t-. t^ t- CO CO CO CO CO 00000000000000000000 I-H I-H 1-^ ^^ r-* I-H f-4 ^H #-H r-1 a • »-i 1—4 -^ Jtrrrrstr CfH CO S o 0. c c so eg 'S EXPORT TRADE. 119 The statement of the vahie of the exports from the Port of St. John, for the month ending May SI, 1880, compared with the same month in the p/eceding year, shows the increase in the latter year to be 56,112 dols. in the exports of the forest, 8,556 dols. in animals and their produce, 8,087 dols. in manufactures, and 2,853 dols. in miscellaneous articles. The produce of the mine and the sea receded somewhat. The facts brought to light by the tables are fair subjects for analysis. We quote as follows : — 1879 1880 Products of the mine Fi:3neries and their produce Products of the forest . Animals and their produce Agricultural productions Manufactures Miscellaneous articles . NEW BRUNSWICK, Exports. Total produceof the Dominion Goods, not produce Total exports 2,863 430 17,405 6,319 . 205,799 261,911 7,895 16,451 10,849 830 7,897 15,984 3,237 6,090 1 255,945 308,015 . 33,767 73,242 289,712 381,257 The timber trade returns of New Brunswick for 1880 exhibit an ir..orease in the export.^ of 111,000,000 feet o\?er those of the previous year. The shipment of cattle direct to England has lately become an iiciportant feature of New Brunswick trade. The following is a list of the ports where duties are collected : — On the Bay of Fundv, Cattle trade. St John Fredericton Grand Manan Canipobello St. George St. Stephen St. Androws KTC. Woodstock Jlan-ery Hillsborough Moncton Dorchester Sackville On the Gulf of St. LiWEKNCE, ktc. Bay Vorte Shediac Buctouche Kichibucto Miramichi Shippegan Cara|uette Bathurst Dalliousie ^p«— iiiww^ 120 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NEW BRUNSWICK. Mines,&8. St. John Citv. The mineral wealth of this province is admittedly large. Both coal and iron are abundant, the coalGelds alone covering 10,000 square miles, or n':;arly one-third of its entire surface. A bed of haematite iron ore exists within three miles of Woodstock. Thuf, far, however, the proximity of the more extensive and more valuable, deposits of Nova Scotia has attracted capital and labour to them, and retarded the development of the Nev- Brunswick beds. St. John has been styled the ' Liverpool of British America,' and not inappropriately, as the following de- scription of it will show. It is most picturesquely situated on a rocky and almost insular eminence at the mouth of the St. John River, the entrance to which is protected by Partridge Island. For municipal and electoral pur- poses St. John embraces the adjoining towns of Port- land and Carleton. The river, which forms a prominent feature in the harbour, together with its tributaries, has an almost uninterrupted steamboat navigation of 800 miles, and a further length of nearly 1,000 miles navigable by boats and canoes. Its Indian name ia LooshfnoJc, the 'Long River.* The river rises and falls 26 feet. The area drained by it is estimated at seventeen millions of acres, of which nine millions are in New Brunswick, ;i'y millions in the state of Maine, and two millions in the province of Quebec. In approaching the city from the sea, Partridge Island, circular in shape and with high, rocky banks, is first seen, then a high bluff, commanding the western entrance, called Negro- town Point. Thus approached the city presents a very imposing appearance. The whole upper portion of it — rebuilt since the great fire of .Tune 20, 1877 — stands on solid rock, which for the purpose of street construction has been excavated to a depth in many places of from .SO feet to 40 feet. St. John has been three times swepi by fire since its incorporation in 1785, first in 1837, second in 1839, and third in 1877.* King H^.thx, the Broadway of St. John, extends from the Dt. John river on the west, to Courtenay Bay on the eat-l, nidf r .ab city. Market Slip and Square and the wharves con- tiguous thereto form the commercial centre, and here at * The Story of the Great Fire,hy Georgo Stewart, jun. Toronto : Belford Bros. 1877. Hf ' i?s\.'.»sw«"l','R"-- •'.^) -'j-''>'A":S(''i i •' ""■..';■« ST. JOHN CITY AND SUBURBS. 121 NEW BRUNSV^ICK, all hours of the forenoon a busy, motley crowd is to be met. The aroma which pervades these haunts of com- merce and midst which the trade flourishes is emi- nently suggestive of codQsh and molasses, the leading features of St. John's import and export trade. The lower end of Market Square marks the spot where, on May 18, 1783, the loyalists of St. John landed and founded the city. The French settlements, dating from the time of De Monts and Poutrincourt's visit in 1604, had all disappeared, and the embryo village commenced by Cap- tain Peabody anc^ Mr. White in 1764 was alone visible. The other prmcipal thoi oughfares are named Water, Prince William, Dock, and Charlotte Streets. King's Square contains about 3 a'ires, studded by trees, which were planted in 1860 during the visit of the Prince of Wales. From tVie east end of King Street a fine view of Coiirtenay Bay and Portland Heights is obtained. The public buildings and institutions best worth visit- ing are the Provincial Penitentiary, the Wiggins Pro- testant Orphan Asylum, the Academy of Music, near the site of the Victoria Hotel, R. C. Cathedral, and Trinity Church, both destroyed by the last fire. The Custom House and Post Office are fine buildings. Among the drives and walks of St. John and its vicinity may be noted the following : — To Portland, the Falls, Indian- oown, and Point Pleasant. To Spruce Lake by the Manawagonish Roaa, through Fairville, is a pleasant drive of eight mi] as. Spruce Lake is five miles in length, and teems with fish. From Carleton Heights another pleasant drive is Carleton that to the Rural Cemetery, Moose Path Pai'k, and Lawlors Lake, by the Marsh Road ; and still another to Mispec (Angon) and the Loch Lomond chain of lakes. The first, or lower lake, is four miles long and one and a half miles wide. The fish in this lake are larger than those in the others, and are of two species, the red and the white — the latter appear to be peculiar to these lakes, and vary in weight from ^ to 10 lbs. The best fishing ground is on Land's Bar, across the head of the lake. Another fiivourito spot is at the mouth of Dead Brook, about half-way up on the left side. In the neighbourhood of these lakes there are a great many smaller ones, teeming with fish, the prin- I 122 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Frederic- ton. Dalhousie. llailwavs. HEW cipal being Ben Lomond, Henry's, Tracey's and Mount BRUNS WICK. Theobald. The last-mentioned, owing to its great dis- tance from town, is bnt little disturbed, and splendid sport can be had, as the fish are plentiful. Carleton is historically interesting as the spot (Nary Island^ s elected by La Tour in 1629 as the site of his fort, so / !ly defended by Madame La Tour against Chamiz6. Frederic ton, the capital, is a charming little semi- rural city, bearing very much the same relationship to St. John that the Dominion capital, Ottawa, sustains to Montreal, It has a new Parliament House, a fine library, a beautiful cathedral, and — adds Rowan — 'a real Englirh bishop' — Eight Rev. J. Medlej', D.D., Metropolitan of Canada. Dalhousie, situated at the head of Lay Chaleur, is a delightful summer resort, directly in the path of com- munication between London and Quebec, if the lines were bur laid. New Brunswick is well supplied with railways and other means of internal communication, connecting the commercial capital, St. John, with Halifax on the Atlantic, with Pictou on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, with Quebec, Montreal, and other places in Canada, by the Intercolonial Railroad, and all the cities and towns of the United States, by lines via Bangor. Besides these, there are the Riviere du Loup line, via Fredericton and Woodstock to the gr^at river St. Lawrence, and several interprovincial lines of considerable importance, com- prising a total length of 1,085 miles in actual operation. Land. Free grants of land for purposes of actual settlement are also made in this province. The limit of the grant is 100 acres, and the customary conditions are enforced. Education. The common school system prevails in this province. The sum of 120,000 dols. is annually and publicly appro- priated to educational purposes. The balance is raised by rate. ropulation. The population of New Brunswick, by the census of 1871, was 286,137. It is now probably about 330,000. The population of St. John in 1840 was 19,281, in 1851 it Avas 22,745, and in 1861 it numbered 27,317. Including Carleton, the total population, according to Munro, in 1864 was 38,817 souls: the census of 1871 manufactup.es. 123 states the population of St. Joiin, including Portland, NEW to have then been 41,508. The citv proper now contains BRUNSWICK. 35,128. " The chief local elements in the composition of a Manufao- successful manufacturing district, such as cheap and tw^^- abundant building- material, cheap fuel, easy modes of collecting the raw material and of distributing the manufactured products thereof, are not wanting in and round St. John as a centre. The manufacturing in- terest of the province has accordingly increased during the past few years, though it has scarcely kept pace with the growth of the staple industries already men- tioned. Establishments for the production of woollen and cotton goods, boots and shoes, leather, lumber, furniture, carriages, doors, sashes, stoves, paper, soap, agricultural implements, nails, steam-engines, locomo- tives, &c., &c., are in successful operation, and yearly multiplying, giving employment, directly and indirectly, to thousands of operatives. I 124 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Voyage out. QUEBEC. To a very large proportion of Canadian tourists the maritime provinces, through which we have just journeyed, are a sealed book. The Dominion tour is usually made during the mid-summer and autumn monthj, when the ports of Quebec and Montreal are open, and the St, Lawrence river and lakes are navi- gable throughout their entire length. Ocean steamers arrive at and depart from these ports almost daily, while the Grand Trunk railway and the various other Canadian and American lines from Portland, Boston, New York, Saratoga, the White Mountains, and the whole of New England bring thousands daily, at the height of the St. Lawrence season, to join the gay parties who throng the seaside and rural resorts of this truly picturesque province. To those among our home readers who pur- pose making the ' round trip,' and who are naturally anxious to see as much of Canada as possible, we un- hesitatingly say go by way of Belle Isle and Quebec, and return via Halifax, N.S., and St. John's, Newfoundland. The summer voyage in clear, fine weather, on board one of the splendid ' Allan ' steamships between Belle Isle and Quebec forms one of the most delightful features of the whole tour. As will readily be seen by reference to the accom- panying map, the Belle Isle route is much the shortest, the entire distance to Montreal being 2,790 miles, while the ocean voyage by Halifax is 2,464 miles, and that by New York 3,016 miles. If our traveller decide to visit Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island before proceeding westward, he will of course take the steamer to Halifax. In either case he has ample choice, of both ways and means, the steamers of the 'Allan' line sailing for Quebec weekly during the summer from both Liverpool and Glasgow, and weekly for Boston, via Halifax, during the winter, leaving Liver- ^y*l»PMiiy!WWA I 785^ ST. LAWRENCE ROUTE. 125 pool ever)' Thursday and Londonderry every Friday. QUEBEC. The service has been regularly maintained for more than twenty years, and the steamers composing the line are unsurpassed for safety, speed, and comfort. The New- foundland tour now formH a subsidiary service from Halifax direct to St. John's. The voyage out, when made by Queenstown and the South of Ireland, brings the traveller to Cape Ray, the most south-westerly extremity of Newfoundland, usually on the seventh day, and soon after the steamer enters the great Gulf of St. Lawrence. On the steamer's port bow rises Prince Edward Island, sentinelling the huge bay formed by Cape Breton Island on the east. Nova Scotia on the south, and New Brunswick and Quebec on the west. Farther on the steamer's course the Magdalen group of jyjjj„j u„ islands and a treacherous islet, known as the Bird Rock, isltmds. and Mount St. Louis, 2,000 feet high, are passed. Higher up the gulf Anticosti Island is sighted and passed. Then come the noble Saguenay River and Riviere du Loup, the picturesque summer resort of the Quebec excursionists, with the rugged range of Laurentian hills in sight all the way up the river, until the lovely Isie D'Orleans, with its clusters of snow-white cottages and luxuriant gardens, rises to view ; then Montmorenci's cataract of waters, with its fleecy cloud of vapour over- hanging it, are seen on the right bank. Eight miles farther the lofty promontory of Cape Diamond, sur- mounted and surrounded by the loftier citadel and the walled city of Quebec, is reached. Here the ocean voyage titly terminates and the inland journey commences. This sketch of the St. Lawrence summer route to Quebec supposes the traveller to have made his sea voyage from Liverpool by Cape Race and the south shore of Newfoundland. The northern and now usually travelled summer route by Moville and the Belle Isle straits reduces the distance and the duration of the ocean voyage nearly a whole day. Belle Isle, which towers up in rugged majesty to the height of 650 feet at the mouth of the straits, 800 miles below Quebec, forms a fresh point of departure, so to speak, both in the outward and homeward voyage, and thus serves greatly to enhance the interest and popularity of this route from the lands- man's point of view. fi Isle D' Orleans. Belle Isle. 126 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. History. The histoiy of this province up to the period of Confederation may almost be said to be the history of Canada, and may be thus briefly recapitulated. Dis- covered by Cabot in 1497, it was first settled by Cartier in 1541. In 1608 a permanent colony was founded by De Charaplain on the present site of Quebec city. A Council of Administration was appointed in 1663. The French occupied the country from this period till 1769, when it was surrendered to the British forces, and soon after (17G3) formally ceded to the Crown by the Treaty of Paris. It was divided into Upper and Lower Canada, and a Constitution granted in 1791 ; and in 1840 re- united under the name of the United Provinc.es of Canada. In 1867 these were once more separated, and now form, under the names respectively of Ontario and Quebec, the two most populous and wealthy provinces of the Dominion. Itoundarics and ex- tent. Physical Geography, etc. Quebec long occupied the first place among the Crown colonies of Great Britain on the American Continent. It is now second to Ontario, both in popu- lation and production. It possesses an historical inte- rest which no other province in the Dominion can boast, and this interest is greatly enhanced not only by the perpetuation of the French language, la^vs, and customs amongst a large majority of its inhabitants, but also by the uniquely picturesque character of much of its land- scape, and the antiquated appearance of many of its public institutions. Quebec is bounded north by Labrador and the Height of Land, east by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, south by Bay Chaleur, New Brunswick, and the States of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and New York, and west by the river Ottawa and Ontario. It has a mean length, east and west, of about 850 miles and a mean breadth of 300 miles. Inclusive of Anticosti and the Magdalen Islands, which belong to the electoral district of Gaspe, it comprises a territory of 210,000 square miles, eqr'-l in round numbers to 130,000,000 acres. This is classified and distinguished ar "jllows : — f»..vfn*i)figM I '!fW*«i)Pl"i<",'» PHYSICAL ASPECT. 127 Acres. Conceded in fiefs 10,678,981 In full and common socage (townships) . . 8 950,953 Surveyed in farm lots 6,400,000 Awaiting survey 103,970,066 QUEBEC. Total . 130,000,000 These figures represent the total territorial superficies under the new measurement. The total land area under - county organisation in 1871 was 120,018,964 acres. Mr. Jesse Sparrow, of Woodlands Farm, Doynton, Physionl near Bath, furnishes the following description of its "^P'^*^^' "*'• physical aspect, in a recent letter to Mr. J. W. Down, of Bristol : — Speaking of its physical aspect and general ad- vantages, he says : — ' The province of Quebec is princi- pally rolling land, or hills and valleys. In some parts of it are large tracts of bush land or woods, containing the pine, spruce, and many other sorts of timber. The sugar maple grows to a great height. The farms throughout this province are offered at very low prices. A person can purchase a farm here, with good barns, stables, &c., and dwelling-house, already cleared and fenced (except a portion of woodland left for repairs of farm buildings), at from lil. 10s. to 61. per acre, payable on easy terms. These are not such good wheat lands as those in Ontario. They will grow remarkably good, oats and capital roots, the soil being a sandy loam and gravel loam. I have seen some splendid crops of potatoes in these parts, much better than in Ontario. From three to four pounds I have seen drawn from one haulm. The water here is very good, and the farmers have much better accommodation and comforts for their cattle in winter than on many of the farms in England. The barns are so constructed that they tie up their cattle under the corn and hay lofts. I have seen barns that will accommodate fifty head of horned cattle (a stall for e'very one), with root-house. They generally have a pump in the centre, with troughs in front of the cattle ; the water, by pumping, runs through these troughs from one to the other.' The surface of the country is much diversified in flood and field, by hills and mountain ranges, rivers. 128 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Kivers and mountains. ■Divisions. lakes, waterfalls, and rapids. There are two principal mountain ranges which run in an easterly and westerly direction ; being, to the south of the St. Lawrence, the Notre Dame or Green Mountains, and to the north, the Laurezitian rang?. Tbe magnificent St. Lawrence River flows like a main artery through the province, from east to west. Forming the western provincial boundary, the River Ottawa, a splendid stream of 8(^0 miles in length, debouches into the St. Lawrence, and farther on down stream to the right the latter receives the Richelieu River, which has its source in Lake Champlain, the St. Francis, which rises in Lake Memphremagog, and the Chaudiere, the outlet of Lake Megantic. Flowing into it from the left bank are the St. Maurice, the Batiscan, and the Saguenay. Quebec, as will be seen by reference to the map, is by its great artery the St. Lawrence, naturally divided into two rather unequal parts, that which lies north of that river being by far the larger but less populous. For civil purposes it is further divided into parishes, townships, counties, and districts. The parishes are of French and the townships of English origin. The parish and township municipalities comprised in a county, form what is called a county municipality, the affairs of which are managed by councillors. Each county sends one member to the Dominion Parliament every five years, and one to the Local Legislature every four years. The province is divided into sixty counties and sixty-five electoral districts, as follow : — Counties and Constituencies Population in 1881 County Towns Argenteuil Bagot Beauce Beauharnois Berthier . Bonaventure Bellechasse Brome Chambly , 16,062 21,199 32,021 16,005 21,838 18,068 18,069 15,827 10,859 Lachute St. Hugues St. Francois Beauharnois Berthier New Carlisle St. Michael Knowlton Lougueuil Carried forwa rd . * 169.948 1 LEaiSLATIVE DIVISIONS. 129 * Counties and Constituonclca Populiition in 1881 County Towns QUcBEC. Brought forward , 169,948 Champlain 26,9{7 Batiscan Charlevoix 17,901 St. Paul's Bay ' 1 Chateauguay Chicoutirai "\ Saguenay J Compton . Dorchester Drummond "i Arthabaska / Gasp6 Hochelaga Huntingdon 14,393 32,409 19,581 18,710 37,360 25,001 40,079 15,495 St. Martino r Chicoutirai l^Tadonsac Cookshire Ste. Henedine r Drummondville \St. Christophe Porce Longue Pointe Huntingdon ' Iberville . Jacques Cartier Joliette Kamouraska La Prairie 14,459 12,345 21,988 22,181 11,436 St. Athanase Pointe Claire Joliette Kamouraska La Prairie , L'Assomption Laval Levis L'Islet . Lotbini^re . Maskinonge Megautic . Missisiquoi Montca ra . Montmagny Montmoronci Montreal C. E. ,, W. . Napierville 15,282 9,462 27,980 14,917 20,857 17,493 19,066 17,784 12,966 15,268 12,322 25.078 67,506 48,163 10,611 L'Assomption Ste. Rose Levis St. Jean Port Isle Lotbini^re Riviere du Loup Leeds Frolighsburg St. Julienne St. Thomas Chateau Richer Montreal >) >» Napierville i Nicolet 26,611 Becancour tf Ottawa 49,432 Hull Pontiac 19,939 Bryson Portneuf . 25,175 Cap Sante Quebec, C. 17,898 Quebec „ E. 31,900 it „ w. . 12,648 ,, Quebec Co. 20,278 Charlesbourg Richmond \ Wolfe / • 26,339 /Richmond \. Dudowell Richelieu . 20,218 Sorel Rimouski . 33.791 Rimouski ■ Rouville .... Carried forward . 18,547 Marie ville 1,137,645 E » 130 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC Climate and soil. Counties and Constituencies Population In 1881 County Towns Brought forward . 1,137,646 St. Hyacinthe . 20,631 St. Hyacinthe St. John's . 1 12,266 St. John's St. Maurice 12,986 Yamachiche ShoflForcl . 23,223 Waterloo Slicrbrooke 12,221 Sherbrooke Soulangea . 10,220 Coteau Landing Stiinstead . 15,556 Stanstead Temiscouata 25,484 Isle Verto Terrebonne 21,892 St. Jerome Three Rivers . 9,296 Ihree Rivers Two Mountains 16 856 Ste. Schola.stiqao Vaudreuil . 11,485 "Vaudreuil Verchires . 12,449 Verch^res Yamaska . 17,091 St, Francis du Lac Total Populat ,ion • 1,358,310 The official figures are 1,359,027, between which and the census returns per county there is a difference of 17,391. Total area of above counties, 120,764,651 acres. This province is further subdivided into five land districts or main centres for purposes of colonisation and settlement. These are briefly treated on p. 140. The rigour of the Lower Canadian winter lias been very much exaggerat d. The province of Quebec, especially, may be said to furnish the climatic fiece de resistance for attacks on the Canadian winter. I';s people are certainly amongst the hardiest and most vigorous to be met with on the American continent, or, iideed, in the world. The snow, far from being a disadvantage, is almost as valuable a covering as manure, and the effect of the winter's frost and snow is to laake the land more friable, and to impart to the soil tho ■vigour which makes the northern vegetation of the colony so sudden and luxurious. The soil is natui'ally rich, and susceptible of the highest cultivation. In point of quantity and quality the crops in Quebec compare favourably with those of other parts of the Dominion. Overcropping and reckless farming, combined with ig- •noi'ance of the more modern and improved systems of cultivation, have iu some districts impoverished a soil otherwise fertile. CLIMATE AND SOIL. 131 The summers, like the winters, are also docidod, but most enjoyable. It may be observed that these decided climatic tendencies seem to produce an eflfect of another kind also, which is not least, among the enjoyable features ot' the country. In no part of the world is the atmosphere clearer, or the 'skies,' clouds, suniiaings and sunsets, more captivating. Fruits and vegetables which cannot be ripened in the open air in England come to maturity in Quebec. The length of season in which labour may be performed in th^ field is apparently greater in Great Britain. The province is also wholly free from fever and ague and from the low malarial fevers which so frequently visit settlers in tl^ western United States, An instance illustrative of .is tine climate is that the sparrow at all seasons of the year may be seen QUEBEC. •Seasons. i flitting ubout. ii Prodnctions, etc. The products of the forest constitute the second Forests, most important interest of this province — agricultux'al timber, &c. products alone aggregating a greater value. The timber regions of Gaspe, Labrador, and the Upper Ottawa, under judicious management, must long con- tinue to be a fruitful source of revenue to both Quebec and Ontario — especially to the former. Thus far the great hindrance in the path of the enterprising lumber merchant who acquires timber limits, has been the dif- ficulties and cost of getting the product of his capital and skill to market. It is estimate'^, that there are still upwards of 100,000 square miles of timber territory within the province awaiting purchase. These form the preserves, so to speak, from which this staple provincial trade is fed. It may be well here to mention that the Go- vernment never relinquishes the fond or proprietary right over these timber-lands, but merely leases the usufruct. The leases, under the present system, continue in force twenty-one years, with the right of renewal (usu- ally sale by auction to the highest bidder) under certain conditions. A most useful list of the timber and ornamen- tal trees of Quebec province has lately been prepared by Dr. G. M. Dawson. It forms part of the report for 1879 of the Montreal Horticultural Society. The lumberman is a most valuable pioneer and agent k2 I I I 132 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. i ii )? SJ Wi i p ■ i* ill i QUEBEC. in setting the couritry ; the operations of a lumbering camp furnish employment for the settle^, and a profit- able and ready market for bis products. The forests are divided into ' limits ' embracing a certain number of square miles. The numorous streams which intersect the country serve to float the logs and timber to market. The districts v^atered by the Sagnenay, the St. Maurice, and the tributaries of the Ottawa from the east, are the principal lumbering grounds. Lumbering operations are carried ^i in '.-.inter, and abo'it 30,0u0 men are yearly employed in the business. During the snmmer months the logs and timber are floated down to the various ' coves,' saw-mills and markets. The average value of the timber exported is about 10,000,000 dols. Mines. Mining in Quebec is still in its infancy. In 1876 — the last year for which we have any official return — the yield of all mines in the province is said to have been 365,546 dols. Within the past four years this depart- ment of industry has shown signs of revival and ext< n- sion. During 1879 no less than 680 licences were issued to eighteen different companies for mining in the seign- ories of Rigaud, Vaudreuil Parish, St. Francis of Beauce, On the Du Loup river hydraulic mining is being prosecuted by New York capitalists. The total re- ported product for the year amounted tj 32.972 dols., which sum, the division-inspector states, represents only about one-half the amount ictually obtained. The Chaudiere gold district, situate fifty miles south of Quebec city, comprises about 8,000 square miles, and is attracting much attention at the present time. Miuerals. Recent explorations and surveys, extending over an area of 3,500 square mil^s on both sides the St. Lawrence, give promise that at no very distant day Quebec will take high rank as a mining country. Vftlnable beds of apatite, containing phosphate of lime, which is valuable as a fertiliser, exist in Hull, Templeton, and Buckingham townships, and hopes are entertained of successfully working ^'Lem. The phos- phate beds of the Ottawa valley are rapidly being developed. GeologjV'al surveys of the rooks compris- ing the Quebec group are now in progress by Messrs. Selwyn, Richardson, Vennoi, and Hitchcock. On the whole, it may be said that the mineral resources of ^^ns^yip^w^ PRODUCTIONS, ETC. 133 this province are well worthy tbe attention of Old World capitalists. Immense beds of mineral pigments and ochres occur at Ste, Anne de Montmorenci, Cap de la Magdeleine, Pointe du Lac, Vaudreuil, and in the Eastern townships. Iron ore is found in most of its varieties and in great quantities. Magnetity at Hull, Buckingham, and other places on the Ottawa ; bog ore on the St. Maurice and Eastern townships and Vaudreuil, as well as haBmatite (soft) and brown haematite, and mag- netic ironsand at the Moisic River in the Gulf. Asbesttjs is found at Lake Megantic and in other parts of the townships. Plumbago is plentiful at Buckingham. In the valleys of the Lievre ana Gatiueau there are vast deposits of anatite or phospb ate of lime, yielding first-grade ore, from 7'j to 90 per cent., which are attracting attention, and recently a French company has secured 100,000 acres for the purpose of mining. The copper sulpliuret deposits 01 the Eastern townships are very extensive. Cereals, hay, and green crops grow everywhere in abundance. The total quantity of wheat grown in 1877-78 was -^bout 2,068,000 bushels ; barley, 1,668,208; oats, 15,lLo.262, vyc, 4*58,970; peas, 2,205,585; beans, 79,060; buckwheat, 1,676,078; corn, 603,356 bushels. This is the produce of less than 250,000 acres. A total of 128,185 acres produces 18,068,323 bushels of potatoes, of turnips 812,073, and of other root crops 697,160 bushels. An acreage of 1,211,953 produces 1,224,640 tons of hay and grass, and of clover se^^l about 143,535 bushels. The melon and tcmatc grow and fully ripen in the open air. Indian corn, l.emp " ad flax, and occa- sionally tobacco, are also grown and yield fair returns in favoured localities. The extent of the farms in Quebec averoore about 100 acres. These farms in the older settlements are worth from 2,000 to 4,000 dols. a-piece. With a view to stimulate the settlement of Brit.sh farmers in this province, the Government has lately made a special approprieition of 100,000 acres and despatched a specif'l commissioner to England to organise a party. Something more than this is necessary, however, to stem or ei^en turn the tide which is setting in to the newer and more immediately productive lands in the North-West Territories Cattle-breeding is becoming an important occupa- QU i Agri- culture. ; Hi ! Stock-rais- iug. •WW-J^SJIS?!'-**!^'' QUE3|C. Commerce, maimfac- tuves, &c. , .;i 134 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. tion in Qnebec, and the province has sent to England a class of cattle unsurpassed by her own best breeds. The lands in the eastern townships, ' the Garden of Quebec,' and north of Ottawa, for pasturage, are of special excellence. Tbey embrace nearly one million acres, and are offered at from 2s. to 2s. 6d. an acre. It is undeniable thai the eastern townships possess advan- tages for the settlement of a robust, thrifty class of farmers, which are well worth their careful considera- tion. Briefly stated these advantages are — their con- tiguity to the seaboard, and therefore to the European as well as domestic markets, the steady, equable climate, and the proximity of manufacturing privileges. In Chambly county five butter and two cheese factories liave been started since 1878. Dairy-farming is yet in iti? infancy, but the active co-operation and aid of the Government is giving to agriculture an impulse which must result in very important consequences to the province. The geographical situation of the province, added to its great water power and cheap living, and the fact that its ports are situate at the foot of inland and the head of maritime navigation, render Quebec a field where manufacturers with sufficient capital can do well. As the province is the leading mercantile and financial section of the Dominion, so is it declared to be the lead- ing manufacturing centre. Lumber, as already stated, constitutes the staple article of produce. Next in point of value and impo^uance rank stoves, pig iron, iudia rubber goods, cloth, linen, chemicals, soap, leather, boots and shoes, cotton, and woollen goods, and all de- scriptions of agricultural implements, wooden ware and furniture. Fully four-fifths of this trade is centred at Montreal. In looking at the figures representing the export and import trade of Quebec, it will be well to consider its importance as the central province and assorting market of the Dominion. The export trade in 1876 amounted to 37,876,815 dels., and the import trade to 36,035,091 dels. The principal manufacturing centres and points next to Montreal and V))uebec are Richmond and Sherbrooke, Three Rivers, St. John's and St. Hyacinthe, Valleyfield, Kingsey and Windsor Mills. It may be asserted in all fairness that the banking and : fW^"f'^*v' 'r™«?7^ :w:-^n7vs^--' COSTMEECE, ETC. 135 other financial institutions of Quebec are the chief institn- QUEBEC tions of the kind in Canada. The shipbuilding industry of the province is well known, and so, toOjisthemaiiufac- ture of timbei', or, as it is commonly called, the lumber trade ; but a summary statement of the exports will, Exports, perhaps, give a better insight into the commerce of Quebec than mere words. The figures in 1876 stood thus : — The Mines yielded . 365,546 The Fisheries . 2,751,962 The Forests . 11,047,082 Animals and their produce 7,487,027 Agricultural products . 8,672,358 Manufectures . 2,389,446 Miscellaneous articles 225,802 This does not include coin and bullion. The provision trade of the St. Lawrence, dependent as it lai-gely is upon the development and progress of the interior and the agricultural and pastoral indus- tries of the entire province, has wu during the past season (1879-80) a very marked eui;; rgement. The exportation of live stock from Montreal has been as follows : — 1880 1879 1878 1877 Cattle . 40,749 . 24,823 . 18,665 . 8,940 Sheep . 68.151 . 78,792 . 41,250 . 9,699 Swine . — . 4,745 . 2,078 430 The returns for 1880 are to October 8 only. The increase of numbers is not the most gratifymg part of it, but the fact that of the 18,655 cattle exported in 1878 fully one-hall were American cattle, whereas ti 1880 they were all Canadian. The shipments of cereai.i also showed a very considerable increase : — Flour, barrels . Wheat, bushels Corn „ Peas Oats Barley Bye » Total 1879 1878 626,693 . 602,658 9,535,144 . 6,749,347 4,004,708 . 6,612,990 2,402,891 . 1,905,086 618,531 . 918,946 413,592 . 208,239 333,491 , 38,267 17,308,357 14,432,875 lipin '.lii'Ui 136 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. !1 • QUEBEC. Shipping. Land pvstem. Oown and ^vit(i lands. The great feature in the development of the grain ship < ments was the establishment of a direct export trade with European Continental ports, instead of serving them, as heretofore, through agents or middlemen in England. The remaining shipments in provisions were : — 1879 1878 1877 Cheese, boxes . . 515,360 . 455,449 . 398,138 Butter, packages . 180,863 . 101,596 . 87,245 Some of the shipments of cheese, however, were not Canadian, but American, from the counties bordering on the St. Lawrence, and from Wisconsin, which were attracted to this route by the more favourable freights. During 1879 there were built and launched in this province twenty-nine vessels, measuring 7,421 tons. The following is a list of the provincial ports, with the shipping and tonnage belonging to each : — Ships Tons Amherst .... 33 1,265 Gaspe .... 44 2,833 Montreal .... , 1,007 130,133 New Carlisle 32 1,932 Perc6 .... 3 230 Quebec .... 856 109,632 Total 1,975 246,025 These figures are exclusive of the craft engaged in the fisheries. Of these there were at the close of 1877 up- wards of 400 vessels and 16,000 boats, giving employ- ment to nearly 12,000 men. The land area of Quebec is thus classified : — Old seignories, noM' held in fee simple Crown sales and grants Crown lands .... Acres . 10,678,391 . 10,153,781 . 99,767,878 120,600.050 iinds have been About 5,720,939 acres of the Crown surveyed and subilivided into farm lots, and are now offered by the Government partly for sale and partly in free grant. These lands may be purchased at prices ranging from 20 to 60 cents per acre, on the following conditions. One-tifth of the purchase-money payable on day of sale, '- •N..; \ tk CROWN LANDS. 13'7 "VJ i the remainder in four equal annual instalments, with QUEBEC, interest at 6 per cent. The purchaser must take posses- y""^ sion within six months from the date of sale, and must o-rants. reside on the land for two years. During the first four years the settler must clear and cultivate ten acx'es for every hundred acres so held, and erect a habitable home at least 16 ft. by 20 ft. in extent. In the case of Free Grants the exceptions are trifling. Pamphlets contain- ing full particulai's and instructions in regard to the acquisition and cultivation of Crown lands in the pro- vince may be had on application to the Commissioner of Crown Lands, Quebec. The emigrant who enters upon the occupation of an uncleared farm must expect that eighteen months, or a year at the very least, will expire before he can get a return from his land. Such being the case, it would be highly imprudent for a family of five or six persons to settle on a lot of wild land, unless they possessed at least 200 dols. While he is clearing his own lot, the settler may find occasional work, either in working for a more fortunate neighbouT-, or on a colonisation road, or by hiring for a month or two during the winter season with a lumber merchant. Fish and game are very abundant, and with these, at certain seasons, the settler may furnish his table. The cost of clearing, when it is done by contract, is about 10 dols. per acre. A skilled fai-mer who has not the means of purchasing a farm, or settling at once upon uncleared land, will find many proprietors prepared to lease their farms, or to farm on shares. The English immigrant who selects as his home the Eastern Townships will find Eiistem himself in the midst of his own countrymen, and in a townships, section of Canada which, in every respect, is, for .r RAILWAYS AND CANALS. 141 at its disposal, performed the best service a Government QUEBEC, can perform by making an effective survey. Having rZT tuce- divided into farm lots 6,400,000 acres of land, it next ments to caused the greater part of this territory to be traversed immi- by colonisation roads, founded agricultural societies, and ^'*'*"'"''- enacted a law to give aid to intending settlers. It has laid the basis of a most important railway communica- tion ; spends thousands of dollars also, yearly, in pro- moting education. There are no questionable titles in Quebec, so that the purchaser from the Crown has nothing to fear. The comparative labour and cost required to pur- chase and put ready for successful cultivation a small farm in the North- West Territories and in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, are thus stated by a recent writer who has given much attention to the subject. In the North-West Territories. Land Free. Breaking up 10 acres, at two dollars and a half per acre ... Barn and stable .... House materials .... ^260.00 Labour 40.00 Total In the Eastern Townships. Purchase of 160 acres at 40c., ^64 Clearing 10 acres of land at ^15 per acre (This means making the land fit for cropping.) Cost to build a good block house 20 X 24 $ 80.00 Cost to build a good barn, 25 x 35 . 100.00 Cost to build a good stable . . . 40.00 ^25.00 300.00 300.00 ^625.00 ^150.00 Difference in favour of Eastern Townships ^284.00 ;^434.00 191.00 ;^625.00 The following railways are wholly or partially ope- rated within the province : — Grand Trunk ; Interco- lonial ; Quebec, Montreal, Ottawa, and Occidental ; Railways and canals. I r 142 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC- Canals. Govern- ment. Education, &c. I Quebec Central ; International Lawrentian ; Montreal and Vermont Junction ; South Eastern ; Stanstead, Shefford, and Chambly ; St. Lawrence and Industry ; and the Montreal, Portland, and Boston. These various lines comprise over 1,500 miles, to the construction and maintenance of which the Government and municipalities have contributed over 13,000,000 dols. A large sum has been expended in the construe tion of public works in the province, the most note- woi'thy of which are the canals, and particularly the submerged canal in Lake St. Peter, below Montreal, which has been excavated by steam at an enormous expense, to enable vessels drawing 22 ft. of water to reach that port from the sea. It has a length of 16^ miles, and a width of 200 ft. The last stone of the Chaudiere railway bridge has just been laid. This bridge is 3,b00 It. in length, exclusive of 900 ft. of work on the islands. There are eleven piers, and four abutments. Political Geography. The public affairs of this province are administered by a Lieutenant-Governor (Hon. Theodore Robitaille, M.D..), an Executive Council of seven members, a Legisla- tive Council of twenty-four life members, and a Legisla- tive Assembly of sixty-five members.* The present premier is the Hon. J Alfred Mousseau, Q.c, who suc- ceeded Hon. J. Adolphe Cliapleau, d.c.l,, q.c, July 31, 1882. Public instruction is under the direction of a member of the Provincial Government, called the Superinten- dent of Public Instruction, who is assisted by a Council of twenty-one members, appointed by the Lieutenant- Governor ; of these fourteen are Catholic and seven Protestant. The separate school system prevails to the utmost satisfaction of all creeds and classes in the province of Quebec. Primary education is compulsory, so far thac every citizen is bound to contribute to its maintenance a moderate sum, which is- assessed on his property. To poor municipalities 8,000 dols. per annum are allowed. There are three normal schools — two Roman Ca,;holic * See County and Constituency Divisions on pp. 128-130. ^'^nPy^r' ST^'y^T '^ ■■ '■ PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 143 and one Protestant, where 640 school teachers are QUEBEC, trained. There are nearly 4,453 primary schools, at- tended by about 200.000 pnpils ; about 225 secondary and 115 model schools, attended by 11.500 pupils. Be- sides these there are special schools, lyceniiis, commer- cial schools, and schools of agriculture. These number about 150, and are attended by 3,000 pupils. The wliole number of scholars in attendance in 1879 amounted to 237,489. The total number of educational institutions giving instruction in 1878 was 4,G81, attended by 284,828 pupils, independent of 211 libraries, containing 130,000 volumes. There are fifteen superior schools in Quebec, where the classics are mainly taught ; twelve are Catholic and three Protestant. The Roman Catholic schools owe their existence to the generosity of the Catholic clergy. The first was opened at Three Rivers by Pere de Plessis, the next at Quebec by Pere le Jeun in 1032. The professors are nearly all ecclesiastics, and are content to receive a remuneration of 40 dols. per annum. This explains the low rate paid by pupils for board and- tuition, which is about 100 dols. per year. There are three universities in Quebec, two of which — McGill, founded 1827, anc\ Bishop's, founded 1848— are Protestant, and one Ron an Catholic. The Catholic University of Laval was founded in 1854 by the Semi- nary of Quebec (1678), and is maintained, without State aid, by that important college. The law provides that if at any time ten Catholic or Religious five Protestant members of the Council shall be of instruction, opinion that their respective educational institutions should bo separately managed, they shall be separated. The council thus resolves itself into two, so that the members of the difierent religious creeds shall have the exclusive management of the schools of their respec- tive denominations. Nothing, however, thus far indi- cates a desire to put into operation this clause of the law which provides for separation ; on the contrary, the most friendly relations exist among the gentlemen of different religious denominations who constitute the council. The religious and charitable institutions form a pleasing feature in Quebec. There is, as might be ex- pected, a very large preponderance of Roman Catholic 144 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Judiciary. QUEBEC. establishments, to meet the demands of the population, four-fifths of whom are Catholic. With the earlier mis- sionaries came the Soeurs Hospitallers to care for the sick, and the Ursuline Sisters to attend to female educa- tion and assist in civilising the Indians. By the side of the Roman Catholic institutions have grown up and prospered those of other religious communities, betAveen which and the Roman Catholic institutions no rivalry exists except in doing good. The province devotes a large sum to the support of charitable institutions. For judicial purposes the province is divided into twenty districts, each district having equal jurisdiction in all matters, except as to revision and appeal. The Supreme Court of Canada, established by 38 Vict. c. 11, is composed of a chief justice and five puisne judges, and has four terms. There are two chief justices in Quebec — Queen's Bench (Sir A. A. Dorion) and Superior Court (Hon. W. Collis Meredith) and sessions are held at Montreal and Quebec. A Dominion Law Society was formed at Ottawa June 6, 1879, and is now fully organised. Population. At the last census, taken in 1881, the population of Quebec amounted to 1,359,027 souls. Of these 929,817 were of French origin, 69,822 of English, 49,458 of Scotch, 123,478 of Irish, and the remainder of other origins. Classified according to religion, the population of the province is composed of 1,019,850 Catholics dnd 171,666 Protestants. There is also a considerable * sprinkling * of United Empire Loyalists, whom the War of Inde- pendence in the United States caused to emigrate to Canada. To recompense their allegiance the British Government granted them magnificent grants of land in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, and in the peninsula formed by the great lakes of Ontario. In this way there exists to-day in the province a mixed population con- sisting of French and English speaking people. Indians'. In 1871 the Indian population of Quebec was re- turned at 8,657. They now number 11,089 ; of these 4,024 reside on reserves. The Naskapees of the Lower St. Lawrence, and the Iroquois of Caughnawaga, are the most numerous tribes. There are about 600 Mic- macs settled at Restigouche and Gaspe Basin. ,,F',"IJ» I Fwmf TOURIST ATTRACTIONS. 145 Q UEBEC. Points of inturest. The chief attractions and points of interest of this province, and indeed of the whole St. Lawrenee valley, for the tourist and sportsman, are readily accessible from Quebec and Montreal as centres of travel. They are the citadel of Cape Diamond, Plains of AbrahaTu, and Wolfe's monument, fortifications, gates, &c., and Montmorenci and Chaudifero Falls. Both tho latter are a short distance from the city. In and round Monti'oal the chief objects of interest to visitors ar(^ the Victori^i tabular bridge, the mountain, cathedral of Notre Damo, and Bonsecours market and quay. The Saguenay Rivei', Riviere du Loup, Tadousac, Murray Bay, and Cacouna, and the Thousand Islands — the former l:iO miles below Quebec, and the latter 130 miles above Montreal — afford two of the most picturesque tours in the province. There are many inducements to sportsmen in tho salmon and speckled trout fishing of numberless streams both north and south of the St. Lawrence ; tho moose grounds of the eastern part of the province bor- dering on New Brunswick and Maine ; and the wild fowl found everywhere in the marshes of the numerous streams. The tourist will not fail to bo attracted by the grand and beautiful sights of nature. The winter sports of this province are most enjoy- Winter able. Sleighing, skating, and toboggining,and coasting or ^'P"^'^^- sledding, are among the exercises and pastimes most in- dulged in. During the winter months, November to March, the trees are frequently covered with frost. Nothing more brilliant or artistic can be imagined than the effect of the sun's rays on a cloudless calm day on tho frost-clad boughs. At such times every particle of the icy crystals sparkles with the refulgence of a Koh-i-noor, and all nature seems literally decked with diamonds, A ' thing of beauty is a joy for ever.' No sketch of Quebec Province, however elaborate Tourist at- or exhaustive in other respects, could possibly be con- tmctious. sidered complete which did not treat in more or less detail of its scenery. Nor could we expect to be for- given by our friends of the gun, rod, and saddle, if we turned from the natural history of Eastei'n Canada without some reference to the opportunities it affords for the pursuit of their favourite pastimes. Quebec has an area equal to nearly twice that of Great Britain and .Jl JU- u.iJL •|in,jv,.»^ " 146 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. \ Ik I III' I' * ' ' f Quebec Citv. Ireland. In such an extent of country the straug-er will naturally look foi- great diversity of scenery. Nor will he look in vain. Mountains and valleys, rivers and lakes, waterfalls and rapida, forests and yjlains, combine in wonderful and pleasing variety, and form a natural panorama of most picturesque diversity and rugged beauty. The chief attraction in the picture to very many will, no doubt, be the sight of Quebec City — the ' Ancient Capital ' — itisulf. Although more than two centuries and a half old it looks as newly finished, as if Champlain had just left it. In the bright, crisp, untainted air of the St, Lawrence Valley, citadel, cathedral and college, even the cottage and cabin of the humblest habitant all have the anpsap- ance of having been freshly painted yesterday. Not altogether improperly, outsiders regard Quebec as common property — as a bit of the Old World trans- ferred to the New — tucked away carefully for safe keep- ing as it were in this remote comer of the continent, and to be religiously preserved from all iconoclastic desecration, especially from that phase oi the latter which, with some, goes by trie name of modem im- provement, but passes for wanton Vandalism with others. They wish to have to say of Quebec at the present day, as Longfeuow sang of Nuremberg of yore, that it is a Quaint old toMTi of toil and traffic, Quaint old rown of art and .soni^. Memories haunt thy pointed fjablt-H, Like the rooks tnat rctuid them throng^. Historically, Quebec is the most interesting city in the British possessions. Situated 300 miles from the mouth of the St. Lawrence, and 180 ■'■es below ^Montreal, it was once tJie capital of Fi-ench dominion in America, and for a lontr period the caTjital of the lower or eastern province of Canada. It is .still the pro- vincial capital. Though shorn by recent changes of much of its political, as well as of very mucti of its commercial, miportauce, it is atiL. historically, one of the most iutprosting and picturesquely unique cities on the contiucnt of North America. Approached either by i TITE ANCIENT CAPITAL. 147 steamer or railway, the view of the citadel and ramparts, crowning Diamond Point, leaves an impression on the visitor which no amount of subsequent sight-seeing is likely soon to efface. No city which the New World tourist is likely to visit in the course of his journeying so impresses, by the startling peculiarities of its site, or the novelty of its physical aspect, or stamps that impress so indelibly on eye and memory, as the quaint old citadel, which has very appi'opriately been called the ' Gribraltar of the New World.' Whether seen fi'om below, in ascending the river, or from the railway station and steamer landing, at Point Levi, the picture it presents to the visitor is equally novel and impressive. Thus viewed, the upper and lower towns are no imaginary divisions, but alto- gether separate and distinct qimrtlers, the former crown- ing thf lofty promontory of Cape Diamond, with its doul'3 linj of massive ramparts, and containing the civil and fashionable quarter's, with the public buildings and fine residences ; the latter extending along the narrow strip of land beneath the cliffs and under the beetling walls as far as the suburb of St. Roche. From the Dntferin and Durham Terrace, or, indeed, from any of the prominent ramparts and terraces of the upper town, the view downward npon the wide wooden quays and tortuous, narrow streets of the lower town, crowded with carioles and caleches, and busy throngs, dwarfed to pigmy proportions by the dizzy height, while the eye wanders to the blackened throats of ponderous chim- neys, the well-worn flights of breakneck-looking steps, and upon the moss-overgrown roofs of the time-browned and grimy buildings, is one to be studied with the eye of an artist, and to be long remembered. The city was founded by Samuel de Champlain, the French geographer and np.vigator, m 1G08, on the site of the Indian village of ' Stadicona,' at the confluence of the St. Lawrence and St. Charles Rivers, which Jacques Cartier is said to have first visited in 1535. Its form is triangular, the base resting on the memorable Plains of Abraham, and the St. Lawrence and St. Charles Rivers upon either side. A massive wall of hewn stone, nearly three miles in length, with projecting bastions and frowumg camion, pierced by five massive gates, encloaea L 2 QUEBEC, Cita. St. Peter Street is the principal thoroughfare of the lower town, and St. John and St. Louis Streets the leading avenues of the upper town. Kent gate is still under construction. The St. Foye and St. Louis roads (Grand AlUe) are lined Avith fine residences, and afford pleasant drives. The Citadel, Mount Hermon Cemetery, Plains of Abraham, the Public Garden with Wolfe's and Mont- calm's Monuments, Governor's Garden, Place D'Armes, and English Cathedral, Ursuline Convent, University of Quebec, and the Custom House and Exchange, in the lower town, constitute the show-sights of the city. The Literary and Historical Society has a valuable library of 12,000 volumes, besides magazines, reviews, &c. It is open daily to visitoi-s on a member's introduction The Geographical Society has been recently organised, and numbers nearly 300 members. Delightful drives may be had to Montmorenci Falls and the battle-ground, Montcalm's Cottage on the Beauport Road, round the Isle of Orleans (10 miles long and h\ miles wide), Chaudicro Falls, and the Indian village of Lorette. At the confluence of the St. Charles and Lairet Rivers, on the road to Lorette, Jacques Cartier wintered and left one of his ships, the Petite Hermine, 1535-36. A census of the settlement (which dates from 1697), taken in 187l>, returned 336 as the total })opulation of the village. An interesting sketch of a visit to Indian Lorette is given by J. M. Le Moine in his recently published 'Histoj'ical Notes on th3 Environs of Quebec' The drive round the lovely Isle of Orlefins, and that to Mont- morenci are among the most dehghtful experiences of the tourist's visit to the Valley of the St. Lawrence. A sleigh and ' toboggan ' party to Montmorenci constitutes ?WW^ •^'■^.^'^'V.r'WJ'.'ffl* i;^'*''!^"^"- •^f;-,'; v^-np^nsi^ -i^^r^TT THE ANCIENT CAPITAL. 149 the* * sensation ' of fcbe winter season, and to the true lover of innocent sport is worth the Atlantic voyage to experience. The hotels are the St. Louis and Russell. A new hotel, which is much wanted in this delightful old city, is sliortly to be built on the Dufferin Terrace to the east of the citadel and officers' quarters. It is to be called the Chateau or Hotel St. Louis. It will occupy the site of the ancient chateau, built by Chan. plain in 1624, and burnt down January 23, 1834 The view from the windows of this building when complete will be at once extensive and picturesque, commanding a view of the noble river and opposite shore for many miles. The population of Quebec is about 65,000. Point Levi, opposite Quebec, marks the site where General Arnold encamped in 1775, in his foolish attempt to dislodge the British forces within the city. Chauditro Falls, 9 miles below Quebec, are best reached vid Point Levi. The Chaudiere River is 400 feet wide, and the fall 130 feet. Montmorenci Falls are 8 miles from Quebec, vid Beauport, and afford a charming drive. They are situated in a beautiful nook in the river bank, and are nearly 250 feet in height. In winter the spray from the fall freezes, and forms into cones, which are much patronised by the toboggan ' sports ' from Quebec. The natural steps, two miles above the falls, and the famous ford — the scene of Montcalm's defence in 1759 — will each repay a visit. Another pretty drive from Quebec is that by the New Provincial Government buildings (Edifices i->nh}ics) on St. John's Road ; Female Orphan Asylum, Battle-field Cottage, and by Wolfefield to ' Benraore,' the conntry seat, model farm and scientific vegetarium of Colonel Rhodes. At Wolfefield may be seen the precipitous path up St. Denis' Burn hv which the Highlanders and British soldiers gained a footing on the memorable Plains of Abraham on tiie eventful September 13, 1 759, Thornhill, Spencer Wood, Spencer Grange, the residence of J. M. Le Moine, the historian, Clermont, ' Calaraqa:,' ' Ravenswood,' and other pretty country seats of the Quebec merchant princes are passed, until ' Cap Rouge ' is reached. The return to town by the St. Foye road is scarcely less attractive. Since Coufedciacion Spencer Wood has been in turn QUFB'^O, Hotel St. Louis, Point Levi. ChaudiJjre Falls. Mont- morenci Falls. Speiifcr Wood. T 150 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. :' QUEBEC. occnpied by Sir N. F. Bellean, LieTitenant-Govemor "" Caron, Lieutenant-Governor Letellier de St. Just, and by the prosent Lieutenant-Governor the Hon, Theo. F. Robitaille, whose munificent hospitality adds greatly to the natural charms of the place. Sacuenny From Quebec as a centre, as already stated, tours River. j^ay be mado to the Saguenay River, the largest tribu- tary of the Si. Lawrence River, below Quebec, and one of the most remarkable rivers on the continent. The steamers of the St. Lawrence S+eam Navigation Company leave St. Ai^drew's v'l,arf, Lowertown (ex. cept Sunday and Monday), during the season (June to September) daily at 7 a.m. For times of arrival and departure cT tmiy^s and steamers the local guides pub- lished in various cities of the Dominion must be availed of to ensure the tourist against delay or disappointment. Murray Bay, 90 miles from Quebec, is a favourite watering-place. Riviere du Loup (en 6a,«), 112 m.iles from Quebec, formerly the eastern terminus of the Quebec branch of the Grand Trunk Railway, is now a section station of the Intercolonial line. Cacouna, 6 miles below Riviere du Loup, is a pleasant ■watering-place, with a good hotel (St. Lawrence Hall). Tadousac, J 34 miles below Quebec, is a popular summer reso"t at the mouth of the Saguenay. It is 22 miles from Riviere du Loup and 66 from Rimouski, where the mails from the incoming and outgoing steamers are landed and taken on board. Ha-Ea Bay is that portion of the Saguenay River at its confluence with Lake Kenokaim. The village of Grand J3ay, 132 miles from Quebec, is much resorted to by sportsmen and those wlio wish to remain in the neighbourhood of the Saguenay. The finest scenery on the river is found between Ha-Ha Bay and the mouth, a distance of 60 milea. From a strictly commercial point of view, Quebec city is mainly interesting as the .'entre of the important Dominion export timber and lumber trade, and in this aspect of it; a visit to the various coves and mills in its vicinity, where the timber is stored and sawn, may bo profitably made. Montreal. Montreal, the commercial metropolis and most popu- lous city of Canada, is unquestionably one of the hand- ^'J^f-W*" 'svTr^^r'i MONTREAL, 151 somest and best built cities on the American continent, QUEBEC, and will well reward the traveller for a few days spent in visiting it. The St. Lawrence Hall, in St. James St., i.ear the Bark of Montreal and General Post-office, in the very heart of the city, is an excellent hotel, and affords the best accommodation for travellers. The city stands on the island of Montreal, at the head of St. Lawrence river navigation proper, just below its confluence with the Ottawa and at the foot of inland navigation, 640 miles from the Gulf, and commands a large and prospe- rous trade both with Europe and with the interior. Mount Royal, from which the city is named, rises 550 feet, and foi'ms an imposing back^jcroand to the picture. The site of the present city was first visited by the explorer Jacques Cartier, in 15-S5, it being then known, by* the Indian name of 'Hochelaga.' The permanent foundation took place in 1642. It remained under French rule till 1760, when it passed into the hands of the British. The population at that time was less than 5,000. It now numbers 160,000. It has a river frontage of nearly three miles, extend- Victoria ing fi'om Victoria Bridge to Hochelaga village, and linii.^c. wharfage for shipping purposes extending nearly 4^ miles. The best view of the city and its surroundings is that obtained from the river in nearing the Victoria Bridge. This is one of the grandest works of modern times, and forms the most imposing feature in the Montreal landscape. It is tubular, and rests on twenty- four piers. The centre span is 330 feet, and 60 feet above the river level. It is the work of Robert Stephen- son, and was completed in 1860. It is two miles long, including the approaches, contains 3,000,000 cubic feet of masoniy and 10,000 tons of iron, and cost 6,300,000 dols., or rather more than l,200,0OOL The passage of the bridge occupies six minutes. Permits to inspect the interior may be obtained at the Grand Trunk Railway offices. Point St. Charles. The work of tunnelling the river at Hochelaga has recently been undertakon. The other chief objects of interest for the visitor to Notre Montreal are: The Cathedral of Notre Dame, said to be J^'Vi"?... > the largest church edifice in North America, and capable of holding 10,000 worshippers. It is 260 feet by 140 feet, and the towers are 220 feet high. The interior has just been redecorated. The ' Gros Bourdon ' bell, 162 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. QUEBEC. Views in Montreal. ' 1 in the left tower, weighs 15 tor.s. A fine view, ex- tending as far as the Vermont Hills, is had from the right tower on payment of a small fee, Bonsecor.r's Market is a substantial, spacious structure, with an assembly room capable of seating 4,000 people. The English Cathedral, on Catherine Street, is a fine specimen of Gothic architecture. The interior of the Jesuit Church, on Bleury Street, contains some fine frescoes. McGill College, Nelson Monument at the head of Jacques Cartier Square, the new City Hall, Court House, Post Office, the Banks o£ Montreal and of British North America, Merchants' Bank, Molson's Bank, and Mechanics' Institute, on Great St. James Street, are noteworthy edifices of the more modern type. The Champ de Mars, Place d^Armes, or Cathedral Square, "Vic- toria Square, with the fine modern edifice of the Young Men's Christian Association, and fountains, are note- worthy. Windsor Hotel is a large, well-constructed edifice facing Dominion Square. Some of the other squares afl'ord pleasant promenades in the very heart of the city. St. Paul Street is the heavy wholesale centre, and St. James and Catherine Streets the fashionable promenades. The St. James, Metropolitan, and City are the leading clubs. Besides these there are cnrling, snowshoe, skating, lacrosse, cricket, golf and football, and chess clubs, and an excellent gymnasium. Strangers are admitted cmly on the introduction of a member. The Hotel Dieu, and the Grey Nunnery, founded in 1642, will each repay a visit. Drives ' round the mountain ' in almost endless variety, may be indulged in by those desirous to study Montreal and its lovely surroundings in all their varied and charming aspects. One-horse vehicles may be hired for 50 and 75 cents, per hour. For two-horses one dollar per hour is charged. The Reservoir, which supplies the city with water, drawn from the St. Lawrence a short distance above the La Chine rapids, commands a wide view. Mount Royal Park Cemetery, and the Roman Catholic Cemetery, may be included in the same drive. The La Chine Road also affords a pleasant drive, the lower road commanding a view of the famous nipids. La Chine may be reached in 36 minutes by the trains on the Grand Trunk Railway. TOURS FKOM MONTREAL. 153 The extersive workshops and locomotive and car QUEBEC. sheds belonging to the Grand Trunk Company will well repay a visit from all those who would judge points fairly of the progress and present position of railway diaries, enterprise and industry in Canada. They cover some ten acres of ground at Point St. Charles, a western suburb easily reached by cab, and give employment in their various departments to upwards of 2,000 men. From Montreal, as a radiating point for the pictur- esque portion of Canada and New England, delightful tours may be made in all directions. The more promi- nent and popular of these may be briefly classitied for reference as follows : — SOUTH. lioute I. — To Rouse's Point, by Grand Trunk Railway, Tours. and thence by Delaware and Hudson Caual Co., to Lake Champlain, Lake George, and Saratoga Springs. Route IL — To White and Franconia Mountains, Lakes Memphremagog and Willoughby, by South-Eastern Railway. EAbT. Route III. — To Richmond, Quebec, Portland, and the White Mountain region via Gorbam, by Grand Trunk Railway. Haute TV. — To Ottawa city, Rideau and Chaudiere Falls, Carillon Rapids, and points beyond, by Q.M.O. and 0. Railway direct, or by water and rail. From Bonaventure station to La Chine, 10 miles ; steamer up Lake St. Louis via St. Ann's, through Two Mountain Lake to Carillon, 50 miles ; by rail to Grenville, 12 miles ; thence up the Ottawa via L'Original and Buckingham to Ottawa, 50 miles. (For description of Ottawa, see chapter on Ontario.) Route V. — To Cedar Cascades and La Chine Rapids, Cornwall, Brockville, Kingston, Thousand Islands of the St. Lawrence, Cobourg, and Toronto, by Grand Trunk Railway. Route VI. — To Chambly and Richelieu Rapids (fine boating and fishing), by Montreal, Chambly and Sorel Railway. Rotite VII. — St, Hilaire and Beloeuil Mountain, by Grand Trunk Railway. 154 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. 1 i- ONTARIO. History, First Par- liament Sept. 17. 1792. ONTARIO. Our .sketch of the early political existence of Ontario — we cannot call it a history — must be of the briefest de- scription. The rapid sequence of events during the pre- sent century, and the magnificent progress wlaich this province has made since Confederation, far transcend in public interest and importance all that we find recorded in the earlier stages and annals of her history. For this reason, among others scarcely less cogent, we shall con- fine ourselves within the narrowest possible limits. Ontario is the name by which the western or upper section of old Canada is now officially and familiarly known. It is a relic of the significant and sonorous language of the Wyandot Indians, who formerly occu- pied so much of its territory, and means the ' beautiful land.' The existence of Upper Canada as a distinct province dates from the passage of the Constitutional Act of 1791, previous to which it formed part of Quebec Province. The then Governor, Lord Dorchester, by proclamation, divided it into four districts, each with a German, name, as follows : — Limenhurg, extending from the River Ottawa to Gananoque; Mecklenburg, extend- ing from Gananoque to the Trent ; Nassau, extending from the Trent to Long Point on Lake Erie. These were shortly afterwards changed to the ' Eastern ' or Middle, ' Home ' or Niagara, and ' Western ' or Detroit districts. Hesse, including the rest of the western part of Upper Canada, to Lake St. Clair, formed the fourth district. Major- General John Graves Simcoe, was the first Lieutenant-Governor, and the first Parliament met at Niagara (then called Newark), September 17, 1792. Three members of the Legislative Council — 'plain, homespun-clad farmers and merchants, from the plough and the store' — and five members of the House of Assembly, constituted the first Parliament of Upper POLITICAL PROailESS. 155 Canada, which we are told was opened with the ' usual ONTAR'O. state and ceremony,' Niagara continued to be the seat of Government till 171>5, when it was removed to Toronto, which then bore the name of York. In 1820 political discord and dissension prevailed in a.h. 1820. Lower Canada, spreading rapidly westAvard until 1837, when it culminated, first in insurrection and riot, and afterwards in the I'eunion which took place in 1840. Custom-houses began to be established on the fron- tiers in 1802 and Cornwall, Brockville, Kingston, Toronto, Niagara, Queenstown, Amherstburg, Sandwich, Fort Erie and Turkey Point, were declared ports of entry. Under the Act of Confederation of 18(57, Upper a.d. 1867. Canada, under its present name of Ontario, became the chief province of the Dominion of Canada. On July 16 of that year the following Ministry was appointed; — Hon. John Sandfiekl Macdouali], Q.C., Prrmicr, 6fc. Hon. John Calling, Commimoncr of Agriculture. Hon. Stephen Richards, Q.C., Commissioner of Crown Lands. Hon. M. Crookes Cameron, Q.C., Secretary and Registrar. Hon. Edmund Eurko Wood, Treasurer. On December 19, 1871, this Ministry resigned, and a new Ministry was formed, under the premiership of the present Opposition leader of the Dominion Parliament, as follows : — Hon. Edward Bhike, Q.C., President of the Council. Hon. Adam Crooks, D.C.L., Attorney-General. Hon. Alex. Mackenzie, Secretory, ^-c. Hon. A. MoKellar, Commissioner of Agriculture, J^-c. Hon. Kich. W. Scott, Q.C., Commissioner of Croivn Lands. Messrs. Blake and Mackenzie shortly after retired and were succeeded by Hon. O. Mowat, Q.C., and Hon. T. B. Pardee. Fehniary 6, 1878. — The Reform Association of On- a.d. !878. tario met at Toronto, and passed resolutions of confidence in the Mackenzie and Mowat Governments. Among others the following resolution was passed: — 'That at this, the first general gathering of the Reformers of Ontario since Confederation, we would heartily congra- tulate the country that the Union of the provinces, for which the Reform party so long contended, has been crowned with such signal success ; and that after ten 156 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. Boimdaiy Award. years' experience of the Union, we are, if possible, more strongly convinced than ever that our Constitution, which draws the line between local and federal juris- diction, is well calculated to preserve intact provincial rights, and at the same time to confer upon our Do- minion that national importance and digtiity to which it is entitled by its great resources and material pros- perity.' On July 29, 1878, the Commission appointed to settle the boundar? 3s of Ontario, met at Ottawa, and on August 3 following, the following award was made : — 'The northerly and westerly boundary of Ontario shall be as follows : — Commencing at a point on the southern shore of Hudson Bay, commonly called James Bay, where a line produced due north from the head of Lake Temiscaming would strike the said south shore, thence along said south shore westerly to mouth of Albany River; thence up the middle of said Albany River, and of the lakes thei'eon, to the source of the said river at the head of Lake St, Joseph, thence by the nearest line to the easterly end of Lac Senl, being the head waters of the English River, thence westerly through the middle of Lac Sevil and the said English River, to a point where the same will be intersected by a true meridional line drawn northerly from the Inter- national Monument placed to mark the most north- westerly angle of the Lake of the Woods by the recent boundary commission, and thence due south follow- ing the said meridional line to the said International Monument; thence southerly and easterly following uponthe International Boundary line between the British Possessions and the United States of America into Lake Superior. But if a true meridional line northerly from said International Boundary at said north-west angle of Lake of the Woods shall be found to pass to the west of where the English River empties into the Winnipeg River, then and in such case the northerly boundary of Ontario shall continue down the middle of said English River to where the same empties into the Winnipeg River, and shall continue thence on a lino d/awn due west from the confluence of said English River with said Winnipeg River until the same will intersect the me- ridian above described, and thence due south following SURl'ACE or THE COFNTRT. 157 Physical aspi t,&c. the said niGricHonal line to the said International Monii- OITAHW. ment, and thence southerly and easterly, followinpf upon the International Boandi-ry line between the British Possessions and the United States of America ito Lake Superior. (Signed) 'RoBT. A. Harkison. 'Edward Thornton, •F. HlNCKS.'* Ontario is bow the most populous and wealthy of the sevon provinces of the Dominion. It occupies the fine country which stretches north and west of the great lakes Ontario, Erio, and Huron, and is bounded on the east by the Ottawa River, which separates it in that quarter from Quebec. Pending the final decision as regards her boundary lines, it is impossible to state the precise area of this province. Roughly speak i *, it is equal in extent to the United Kingdom, ' The surface and general aspect of this province al- most everywhere testify to its real character as an agri- cultural country. It is nowhere mountainous, but gently undulating, and diversified by rivers and lakes. The Laurentian mountain chain, so often referred to, extends westward from the Thousand Isles, near King- ston, and northwiird of Lake Sinicoe, forming the coast of Lake Huron and the Georgiuii Bay, Another ridge of high land, which enters the province at Niagara Falls, is extended to Hamilton, and thence to Owen Sound, and along the peninsula to Cabot Head and the Manitoulin Islands, The water-pf)wer thus alTorded is abundant for manufacturing purposes. It may as well be admitted in the outset that as Climate, regards climate Ontario suffers from the absurd preju- dice under which her sister province Quebec, and indeed the whole of Canada, has so long unjustly rested. Not, however, to the same extent. The climate is no doubt greatly and, for farming purposes, most favour- ably influenced by the great bodies of fresh water to * This av/.ard, which has given riso to much discussion in the Dominion Parliament and elsewhere, is now before H. M. Privy Council, and, though no decision lias been officially announced, it is believed that the above award of the Dominion and Ontario Com- mission will bo set aside, and that the territorial area of this province will remain as before. 158 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. The value of the snow. Open ^?inte^s. t.he south and west of it. Though its average winter temperature is unque.stionably much h)wer than that of the British Isles, yet the cohl of an Ontario winter is 'more bearable,' as the popular phrase expresses it, than that of an English winter, and is, moreover, probably less trying to the aged and infirm. This is greatly owing to the comparative dryness of the Canadian atmosphere. The province is free from tornadoes. It will doubtless sound strange to English ears to be told that the keen and protracted frost and snow which would be so much dreaded on the east side of the Atlantic, are welcomed as a real blessing in Canada. Tn England such visitations paralyse out-door labour, block up roads, or render them dangerous, and carry privation and misery into countless homes. In Canada they directly promote one of the greatest national industries, namely lumbering, or timber-getting. This important work can, in fact, only be carried on effectively by their powerful co-operation. Frost and snow make good * sleighing,' and that means everywhere splendid roads, rapid, easy, and pleasant travelling, bi'isk, internal trade, and enhanced social enjoyment. The heaviest loads can then be drawn with ease, even over swamps and streams, which at other times are quite impassable. The Ontario farmer attempts no out-door work which can be very materially intei'fered with by the wintry elements, which are his servants rather than his masters- Frost and snow are not oidy found to be the best road-makers, but their general etiect on the soil is bene-cial. Frost pulverises the earth even if it some, times kills the young wheat ; whilst snow is found to be a good fertiliser as well as a protection to plant life. The period of extreme cold seldom lasts more than two or three days at a time. It is followed by much longer intervals of moderate frost, with, a bright sky overhead, and a carpet of dry snow underfoot. Occasionally there are disagreeable thaws in the course of the winter, which break up the roads and block business. Some- times the winter is unusually mild and open, with little or no snow. This, for the reason already mentioned, is always a great loss to the country, season Canada has its advantages ar tions as well as its disadvantages and drawbacks; In short, the winter compel WATEll COMMUNICAl'ION. 1.59 Seasoim. and its inliabitants, natives as well as iTninigrants from ONHRIO. the British Isles, gniorally regard it as the pleasavfest part of tfi(^ year. Many of the latter jE^eatly prefer it to the winter of the ' old country.' The other seasons have also their pecnliarities in Ontario. The spring awakes suddenly in April, and speedily merges into summer. During its short career vegetation makes marvellously rapid progress. The summer has extremes of heat, but, like those of the cold in winter, they are usu- ally of short duration. Autumn, or the 'fall ' season, em- braces September, October, and November, and is usually the most delightful season of the year for farmer, tourist, and sight-seeker. But whatever may bo thought of the summer and winter extremes of temperature there is no question of the salubrity of the Ontario climate. The average annual temperature is 44° while that of Tempura- the British Isles is 48°. The mean tempei'ature in the ^^^' various seasons is as follows: — Winter, 22°; spring, 47° ; Bummer, ^1° ; and autumn, 40°. In England it is, winter, 39° ; spring, 52° ; summer, 60° ; and autumn, 44°. It will be seen that the summer temperature is higher than in England and consequently more suitable for the ripening of grain, fruit, &c. The total amount of rain which falls during the year Kainfall. averages a little over 24 inches. This is supplemented by snow equivalent to a little over 8 inches of rain, making a total of 32 inches. The average rainfall in Great Britain and Ireland is 35 inches. The water system of Ontario embraces the grandest Lakes, lakes and some of the largest rivers in the Dominion. Independent of Superior — which, though invariably claimed by her, belongs of right to territory west and south of her present boundary — her largest lakes are Huron, Erie, and Ontario. Next to these in extent and importance are Nepigon, Nipissing, and Simcoe. Lake Couchichong is a pretty spot of water situate between Lake Simcoe and the Severn River, and is much resorted to in the summer season. The Georgian, Burlington, Nottawasaga, Long Point, Quinto, and Owen Sound, are her principal bays. Next to the St. Lawrence and Ottawa, which form her frontier lines on the south-east and north-east, her principal rivers are the French, the Severn, the ■^ "'• rivers, &c. ir^ 160 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. Rivers. Farming. Fruit. AlagaTietawan, whicrh fall into the Georgian Bay; tho Maitland, Saueeen, and Aux Sables, flowincr into Lake Huron ; the Thamew. emptying into Lake St. Clair ; the Grand into Lake Erie : the Trent, and Moira into Quinte Bay ; and the Niaj2^ra into Lake Ontario. The lake and river system of navigation i.s largely and practically extended by means of the Welland antl Rideau canals, the former between Lakes Erie and Ontario, and the latter between Kingston and Ottawa. From what has already been written, the reader will (earn that Ontario is essentially an agricultural country. -TM farming interest is now and will probably always be tm paramount interest. The best test of its special attaptation to agricultural pursuits is fou id in the "wnie range and high qustlity of its productions. On this ct the report of the recent Provincial Agricultural lission may be read with great.protit by r.lie intend- aettler. Nearly all the field, farm, and garden bs of the United Kingdom are raised to perfection province. The white wheat of Ontario was }d the first prize at the Paris Exhibitio'.i of 1867, still maintains its high reputation ; whilst Ontario hairley is held in the highest estimation by the I «if the United States. The -jjjcration of putting Hk irst crop i& a very simple one. Peas, coarse 3, Twots and grasses of all kinds thrive finely. In tke soaAem and lake shore counties these find their approprsETie soil and conditions of growth. Swedes and maugole^ average 17 tons and 22 tons to ohe acre. Flax gro*»nng promises to become an important inda^i- try befoT^ many years. In fruit generally, especially apples, it is excelled by few other countries. On the eastern section of the Great Western Railway, between Niagara Falls and Hamilton, fruit is grown in perfection. Strawberries are largely cultivated. The gi-ape is indigenous ; peaches also do well. A writer in the New York ' Graphic,' in describing the show of fruit at the American Cen- tennial Exhibition, thus reports : — ' Probably the finest show of various fruits is made by the Fruit Growers' Association of (Ontario, Canada. As a representative collection, intended to exhibit the qunU yof the fruit from the Niagara River and Lake Hi . in section, and ;. •J^'^f H.I.J"-r.Jr»H^I.. AGRICULTURAL PHOLUCTS. 161 from the Ottawa to the Detroit Rivers, it could not well be surpasBcd.' Fruit canning, already largely carried at Toronto and elsewhere, is a rapidly growing branch of horticultural industry. Odo firm in Toronto put up 30,000 cans during the season .^1' 1879. The drying of apples for export is also largely prosecuted. One or other of the villages of Essex and Kent counties, situ- ated on the line of the Canada Southern Railroad may be safely recommended as a point in which to embark in this industry, as the fruit is good, cheap, and plentiful, and the facilities for shipment excellent. A profitable trade may also be done in shipping fruit to England. Maize or indian corn, tomatoes, melons, and other pro- ducts requiring a high summer temperature to bring them to maturity are grown in some of the more favoured counties ; but, of course, in these products Ontario cannot pretend to compete with the prairie regions to the west and south of her. Much attention has of late years been paid by Ontario farmers to the breeding of stock, and with marked success. The largest herd of shorthorns in the world is said to be at Bow Park, near Brantford, the county seat jf Brant county, first formed by the late Hon. George Brown. Tliis famous breed is being gi'aclially spread over the entire province. The best grazing lands are situate west of Kingston and south of Lake Huron. The prolific growth and consequent cheapness of her root crops and her proximity to the British markets will always secure to Ontario a promi- nent position as a stock-raising country. The shipmeno of live cattle, and more recently of dead meat, to England has only passed througli the experimental stages of its history, and already we find it assuming almost colossal proportions. The rapidity in the ox- tension of this important trade is shown by the following figures: — 1878 LS79 Cattle 7,433 . 30,-587 Sheep 12,000 . 80,322 Horses 1,787 . 11,000 Swine — . d,83j The shipment of dead meat also shows an increase. During 1878 there were exported 12,750,000 lbs. In ihe M OHTARI" Stock aii>] iliiiry farii! ing. mmmm H,!' 162 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO, Cheese and butter. i »' !f years 1870 and 1880 the amounts were larg-or, but the trade, owing to the greater profits made in hve cattle, is now undergoing a reaction. Increased facilities have recently been furnished by the Harbour Commissioners, and the Gmnd Trunk Railway, and Allan Steamship Companies, at Montreal, for the reception, maintenance, and shipment of stock, and the trade is now vigorously prosecuted. The or- dinary Canadian horse is a hardy, tractive, strong, healthy animal, and answers well for cabs, omnibuses, tramcars, and other such work. Dairy farming has been extensively and profitably pursued since Confederation. Many districts are specially suited to dairying, and accordingly cheese factories have sprung up all over the jountry. In certain localities they have paid very well. All the evidence taken tends to show that, at 10 cents or oc?. per lb. for cheese of the finest quality, the business will be a very profitable one. On the basis of allowing 10 lbs. of milk to one of cheese, WG get the result that the production of milk at ^d. per lb. is a very paying business. The great disadvantage is the fluctuating propensities of the trade. During the seasons of 1878 and 1879 cheese was a perfect drug, being quoted as low as 2^d. to dd. per lb., and then scarcely saleable. Thiy was a ruinous business, but during thf autumn of 1880 it suddenly recovered, and we find during the spring of 1881 it is quoted at 7d. per lb. The remark is often made that the virgin soils of Aiaerica are practically inexhaustible. It is utter non- sense. No land can keep up its fertility if everything is taken away and no return is made. It is only a question of time, longer in coming in some disti'icts than in others, when every inch of soil will need some assistance in the way of manure. Nowhere is this more clearly seen than in the Province of Ontario, on whose fertile soil, after the primeval forests had been cleared away, immense crops were produced, whereas to-day scarcely a piece of cultivated laud throughout the whole Province but shows the want of careful and kinder treatment. For those reasons, and influenced by the immense competition in the gram tradt' from the western prairies, dairy farming, aud all l>ranches of DAIRY PRODUCE. 163 ONTARIO. Clieeso factories. agriculture In whicb live stock is the princi;>al feature, are sure to be favourite pursuits in the future. Cheese factories are now established in all parts of the Province, aiid creameries for the v/holesale manufacture of butter by the most approved methods and with the be^t ap- pliances, are also coming into favour. The factory is usually conducted on the co-operative ])rinciple. The milk is collected by a waggon sent round from the factory for the purpose, tested by a lactometer to ascertain if it is of standard quality, and the farmer credited with the quantity supplied. The returns, less expenses, ax*e divided among the contributors after the sales have been made. It is a significant fact, that the very best * Aui'jrican ' cheese sold in the London market is made in Canada, and most of it in Ontario. The ' Black Creek ' factory, established in 1864, eight miles from Stratford, Perth County, will well repay a visit. The season lasts six months, 'Commencing May 1 and closing with October. June is usually the busiest month. The export cheese product of Canada for 187H amounted in round numbers to thirty-eight millions of pounds, and of butter to thirteen millions of pounds. Of the 4| millions of inhabitants occupying Canada, Popuktiou Ontario contains nearly ore-half. The increase in her population is shown by the following brief tabic : — Population in 1821 120,000 1851 952,000 „ 186) . 1,396,095 1871 . . 1,629,850 1881 . 1,923,228 Or about equal to 2^ per cent, per annum. During 1882 the number of new settlers was 34,206. ludiain. The Indians are numerically stronger in this province than in any other, except the North- West Territories and British Columbia. They number ncai'ly 17,120. Those belonging to the famous Six Nations on Grand River, and the Chippowas of Lake Superior and Huron are tho most powerful. Tin; Indian Council have recently voted 1,500Z. per annum to support schools. The portion of Ontario most thickly settled, and more particularly described in the following pages, embraces m2 I mi 164 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. I'atber less than one-third of the province, or about 48,000 square miles. If the readti* will run his eye over the map, and, striking Ontario at the Quebec boundary line, travel up the St. Lawrence and Lake Ontario, then follow the line of the Niagara River to Lake Erie, traverse Lake Erie and the Detroit River to Detroit, then, passing through Lake St. Clair and the St. Clair River, enter Lake Huron, run up Lake Huron and its inlet the Georgian Bay to French River, up French River to Lake Nipissing, across Lake Nipissing to or near to the Ottawa, and down the Ottawa until he nearly reaches the St. Lawrence again, he will, on paper ab least, have circumnavigated the region to which we wish now principally to direct his attention. It will be somewhere in this area that, either as a- settler on a free grant, or on an improved farm, he will find his best location. Divisions and popu- lai'iou. Divisions, Counties, etc. For purposes of further settlement this portion of the province will be best presented to the reader in its various geographical and municipal divisions or 'dis- tricts.' These are ten in number, and embrace forty-six counties, and four territorial districts, which are sub- divided into eighty-eight electoral districts, viz. : — Glengarry Corn-wall . Stormont . Dundas Prescott . Ruscell Ottawa, City Grenvillc, South Leeds and Grenv North . Carleton . Brockvillo Leeds, South Lanark, South North ille Population 22.221 9,904 13,294 20,598 22,857 25,082 27,412 13,526 12,929 24,(589 12,514 22,206 20.032 13,943 Population Renfrew, Sonth . 19,160 „ North 20,965 Frontenac . 14,993 Kingston, City . 14.091 Lennox 16,314 Addington 23,470 Prince- Edward . 21.044 Hastings, East . 17,313 West 17,400 „ North 2fl,4?9 Northumberland, East 22,299 „ West 16,984 Peterborough, East . 23,956 West . 13,310 Durham, Eaat . 18,710 ;r^>i TirtrTTT^KTT POLITICAL DIVISIONS. Durham, West . Victoria, South . ,, North . Muskoka . Ontario, .South . ,, North . Toronto, East . „ Ceutre West . York, East „ West „ North Simcoe, South . „ North . Peel . Cardwell Welland Niagara Monck Lincoln Haldimand Wentworth, South „ North Hamilton, City Hal ton Wellington, South „ Centre „ North Grey, South „ East Population . ' 7,liryn . 20,S1C . 13,799 . 27 20.t . 20,378 . 28,434 . 24,867 . 22,983 . 38,5Gr> . 23,312 . 18,884 . 24,602 . 26,891 . 49,238 . 16,387 . 16,770 . 26,162 . 3,445 . 17,146 . 22,963 . 18,619 . 14,993 . 15,998 . 35,961 . 21,919 . 25,400 . 22,265 . 25,870 . 21,127 . 29,668 Grey, North Norfolk, South „ North Brant, South „ North Waterloo, South North Elgin, East „ West Oxford, South . „ North . Middlesex, East West „ North London, City Perth, South „ North Huron, South „ Centre „ North Bruce, South „ North Bothwell Lambton Kent Essex Aigoma 165 Populiitlon 23,334 16,374 17,219 21,976 11,894 21,754 20,986 28,147 14,2)4 24,732 26,361 30,600 21,496 21,239 19,746 20.778 34,207 23,393 26.i74 27,103 39,803 24,971 27,102 42,616 36,626 46,962 20,320 ONTARIO. Total (1881) 1,923,228 We will now group these counties into districts. Commencing at tlie western extremity of the western peninsula, we enter what, by way of local distinction, has been styled the ' Garden of Cateda.' Lake Erie District, emK>racing five counties, viz, : — Ewex. Kent, Elg^, Norfolk, and Haldimand. Kent of whieii ChathaiQi ia the county town, is, emaparatively speaking, a new country, and offers a fine field tor pushing yomng English farmers who faave some means to invest, and are not afraid of w ^ *i^. '•■ "^' *><*'.^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (Ml -3, 1.0 I.I 1.25 Ui||| 1115 140 1.4 IIM 1.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 873-4503 T 4^ I vV 172 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. OMTARIO. poses. The teachers, numbering more than 7,000, are of three different grades, and have all to undergo exami- nation before being licensed to teach. The schools are supported partly by local rates and partly by grants from the provincial Grovernment, which are proportioned to the average attendance of pupils. There is also in evr?ry town and considerable village a high school where the superior branches, including Latin and Greek and one or more :aodern languages, are taught. These • schools, ninety-four in number, are also free, with the exception of a small fee charged at some of them to non- resident pupils. Thus the children of the poorest in the land may obtain an education befitting them for entering a university or a profession free of expense. Besides the public and high schools there are several normal and model schools and collegiate institutes for the training of teachers. Of the latter more than fifty are now open. Also several universities and colleges with staffs of able professors and an educational mu- seum. The administration of the educational system is in the hands of the Minister of Public Instruction, who is a member of the Cabinet. In matters of religion, Ontario is situated much the same as the mother-country, except that there is no Established or State Church. All denominations are on a footing of equality in the eye of the law. Hospitals and other benevolent institutions have been established by the Government wherever there was felt to be a need for them, and are liberally supported. Judiciary. The laws and mode of administering them in On- tario differ but slightly from those in force and vogue in England. The former is, however, simpler and less expensive. The courts are, Qv.een's Bench, Common Pleas, Chancery, and of Error and Appeal. Railways. Much of the progress and present prosperity of this province is due to its railway system, which has been wisely and judiciously promoted and extended both by Government subsidies and by municipal bonuses. Its ramifications are wonderfully extensive for so young a country. The first track was laid little more than twenty years ago. Now there are over 4,000 miles in operation, traversing thirty-five of the forty-six counties into which the province is divided. During Religion, &c. MANUFACTURES AND TRADE. 173 the past nine years subsidies, amotinting to nearly three ORTA!ilO. millions of dollars, have been distributed among twenty- six railways, owning or controlling 1,410 miles of track. This result has been brought about by adopting in their construction the narrow gauge of 3 feet 6 inches. Lines of this gauge can be constructed at a far less cost than those of the ordinary width, and are found to answer the purpose of a new country just as well. Toronto will shortly become a manufacturing centre of locomo- tive and railway supply. The Grand Trunk Railway Company's coal docks at Port Huron and Point Edward are now under construction. The building of t\:e On- tario Pacific Junction will help to develop the Free Grant District and greaJy stimulate its settlement. The work upon the Eastern Division of the Canada Pacific Railway from Callendar Station, the western terminus of the Canada Central, is being vigorously pushed forward. The ramifications of the railway system of Ontario aro now becoming extensive. Such of our readers as may desire to push their inquiries relative to them further are referred to the tables furnished on pp. 44-4/i. Although Ontario is mainly and essentially an agri- Manufac- cultural country, yet its extensive natural facilities for tures, &c. manufacture have been largely, ind to some extent, successfully, utilised. In the city of Ottawa, the seat of the Dominion Government, some of the largest saw- mills in the world are to be found. Owing, however, to existing tariff regulations in the United States, which for many years was the principal market for Ottawa- sawn lumber, these great establishments have, for a long time, been but partially employed. Ontario also manu- factures Avoollen goods, especially tweeds ; furniture, machinery, agricultural implements, edged tools, sewing machines, carriages, clocks, &c. Of these the manufac- ture of agricultural labour-saving machinery offers perhaps the safest and quickest return for invested capital. Oil, salt, and peat are also largely worked. Ontario enjoys a large and steadily increasing inland as well as export commerce. The following official statement of the ports of entry and shipment, and of the Shipping, vessels and tonnage registered thereat during the past P*""*^ *'"^- year exhibits her present status as a commercial pro- vince : — 174 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONTARIO. Kame of Port Vessels Tons Amherstburg 11 385 Belleville . 11 932 ■, Brockville . 24 726 Brighton Nil. Nil. CoUingwood 12 2,247 Chippewa . 3 159 Cramahe 4 447 Chatham . 21 2,579 Cobourg 11 1,102 Cornwall . 2 46 Darlington . 2 253 Dunville 17 1,838 Dundas 1 163 Fort Erie . 1 559 Goderich 21 1,390 Hamilton . 35 7,907 Kingston . 208 27,222 Kingsville . 1 101 Niagara 1 512 Napanee 25 8,511 New Castle 1 158 Oshawa 2 538 Ottawa 106 11,158 Owen Sound 10 1,833 Oakville 9 1,006 Port Burwell 26 5,407 Port Dover 20 1,331 Port Colborne 7 709 •"H Port Hope . 34 3,895 >fc Port Kowan Port Stanley Picton Saugeea Sarnia Sault Ste. Marie . St. Catherine's . Toronto Windsor Whitby . Walhioeburg 11 10 41 2 17 6 126 83 48 4 29 1,375 1,599 5,403 75 4,049 264 27,723 9,349 5,810 650 2,194 Morris uuTjj • • 3 382 Total .... 1,006 136,987 New vessels built in 1879 . 42 2,464 ^ The Dominion merchant shipping at the close of 1879 CITIES AND TOWNS. 175 stood thus : — Vessels of all kinds, 7,471, measuring ONTARIO. 1,332,094 tons. Toronto, the capital and commercial centre of On- chief cities, tario, and the second oity of the Dominion in population towns, &c. and wealth, has many attractions for the pleasure- traveller. Situate upon a level plateau overlooking a beautiful bay at the head of Lake Ontario, from which it is separated by Gibraltar Point, it occupies a position at once singularly prominent and picturesque. Sur- veyor-General Joseph Bouchette thus writes of it in 1832 : ' In the space of five or six years after 1793-94 Toronto. York * became a respectable place, and rapidly increased to its present importance. It now (1882) contains a population of 4,000. The pressure of the late war has been considerably felt here, as it was captured by the American army on April 27, 1813. They held it only a few days ; but in that time the Government House and all the public buildings and stores were burned, after removing so much of their contents as could be con- veniently carried ofP.' Its streets are broad and well paved. Its public buildings are substantially-built and architecturally conspicuous. King, Queen, and Younge streets are the main thoroughfares. Its present popu- lation is between 70,000 and 80,000. The best general view of the city, suburbs, and surrounding country is obtained from the lofty spire of St. James Cathedral in King Street. There are 75 churches in Toronto, capable of seating 50,000 persons. The University, a noble Norman- Gothic edifice, the Queen's Park, OsgoodeHall, Normal School and Horticultural Gardens, Knox College, Trinity College, and the New Custom House and Post- office buildings, and the Exhibition building will each repay a visit. Near the south-west comer of the Exhibition building stands a memorial cairn bearing the following fac simile inscription : — * So named (August 26, 1793) after the Duke of York, in com- memoration of his victory over the French in Fiiinders. It retained this name until 1833, when it was incorporated is the first City of Upper Canada, and its name was again changed to Toronto. n 176 HANDBOOK TO CANADA, OflTMIO. Hamilton. Ottawa. THIS CAIRN Marks the cxnct site of FORT ROUILLE Commonly known as FORT TORONTO An Indian trading post and stockade Established A.D. 1749 By order of the Govfrnment of Louis XV in accordance with the rocommondation of The Count de La Galisoniire Administrator of New France 1747-1749 £}rected by the Corporation of the City of Toronto A.D. 1878 - ^ The Provincial Lunatic Asylum, on West Green Street, is an imposing edifice, 644 feet in length. The valley of the Don, and Todmorden on the east, and New Park and Humber Bay on the west of the city, afford pretty drives. There are numerous hotels, but the Queen's Hotel and * Rossin ' House furnish the best accommodation for tourists. The former house is famed throughout Canada as having formed the headquarters of most of the titled and distinguished visitors to this section of the Dominion during the last quarter of a century. From Toronto six lines of railway are already in operation. These are the Grand Trunk, the Great Western, and Credit Valley, to the east and west ; and the Northern, Toronto, and Nipissing, and Toronto, Grey, and Bruce to the north and north-west. Next to Toronto, Hamilton is the largest town in the province. It is forty miles distant by railway from the capital, about the same distance from Niagara Falls, and is reached by the Great Western Railway from either point in an hour and a half. It has a population of nearly forty thousand, and has some pretty drives in th neighbourhood. Next to Toronto and Hamilton the most important places in the province are Ottawa city, the Dominion capital, Kingston, London, Belleville, Brockville, St. Catherine's, Peterborough, Prescott, Co- bourg, &c. The Government buildings at Ottawa occupy four acres of ground, and cost about four millions of dollars. Thou h architecturally defective, INDUCEMENTS TO SETTLE. 177 they form ono of the most extensive and imposing OUTARIO. Kiiiges of public buildings on the American continent. A rocking-stone, not unlike the famous Logan rock in Cornwall, has lately been discovered 31 miles from the city. Hull, on the Quebec aide of the Ottawa River, is reached by a suspension bridge, which commands a fine view of the city, river, and falls. Who should (10, and Wlien. — The Ontario Government Ir.ducc- . ■ . . incntd to has not encouraged promiscuous immigration for some settle. time past, because the demand for immigrant labour, both skilled and unskilled, which was formerly so lai'ge, has, for some time past, been less brisk, with the sole exception of that for farm labourers and female domestic servants, who still continue much in demand and receive good wages. Of professional men, and of book-keepers and clerks, Ontario has enough and to spare. The kind of persons who would be certain at all times to improve their position and prospects by emigrating to Ontario are tenant-farmers and othei-s with capital, who desire to adopt agriculture as a pursuit; and persons with small but independent incomes, especially those having families to educate and settle in life. There is only one restriction to the sale of land, and that is the law of dower in favour of the wife. Money can be invested with perfect security at from 7 to 8 per cent, interest, and as most of the necessaries of life are very Yimch cheaper in Ontario than they are in England, and. edu- cation is free, it is obvious that for families in the cir- cumstances referred to Ontario is a most desirable place to settle in. F(Jod being everywhere abundant and cheap, the cost of living is low as compared with that of similar fare in Great Britain. Rents in Toronto and other large towns are likewise moderate. Clothing, except such as is produced in the province, is about one- fourth more than in England. As to agriculturists with capital, the inducements afforded settlers in Ontario are even stronger. Cleared farms, with every improve ment, including buildings, can be purchased at prices ranging from hi. to 40Z. per acre in the older and more thickly settled districts of the province. Thus fo a sum of money not greater than the present yearly i ital of many farms in England a man may become in Ontario the absolute owner of «he land he tills, and be for over N 178 HANDBOOK TO CANADA, M ONTARIO, free from uncertainty of tennre and the sense of depen- dence on the favour of a landlord. For farm labourers there is generally a decided preference for single men, and no competent, steady man need long be without work at remunerative wages. Routew, &c To all parts of Ontario there is at all times ready access from British and most North European ports by the ' Allan,' * Dominion,' ' Temperley,' and various other Atlantic steam lines, by way either of Quebec, Halifax, or Portland, and thence by the ' Intercolonial,' ' Grand Trunk,' and ' Great Western ' railways. From Toronto the still westward- and northward- bound pleasure and health seeker has choice of a great variety of pleasant tours among the northern lakes of Ontario. Collingwood, situate at the southern extremity of the Georgian Bay, is the starting point for the whole lake region. It is reached by the Northern Railway from Toronto, distant ninety. six miles, in about five hours. The route thither, as far as Lake Simcoe, sixty-three miles, lies through a fine and fertile land — too flat, perhaps, to be considered picturesque, but sufficiently rolling for farming purposes. Clumps of stately elms with noble stems shooting high before their fan-shape commences, relieve the monotony of the scene, while here and there a field dotted with huge pine stumps shows the character of the old crop. Lake Simcoe, next to Nipissing, is the largest inland water area of Ontario. The shores are most picturesque. While the traveller is in the neighbourhood of Toronto and Colling^vood the Chouchiching and Muskoka Lake and River district may be most advantageously visited: An illustrated guide to this district, compiled by Mr. Barlow Cumberland, and published by Hunter, Rose, & Co., Toronto, contains much useful information for the tourist in this section. The whole Georgian Bay district, between which and the Ottawa River are embraced the smaller districts of Pariy Sound, Muskoka, and Nipis- sing, is empathically a country of forests, lakes, and rivers. The lakes vary greatly in extent, the larger mies being thirty to forty miles in length, while the sratth^r ones are little more than ponds, but clear and deep, and abounding in salmon-trout, black bass, speckled troi.t, and perch. Lakes Simcoe and Couchiching are charm- ROUTES OF TRAVEL. 179 ing pic-nic resorts, while Lakes Joseph, Rosseau, Trading ONTARIO. Lake, and Sparrow Lake swarm with almost every \ ariety of fish, and afford good duck-sliooting. From Lake Simcoe (Allandale) Muskoka wharf is reached by a branch lino via Bame and Orillia, the distance being fifty-three miles. Gravenhurst and Bracebridge are the points of rendezvous for the Muskoka region. The South Falls (Muskoka) and the Crystal Falls (Rosseau) should be visited. When at Toronto or Hamilton, the traveller who Niaccara visits Canada for the first time should not omit seeing ^olla. Niagara- Falls. The best view of this famous cataract is to be had from the Canadian shore, near Clifton, at the eastern terminus of the Great Western Railway. West of CoUingwood rise a range of hills, once thickly wooded to their summits, but now showing in their seamed and scantily-covered sides the rapid settle- ment of the past few years. Though scarcely 1,000 feet high, they are mainly noteworthy as being the highest mountains in the great province of Ontario. During the summer months upper cabin steamers run semi- weekly through the Georgian Bay via Great Manitoulin Island, Bruce Mines, Sault Ste. Marie, and Lake Superior to Dulttth, caUini^ at Nipigoo, Prince Arthur's landing, and the various o^-her points of interest on the north shore. The scenery of the Ste. Marie river is singularly bold and picturesque. Duluth is the eastern terminus of the Northern Pacific Railway and the northern terminus of the St. Paul and Duluth Railway, and its principal interest for the overland traveller centres in the facilities which its present railway system afibrds. Lake Superior, as is well known, swarms with fish, and good shooting may be indulged in at many of the steamer stations on its picturesque shores and bays. For those fond of fresh-water and steamer-travel, no more refreshing or delightful trip can be found on the Ameri- can continent. The most expeditious and for the present, indeed, only available winter route westward from Ontario, lies through the adjoining American state of Michigan, via Detroit and the Michigan Central Railway to Chicago. If Detroit was not naturally one of the prettiest Detroit. cities on the American continent, art, capital, and the n2 180 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. ONURIO. Sporting centres. I ! i I home-loving instincts of its somewhat cosmopolitan popuhition could not fail to make it such. Its charming and almost unique situation, its temperate climate, clear, sparkling atmosphere, with its numerous parks and squares, noble avennes, and spacious public buildings, its picturesque walks and drives, added to the generous hospitality of its citizens, and the excellence of its hotel accommodation, combine to make it one of the most attractive and really enjoyable cities on the Amorican continent. Sport and Sporting Places. Bradford, situate forty-two miles north of Toronto, near the Holland river marsh. Snipe and wild duck. Orillia, situate at the foot of Lake Conchiching, is a centre for summer travel. Belle Ewart is the southern terminus of water route on Lake Simcoe to Orillia and Muskoka Lakes. Lake Gauchiching has splendid brook trout and black bass. OravenJmrst is the present terminus of the Northern Railway at the foot of Muskoka Lakes. Sparrow Lake affords good fishing, duck and ruffled grouse shooting. There and back from Orillia in one day. Shanty Bay in Lake Muskoka has good bass fishing. Bracebridge, the capital of Muskoka District, and the North and South Falls. Wilson's and High Falls may be easily visited. Fort Cockhum, at the head of Lake Joseph, has good salmon, trout, bass, and pickerel fishing. There are Maskinonge in Black Stone Lake. Lake liosseau and the Muskoka and Maganetawan rivers offer fine fishing. The only restrictions to sporting in Ontario are in favour of close seasons at certain periods of the year. The moose, cariboo or reindeer, and the red deer are found in large numbers, but of course only in the un- settled or partially settled portions of the country. The fox, silver, grey, red and black ; raccoon, otter, marten, mink, and musk-rat, are found in. many places contiguous to settlements, and are captured for their furs. The beaver is still found, but at increasingly remote snots. The Canadian rabbits resemble in many respects the GAME Ar, nSHERY LAWS. 181 English haro. They are abundant, but not in numbers ONTAOjo, sufficient to prove mischievously destructive. There is every description of wild fowl ; the wild B>'"<1*'- swan, goose and duck of several kinds. A very great variety of birds spend their summer months in Ontario, but with few exception 'j migrate to warmer regions as winter approaches. The insectivorous birds are, for the benefit of the farmer, protected by law. Also partridges (similar in habits and colour of meat to the English pheasant), quail, woodcock, striped plovers, wild tur- key, and some others. Hay Bay, once a famous duck- shooting ground, is now preserved and planted with wild rice. The wolf is very scarce, although occasionally heard or seen in the vicinity of the back settlements. The bear frequents the woods in the northern part of the province, bnt is seldom dangerous, living largely in summer on wild fruits and roots, and hybernating in the winter. Bruin rarely attacks a human being unless molested or brought to bay. Fishery laws are in force in certain waters. They Fish. are, like the game laws, only intended to prevent the unfair or wasteful destruction of the fish. The lakes and rivers of Ontario literally swarm with fish. The salmon trout, white fish, trout, herring, maskinonge bass, pike, and pickerel, with all kinds of small fish, are captured in enormous quantities. The Game Laws are strictly enforced throughout Sporting the province of Ontario, and sport thereby greatly '*^'^''"*'- advantaged Fish and game may he taken within the following periods: — . Fish. ; Salmon and Lake Trout . Speckled Trout, Brook and River Trout Bass Maskinonge and Pickerel Deer Partridge and Grouse Duck . Woodcock Snipe Quail Plover . Hares or Rabbits Game. December 1 to November 1 . May 1 to September 15. June 15 to May 15. May 15 to April 15. September 15 to December 15. October 1 to February 1. September 1 to January 1 . August 1 to January 1 . August 15 to May 1. ,.,„■ October 1 to January 1. ,. November 1 to May 1. September 1 to March 1 . t 182 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Brwant?- )»rie«, ex- tent,, &c. BRITISH COLUMBIA. British Columbia is the largest, most diHtaut, and least Bettleil of the seven confederated provinces of the Dominion of Cp-uada. It occupies a territory equal in extent to nearly three times that of Great Britain. It possesses a climate which, considering its geographical situation, is remarkable aiike for its mildness and its salubrity. It has a coast- Ine of marvellous extent and picturesque beauty, and coatains some of the grandest mountain and river scenery to be met with in any part of the vast empire of which it forms a part. Its fisheries are certainly among the richest in the world, and these are almost equalled by the extent and value of its minex'al resources and by the variety, excellence, and profusion of its forest growth. It occupies the extreme north-west section of the Dominion, being bounded to the north by the 60th parallel of latitude, west by Pacific Ocean and Alaska territory, south by the 49th pai*allel or International boundary, and east by the Rocky Mountains.* Includ- ing Vancouver and Queen Charlotte's islands, and the vast Archipelago connected therewith, it may be said to embrace the whole country situate between the Simp- son River on the north, and Puget Sound and the Columbia River on the south — an area equal to 340,000 square miles, or upwards of two hundred and eighteen millions of acres. This province is distinguished for its geographical and climatic features. These divide it into two main territorial divisions — Vancouver's Island, and the main- * The decision of tho Emperor William of Germany (October 21, 1872) on the Satt Juan Boundary Question, affirmed the United States interpretation of the Treaty of 1 846, in virtue of which the boundary of that power runs through the Haro Channel west of the San Juan Archipelago. A reference to the accompanying map will show the extent of this Archipelago as far as the Fuca Straits. It breaks up what would otherwise form one main channel into three distinct passages or straits. These are known as the Eastern or ' Eosario ' Strait, the Middle or ' Douglas ' Channel, and the Western or ' Haro' Strait. GEOORAPHICAL DIVISIONS. 183 land or continental portion. ThcHO arc further dividod BRITISH into throe scotions or districts known as : 1. West of COLU^BM. the Cascades ; 2. East of the Oascados ; 3. Islands of Vancouver, Queen Charlotte, <^c. The climate of each of those d. "p-ons differs greatly t'Hmnto. from the rest. The islands, inOt^d the whole coast region, has a climate closely reseuxbling that of England, but without the dreaded r ■ t wiuus, and it is on this account frequently called the ' Great Britain ' or England of the Pacific. A warrr c i *»'ent of water flows doivn the west coast of America, just as the Gulf Stream flows up along the coasts of Groat Britain, and in its pnssage warms the coast from Alaska to the Columbia, and gives to tho western slope of the Cas- cades those forests which are the wonder of the world. The vapour rising from the warm sea is blown inwards, and, becoming condensed by tho cooler air of the land, falls in rain or fog upon the slopes and valleys and pro- duces tho moist climate of the winter and spring. During the summer months tho temperatures of the land and sea are slightly reversed, and the land, instead of condensing the vapour, dissipates it— at least, in the neighbourhood of Victoria. West of the Cascade range the rainfall exceeds that Rainfall, usually experienced in England, while at the same time it is less frequent. East of these mountains the heat and cold are more decided, and are not unfrequently accompanied by drought. In this section irrigation is sometimes found neces- sary. The following table of meteorological observations from January 1874 to December 1879, which appeared in a recent number of 7'he Colonies and India, is of interest. The means and extremes of the six years were as follows : — Mean of barometer 29"933 Mean toniporaturo . Highest maximun? . Lowest minimum Mean days ram foil Mejin rainfall in inches Greatest yearly fall ,, Least ,, ,, Greatest day's fall „ Mean days snov fell Mean snowfall in inches 48-5 92-0 7-0 151 58'95 69-15 49--13 2-80 21 46-3 S MITISH COLUMBIA. History, 184 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Greatest year's fall 97'4 Least year's fall I'Td Greatest day's fall 11 "5 River unnavigable from ice, 1875, Jan. 6 to Feb. 27 1877, 1 day, Jan. 23 (f 18,117 Total observations A. PEELE, r ' ' Canada Meteorological Service. : . * The climate of Victoria,' remarks a late local writer, * is beyond any comparison the best suited to the taste of the English on the Pujific coast. It has all the sun and none of the evening fogs of San Francisco ; the blue sky without the rain of Portland ; snow as con- stant as on the Rocky Mountains close in sight on the towering Olympia range, and yet it is never cold ; hundreds of miles of inland navigation; fish at all seasons, sea and land otter, deer, elk, beaver, mink, marten, silver and sable fox, and the finest grouse shooting in the world,' Fruit grows in pei'fection. All these advantages are offered, together with a good soil, by British Columbia to the British emigrant. The history of British Columbia proper is of the briefest possible kind, Vancouver historically is much older, having been discovered by Juan do Fuca, a Greek, in 1592. The first settlements were made at Nootka Sound in 17'^8. It was not till 1792 that Captain Van- couver visited the island, so that for two centuries after its first discovery it remained unknown to the world. The history of the province may be divided into three periods, viz.: — 1. The Colonial period; 2. The Union period ; 3. The Provincial or Dominion period. Those desirous of obtaining further information in regard to the history, resources, and development of British Columbia than can possibly be compressed in these pages, are referred to the works of M. M'Fie, G. M. Sproat, A. C. Anderson, Dr. Rattray, Dr. Charles Forbes, Robert Brown, and the official report (1871) of the Kon. Hector L. Langevin, Dominion Minister of Public Works. As a colony it may be said to date from 1858, in which year the gold discoveries on the Fraser river first attracted attention and immigration. Previous to that year it had been known only to the trappers and traders of the North- West and Hudson Bay Companies. . MOUNTAINS AND HARBOURS. 185 I The trading licence of the latter company was revoked in 1858, and British Oolambia erected into a colony by Act of Imperial Parliament, 21-2 Vict. cap. 99. In 1866 Vancouver Island, which had previously existed as a separate colony, was united with the main- land of British Columbia, and five yeai'S later the united colony became confederated as a province of the Dominion. The terms of union of this province with the Dominion of Canada are now so generally known and so well understood that it is not deemed necessary to recapitulate them here. It may, however, be well to state that the provisions of the British Iforth America Act are applicable to British Columbia in the same way and to the like extent as they apply to other provinces, just as if thia^ colony had been one of the provinces originally united by the said Act. To fully understand the geography of British Columbia it is necessary to indicate the mountain ranges which divide its several portions. These are respectively known as the ' Coast ' and ' Cascade ' range. The Coast range commences above Now Westminster and extends parallel with the coast as far as Mount St. Elias at its northern extremity. The Cascade range, so-called from the rapids of the Cascades upon the Lower Columbia, is an extension northward of the California Sierra Nevada mountains, and is elsewhere more fully described. The main mass of Vancouver Island is a mountain ridge, the highest peak of which — Mount Arrowsmith — rises to the height of nearly 6,00(t feet, and whose buttress-like walls descend, for the most part, abruptly to the shore. The extent and diversified character of the British Columbia coast are alike remarkable. On Vancouver Island the principal harbours are those of Esquimault and Victoria on the south, Nanaimo on the east, and Bar- clay Sound on the west coast. The head of Barclay Sound ^"s onl^? fourteen miles from the east shore of the Island. On the mainland the chief inlets are Burrard and Bute inlets, Howe and Milbank Sounds, and the estuaries of the rivers Skeena and Nasse. Burrard Inlet is situated on the Gulf of Georgia, a few miles from New Westminster. It is nine miles long, BRITISH COLUMBIA. Entry into the Dominion. Mountains, Harbours. Burrird Inlet. 186 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Rivers, lakes, &c. Qiief towns. deep and safe. Port Moody, near its entrance, has been selected as the main land terminus of the Canada Pacific Railway. It is the port from which the lumbsr trade of the province is chiefly carried on. The town site embraces about 280 acres of flat land, the balance being hilly. It is very easy of access to vessels of any size or class, and convenient depth of water for anchor- age may be found in almost every part of it. Moody- ville and Coal Harbour are important milling and lum- ber shipping points on the south shore. Howe Sound is north of Burrard Inlet, separated from it by Bowen Island, and comparatively difficult of access. Bute Inlet is much farther north, is surrounded with lofty mountains, and receives the waters of the River Hamathco. Valdez Island lies betvVeea its month and Vancouver. Milbank Sound, still further north, will become valuable as a harbour, as the gold mines on Peace River attract population. The River Skcena is now ascended hj steam vessels from Nanaimo, and is one of the routes to the Ominica goldmines. - ' , The River N'ass enters the ocean near the frontier of Alaska. It has been ascended by a steamer more than twenty-five miles. It is believed that the region it waters is rich in gold, and both it and the Skeena are valuable for the fisheries. There are no navigable rivers in Vancouver, and the streams, which resemble torrents in winter and are nearly dry in summer, are short and valuable only as mill sites. Of the rivers on the mainland the most important are the Peace, Findiay's Branch, Simpson, Skeena, Stickeen, and Nasse in the north. The Eraser, Thomp- son, Quesnel, Kootenay, Mackenzie Fork, Aux Liards, Deloire, Dease, and Bear rivers rank next in importance. After these come the Chilcoh, Harrison, Belwhoola, Bona- parte, Cranberry Fork, &c. The lakes thus far surveyed and named are the Babine, Eraser, Stewart, Okanagan, Kamloops, Nicola, Osoyoos, and Tatla. The larger lakes do not freeze over in winter, nor do the larger rivers and streams close entirely up. British Columbia, as before remarked, is very sparsely settled. There are no large towns and com- i* MINERAL PRODUOrS. 187 BRITISH COLUMBIA. paratively few small ones. Victoria, the capital, con- tains a population variously estimated at from 6,000 to 8,000, about 2,000 of whom are Americans. The other ~ chief settlements on the island are at Nanaimo, Esqui- mault, and Comox ; and on the mainland at New West- minster, Yale, Hope, Kamloops, Quesnel, Lytton, Bar- kerville, Stanley, Okanagan, and in the mining districts generally. The interior of British Columbia presents a rich and Geology comparatively virgin field for the researches of the geolo- gist. Daring 1875 and 1876 a preliminary examination of a considerable section of the southern interior was made by Professor Geo. M. Dawson, and very many important facts established, but by far the largest por- tion of the v^ast province still remains unexplored and unreported upon. Embraced in this area are the follow- ing districts : — 1. Region north of Kamloops and east of the Fraser, including the Cariboo district. 2. East of the 119th meridian, including the Upper Columbia and Kootenay district. 3. West of the Eraser and south of the Chilcofcin Rivers, 4. Vancouver Island and mainland coast. 5. Head waters of the Stewart, Skeena and Peace Rivers, including the Ominica gold district. 6. North of Lat. 54° extending to 60°. Productions. Bri'I'ish Columbia owes what population and import- Minerals ance it possesses mainly to its rich mineral deposits. Of these gold and coal have thus far furnished by far the largest returns. The discovery of the precious metal, first on the Gold. Eraser, or 'Crazy,' river, in 1868, and at Cariboo in 1862, led to the formation of the Vancouver colony, and gold-mining still forms the chief industry of the pro- vince. The yield for 1874amounted to l,844,618dols., and for 1875 it was 2,474,904 dols., which sum, divided among . %024 miners, gave 1,222 dols. (251Z.) per man employed; d, fact worthy the consideration of English miners of the present day. McDame's, Dease's and Thiberts' creeks are the principal mining centres in Cassiar district, and I i 188 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Silver, &c Coal. the best route to them is by steamer from Victoria to Fort Wrangel, thence up the Stickeen River, and the remainder of the joui'ney by 'trail.' At Ominica, near the northern boundary, gold is more scattered and less remunerative for working. Gold in paying quantities is found on the Kootenav and Columbia Rivers, at Okana- gan, at Shuswap Lakes, and in the country lying gene- rally between the Rocky and Cascade mountain ranges. This constitutes the third mainland division or mining district of the province. The gold-bearing dis- tricts are mainly in the northern portion of the province, and extend over several thousand square miles of country. The working of the various gold-mining districts during 187/ has resulted as follows : — In the Cariboo district 179 claims were worked by an aggregate force of 980 men, 600 of whom were Chinese, with a total yield of over half a million dollars. The Big Bonanza ledge, which includes the 'American,' ' Pinkerton,' and 'Enterprise' mines, is also worked by the ' Cariboo Quartz Mining Company.' In the Cassiar district, covering an area of about 300 square miles, 123 claims were worked, and about the same amount obtained. On Fraser River little was done in the way of mining, owing to the low water in the creeks. The total yield of the province for 1877 is computed by the mining bureau at 1,608,182 dole. 72 cents. The yield from 1868 to 1881, a period of twenty-three years, was 46,187,626 dols., equal to 9 millions sterling, or about 420,000/. per annum. Silver ore of good quality has been obtained from the Eureka Mine near Hope on the Fraser River, bat mining operations have not been begun. On Texada Island a ' mountain of iron oi-e ' exists ; copper leads have been found at Saanich, Salmon Arm, and else- where on Vancouver Island, and on Howe vSound, and Pitt Lake, while lead is found in several localities. Nanaimo is the centre of the coal industry of the province. Several mines of bituminous or soft coal have been profitably worked for years, and fresh seams are being constantly opened. The quality is pronounced superior to Scotch, but inferior to Welsh. The output of the Vancouver Coal Company, Wellington, and South Wellington Collieries for the last four years has averaged oyer 120,000 tons annually. These mines, which yielded MINES AND FORESTS. 189 BRITISH COLUMBIA.' I 17,000 tons in September 1880, have been recently ex- amined by an English mining engineer. They are: 1. The Donglas Pit, situated in the city itself; 2, Fitzwilliam ""^ Mine, upon Newcastle Island ; 3, New Douglas Mine, near Chase River ; and 4, South Field Mine, south of Chase River. The San Francisco and adjoining markets are still largely supplied from these mioes. Upwards of six hundred men (Whites, Chinese, and Indians) are em- ployed, and their earnings range from 10s. to 20s. a day. The British Columbia coal mines yielded 84,000 tons in 1877, 171,000 tons in 1878, and 241,000 tons in 1879. The exports to foreign poi'ts for 1879 amounted to 173,789 tons, valued at 586,909 dols. ; an increase of 28,000 tons over the previous year. Durin g the ten years ending 187 7-78 coal to the amount of 330,395 tons was shipped from Nanaimo. Freestone of good quality is plentiful on Newcastle Island, Van- couver, and anthracite coal is found on Queen Char- lotte's Island. At Baynes' Sound and Burrard Inlet the croppings of coal give evidence of extensive deposits. At the former point, ten miles south-east of Comox, one mine is in active operation, and coal of fair quality is shipped. The scarcity, and high price of labour is the main obstacle in the way of further developing the coal and other mining resources of the province. Next to gold, coal, timber, and fish, furs, and hides, form the most valuable articles of British Columbian export. British Columbia, west of the Cascade Mountains, ^'orests, including Vancouver and Queen Charlotte's Islands, ^*"""*''"-"'^ may ^tly be termed the Acadia of the Pacific coast. More than half its area is covered with one of the finest forest growths in the world. For hundreds of miles the whole surface oi the country is densely wooded, gigantic pines clothing the sides and slopes of the mountain ranges in perpetual green, and disputing the mastery of their dizzy summits with the eternal snow. The immensity of the forests cannot well be exaggerated, and the height of the trees, reaching 300 feet and up- wards, must, like those in the famed Calaveras and Mariposa groves of California, be seen to be believed. Professor Dawson estimates the total annual product at 2U0 millions of feet, 150 millions of which are shipped 190 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COiUMBIA. Fruit. I'^isberiea, to California, 25 millions are exported to foreign coun- tries, and 25 millions used at home. The monarch of the British Columbian forest is, unquestionably, the Douglas fir (ahies Douglasii), which otKJupies the same position among the trees of the Pacific slope that the white pine (jpinus Sfrihus) or 'Wey- mouth' pine does in New Brunswick. It is a most valuable timber, and is used throughout the western province for building purposes and for export under the name of ' Oregon Pine.' It attains its primest growth in the vicinity of Victoria and along the west coast of Vancouver. Red cedar (thnja gigantea) is another giant of tbe Fraser Valley and Coast region, much used by the Indians in the construction of their houses, and of those large canoes which are the wonder of the eastern people. On Vancouver a species of oak (^quei'cus garyrana) grows plentifully. Hemlock (pnnis CanadeHsi") and spruce (ahies mortensiana) are common on the mainland; while maple of two varieties (cicer macrophyllum and circinaturri), two species of pine, and one each of alder and yew, ai'e frequently met with. The arbutus grows to a fine size, and in colour and texture resembles English box. In nd, and farther nortii Bute Inlet, with Valdes Island rising between its mouth and Vancouver, are prominent features on the coast land- scape. Queen Charlotte Islands, comprising Graham, Moresby, and Prevost, have valuable oil fisheries. The oil referred to is extracted from the liver of a Fish oil species of dog-fish which is very abundant in British Columbian waters. Mr. Anderson, Inspector of Fish- eries in British Columbia, in his report for the year 1879, says : — ' The oil is prepared at this establish- ment with great care, and a product of perfect clear- ness obtained. The livers of the fish (the only part employed) are first steamed, aud the oil, after separation, is again subjected in another vessel to a certain degree of heat, by which very watery particles are dissipated. After being thus refined the oil is put up in cans of five gallons each, two of which are packed in a case, as is ordinarily done with coal oil. There is, I understand, a considerable local demand for this oil for lubricating and illuminating purposes, and there would be a larger outside market in Oregon and elsewhere, were it not that, in our exceptional position, under the provision of the Washington Treaty, there is a duty, virtually pro- hibitive, on its importation to the United States. 'The SkidegateOil Company avail themselves largely of the Indian labour around them, and thus their presence in this locality will, under the prudent manage- ment which will doubtless be pursued, prove a continuous benefit to the natives, and secure the continuance of their good- will. There is in the neighbourhood a vein of anthracite coal, which, after having been partially opened and afterwards abandoned some years ago, is now being reopened with a view to its future working.' Milbank Sound, north of Bute Inlet, has lately attracted some attention in connection with the Peace River gold mines. The river Skeena is now navigated by steam- vessels from Nanaimo, and furnishes perhaps the best route to the gold mines of Ominica. Both this and the Nasse River near the Alaska frontier are, how- ever, more interesting to the pleasure tourist for the fish they contain, and the occasional pretty bits of scenery o 3 196 HANDBOOK TO CANADA.* BRITISH COLUMBIA. Pusret Sound. their banks afford, than aa short cuts to the gold mines. Once fairly housed in Victoria, the whole ocean and river system of British Colnmbia, Washington territory, Oregon, and Northern California, unfolds itself to the astonished yet aspiring voyayettr, and, if his time and pnrse permit him to indnlge his fancy, his facilities for sight-seeing are practically limitless. Having visited the north coast, he may, if he think fit, journey south- ward. Pnget Sound is a remarkable sli r, of water in tself, but still more noteworthy as the mtage-ground from which may be best viewed the wonders of Washington territory, Northern Oregon, and the Co- lnmbia River. ' On your way to Olympia from Kalama by rail,' says a recent graphic writer, ' your ears begin to be assailed by the most barbarous names imaginable. You cross a river called Skookumchnck ; y \\r train calls at places known by the jaw-breaking titles of Newaukum, Toutle, and Tumwater ; and if disposed to push your geographical inquiries further, you will learn that whole communities are delightedly dwelling in countries respectively labelled Klikatat, Wahkiakum, Snohomish, Cowlitz, Nenolelopa, and Kitsap.' But we are now in the territory of Uncle Sam, where, following true liberty licence, the people not only have a perfect right to call their towns after what fashion they please, but also to exercise it in the most absurd and arbitrary manner. Those desirous of pushing their explorations into United States territory will do well to consult one or other of the numerous guiue-books to the Columbia and its lovely tributary, the Wallamette, easily procurable at Victoria, Astoria, or Portland. The distance from Olympia, W.T., to Portland, Oregon, is ninety-two miles. It is indeed something to be gifted with a taste for and an appreciation of the beautiful, and both will be refreshed by the magnificent scenery of these noble rivers. Port Townsend, where the boat calls on its way from Victoria to Olympia, is on tho boundary line between Queen Vic- toria's and Uncle Sam's dominions, in the north-west. Commercially or historically it presents nothing of interest, but it is a fine point of observation. Mount Rainier (Tacoma) and the grand Olympian mountain FRASEIl niVER. 197 BRITISH GOLUMBM. in we range are seen from it to great advantage. Tlio whole coast, including Mouuts St. Helen and Baker, the latter of which wa« in active eruption in 18(J0, is also visible, their summits covered with perpetual snow. South and east lie Seattle, Stoilacoom, Tacoma, and Port Ludlow and Port Madison; while far in the north the famous little island of San Juan, wh'ch formed the subject of so much diplomatic fencing and newspaper discussion a few yeara ago, may be visited. From Port Townsend, the respected old gentleman vfho is popularly supposed to carry the keys of the <^reat American con- tinent in his ' pantaloon's pocket,' despatches a Govern- ment mail steamer to this island, whence it proceeds ' with passengers and freight, as well as mail bags, to Fort Tongass, Fort Wrangel, and Sitka. On Vancouver Island and on the Lower Fraser River Valley of beautiful open prairies occur amidst the forests, and here, *^^ ^" ""'®''' the soil being rich and deep, astonishing root crops are raised. The valley of the Fraser below or west of the Cascades has a climate closely resembling that of Van- couver, except that during the summer months there is a slightly heavier rainfall. After bursting through the mountain passes at Yale and Hope, the Fraser, which, like the famed Lodore, 'so long is splashing and dashing,' becomes a tranquil, steady, clay-coloured stream for the remainder of its course to the sea. Thir^v-five miles above Yale, and 125 above New Westminster, the outer Cascade range is passed, and in the passage the rain-line is crossed. About twelve miles farther another mountain is climbed, and a region of complete aridity is reached. The mainland of British Columbia, apart from the Ckjast-Iine. seaboard, may be divided into three sections, each differ- ing greatly from the other two in its climatic and geo- logical features, viz. : — 1. Extending from the mouth ojf the Fraser to Yale Rapids, is the New Westminster, or * settled ' district ; 2. From Yale to Alexandria, the Similkameen district ; 3. From Alexandria to the Rocky Mountains, Lilloet-Clinton district. The c^ast-line of the colony, extending, ficcording to recent re-measurement, over a length of more than 7,000 miles, equal to twice that of the British Tsles, is certainly one of the most delightful and picturesque iuiaginable. 198 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISK COLUMBIA. Coast-line. The brilliant descriptive writer and orator from whose published accounts and speeches we have so often culled for these pages, in his speech at Victoria in 1876, said :- - ' Such a spectacle as its coast-line presents is not to be paralleled by any country in the world. Day after day, for a whole week, in a vessel of nearly 3,000 tons, we threaded an interminable labyrinth of watery reaches, that wound endlessly in and out of a network of islands, promontories, and peninsulas, for thousands of miles, unruffled by the slightest swell from the adjoining ocean, and presenting at every turn an ever-shifting combina- tion of rock, verdure, forest, glacier, and snow-capped mountains of unrivalled grandeur and beauty.' The following approximate measurement of distances between headlands and harbours which form the coast- line of the continental shore and outlying archipelago of British Oolumbia, will be found both interesting and useful to the traveller. Vancotiter Island. Eng. Stat. Mis. East acd north shore lino, exclusive of inlots, from Victoria to Cape Scott, the north-western extremity ....... 330 Inlets : Cowitchan Bay, Finlayson Inlet, &c. . 66 Circuit of ishinds in Haro Strait : — „ Mayno Island, Saturna, &c. . . 60 „ Admiral TsU\nd . . . .4-5 Circuit of islands in Gulf of Georgia : — „ Galiano, Valdcs, Gabrisla, &c . 80 „ Lfisquiti Island . . . . 2o „ Texada 62 „ Uunman Island and Hornby Island . 30 348 Total east and north shores and islands . "West shore, southward : — Cape Scott to Victoria, exclusive of inlets, &c. . 290 Inlets, &c. : Quatsimo Sourd and Arms . . 128 Kliiskino, Nasparte, &c 30 Kyoguot Sound, including N. Tasheesh and Kokshittle Arms 60 Espeiunza Inlet, including Espinosa Arm, Tabella Arm, 6cc 100 Nootka Sound, including Klupana, Tasheesh and Muckalat Arms 112 Hesquiat Harbour and Sidney Inlet . . 85 678 Carried forward , . 805 678 "'■««»«'V»i?*»;¥H**fSf»'J[S.H!!S^If»i*JWI'^!l*N>WMi|^ CONfTINENTAL SHORE LINE. 199 Bnpr. Stat. Mis. 80/J 678 Brought forward Clayoguot Sound, including Herbert Arm, inner passage of Flores Island, &c. . . 40 Bedwell Sound, and circuit of Vargas Island, and Meare's Head, &c 45 Tofin'a Inlet 30 Barclay Sound and Effingham Inlet . . 75 Alberni Canal 60 1,045 Total shore line Vancouver Island, with inlets and principal outlying i«lav.is . . . 1,723 BRITISH COLUMBIA. Continental Shore. From the Provincial boundary in latitude 49°,, along the east shore of Gulf of Georgia and Johnston's Strait to intersection of latitude ol°. Shore line, exclusive of inlets .... 260 Inlets, islands, &c. . Burrard Inlet, with Arms .... Howe Sound and Islands .... Jervis Inlet, including South Arm, Salmon Arm, Narrows Arm, North Arm, &c. Desolation Sound, including Homfray Channel, Toba Inlet and Eamsay Arm North Valdes Island, Kedoiida Island, &c. . Bute Inlet ....... Frederick Arm, Cardero Channel, aiul Thurlow and Hardwicke Islands .... Loughborough Inlet Call Creek, and Archipelago at entrance of Knight's Inlet Knight's Inlet and back to north end of Gilford IsLmd Thompson's Sound Tribune Channel and Bond Sound . Sutlej Channel, Simpson Sound, McKenzie Sound, &c. Wakeman Sound and Kingcombe Inlet Wells' Passage and Drury Inlet . Blunder Inlet ...... Circuit of Malcolm Island .... Estimated circuit of Hope and other islands up to Point Mexicana .... 60 60 214 120 ISf^ 95 140 80 1,30 150 50 70 100 60 30 10 40 60 1,639 Total distance from Southern boundary to latitude 51° i,S99 200 HANDBOOK. TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. ' •' From Latitude 51° to Alaska, U.S., Boundary. Eiig. Stat. Mis To Se3miour Inlet . ........ 8 Sfymour Inlet, Salmon Arm, &c 105 Nugent Arm, &c. . . .' 124 To Cape Caution • . . . 15 To Table Island and circuit of Smith's Inlet . , . .37 To entrance of Fitzhugh Sound 4 To head of Rivers' Inlet and back to St. Addenbrooke . .65 Circuit of Penrose Island . . . . . . .15 Point Addenbrooke to Point Edmund 27 Circuit of Calvert Island 47 „ McLoughlin Island 55 „ Denny Island 30 „ „ (Second Island) 30 „ IMiddle Island"! divided by Hecate . . . .25 ,, Outer Island j Channel . . . .35 Burke Channel, Port Edmund to Point Walker , . .75 „ North Bentinck Arm 36 ,, South ,, 66 Point Walker to Sunny Island 18 Dean Channel, including Cascade Inlet, and passage east of King's Island 140 Main Shore line, Sunny Island to Seaforth Channel . . 90 Circuit of Island near Grief Island , . . . .20 Grief Island to head of Muscle Canal, east shore . . 70 West shore back to Boulder Point 45 Remainder of circuit of Roderick and adjacent Island Circuit, Price, Swindle, and S^irah Islands North Point of Sarah Island to Cape Stanforth (east shore Circuit of Princess Royal Island .... „ Aristizablo Islnnd . , . „ Promise Island Gardner's Canal Cape Stan i forth round to Camp Point Circuit of Hawkosbury Island .... „ Estevan, Compania, and Gill Islands „ Banks' Island East, or mainland shore of Grenville Channel, from Point to Port Essington Circuit of Pitt Island ,, Petrel Island ...... ,, Dolphin Island Port Essington to Fort Simpson .... Circuit of Stephen's Island, Coffin Island, &c. . ,, Dundas Island ..... Fort Simpson to head of Observatory Inlet, and back to Ramsden Point Ramsden to head of Portland Canal (south shore opposite shore being in Alaska .... only) Camp Point only) 115 45 90 50 110 45 SO 125 105 65 105 110 90 126 60 70 48 60 45 125 60 Tj«fjs«i^iw-vw«i»5'¥' ' >ji#!"w,','i '^imt^iffwsffffr QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. 201 Work Channel Nasoka Inlet Enff. Stat. Mis. . 100 . 40 Total Continental shore and principal Islands from latitude 51° to boundary of Alaska Queen Charlotte Group. Graham Island. Shingle Point, Skidegate Bay, to Point Eose Point Eose to Massett Point ]\lassett Inlet, estimated .... To Virago Sound Circuit of Virago Sound To Cape Knox (extreme north-west point of British ColumLla) .... To west end of Skidegate Strait Skidegate Strait, across to Shingle Point . 2,875 62 32 30 8 24 35 78 65 334 Moresby Island. Shincuttle Channel to Spit Point . , .65 Skidegate Channel (Spit Point to Point Buck on west shore) ....... 45 Point Buck to Capb Henry, including Port Kuper, &c 50 Cape Henry to Tasso Harbour , . . .20 Circuit of Tasso Harbour . . , .25 From Tasso Harbour to Shincuttle Cliannel (west end) 35 Shincuttle Channel across to east side . . 10 Total circle. Mores l)y Island . . . North Prevost Island, circuit . . . .45 South „ „ „ .... 65 250 100 684* Total circuit of Queen Cliarlotte Group . Recapitulation. Vancouver Island Continental shore, to latitude 51° . » ,, latitude 51° to Alaska boundary 2,875 Queen Charlotte Group, composed of Graham, Moresby, and Prevost 684 1,723 1,899 Grand Total . . . . . .7,181 With such a table as the above, aud a map of * This group has not been minutel" surveyed, and there is, therefore, some uncertainty as to the subdivisions. BRITISH COLUMBIA. 202 BRITISH COLUMBIA. Vancouver , Island. Esqui- mault. Nannimo, HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BritisTi Columbia before him, the stranger may well feel lost in admiration at the facilities for inter- communication which are thus provided for the future inhabitants of this wonderful region. Leaving the Oregon shores, and approaching the province by steamer from San Francisco, the traveller obtains his first view of Vancouver Island, not long after leaving the clear, rapid waters of the Columbia River. The island is 278 miles in length, with an average breadth of about 45 miles, and contains about 16,000 square miles. It is not an agricultural cor.nuy, and never can become such. It abounds in wood, coal, and iron, and, in conseque ce, possesses great manufacturing advantages. It is, more- over, a natural tourist-ground, and aboTinds in good roads, has a most picturesque coast, is well wooded, and frequently mountainous inland ; and, with one of the most delightful climates on the continent, has abundant facilities for communication, sight-seeing, and pleasure- taking. For many years the advantages and fortunes of both island and capital declined, but since work on the Canadian Pacific Railway was commenced renewed energy has shown itself at the coal and iron mines, and there is no reason why Vancouver Island should not supply rails for at any rate the Pacific sections of both the Canadian Pacific a,nd Northern Pacific Railways. The harbour of Esquimault, three miles from. Victoria and eight and a half miles from the Race Rocks, is the best on the coast north of the famed Golden Gate, through which is poured the cereal and auriferous wealth of California. It is thirty-six feet deep, almost landlocked, and, with the ' Royal roads ' outside, spacious enough to give safe anchorage to a whole fleet of shipping. The town of Esquimault — pronounced Squimo — derives its chief sup- port from intercourse with the ships of her Majesty's navy, and the steamers which here land their mails and passengers. The graving dock recently completed is the m.ost important public work in the province. A strip or tongue of land, 750 feet wide, alone divides it from the harbour of Victoria, which, though picturesque, is somewhat narrow and intricate. Nanaimo, sixty-five miles from Victoria, has also a good harbour. The ^ small tracts of land under cultivation in and round Victoria consist of alluvium, closely resembling the ENGLAND OF THE PACIFIC. 203 BRITISH COLUMBIA. patches of rich soil found among the Lanrentian rocks of Ontario. The surface of the ground in that and other neighbourhoods is, however, so much broken by rock that it is next to impossible to accurately estimate the amount of good arable land on the island. Victoria, the political and ecclesiastical capital and Victoria, principal town of British Columbia, is delightfully situated at the extreme south-eastern extremity of Van- couver I&iand, in latitude 48° 25' 20" N., and longitude 123° 22' 24" W. It is distant 70 miles from New West- minster, 65 miles from the ocean, and between 700 and 750 miles from San Francisco. The picturesque cha- racter of the town and its surroundings, the climate, scenery, and sport, with its many social attractions, all combine to render a stay here desirable. Originally the depot of the great Hudson Bay Company, it acquired commercial prominence and population during the Fraser River gold excitement. The inhabitants, as before stated, number about 8,000, of whom about one-fourth are Americans. The census is not likely to be largely in- creased until the long-promised and long-deferred Cana- dian Pacific Railway reaches it. Barking facilities are afforded by the Banks of British Columbia and of British North America, and it has a good hotel. Its narrow harbour, which is scarcely so large as the St. George's or Huskisson dock, Liverpool, is rock- bound, and sen- tinelled by the most charming miniature bays, exhibiting grassy knolls, and here and there clumps of evergreens in ail tlie luxuriance of tropical foliage ; a river opening out above the town into a kind of lake, and spanned by pretty bridges, invites you to a boating excursion ; and the fresh green of the lawn-like grassy reaches which stretcli into the bay, the rocky promontories with boats anchored near them, the fine snow-covered mountains in the background, and the picturesquely winding roads leading deviously into the country, combine to form a landscape the soft and gay aspect of which immediately impresses itself on the mind of the stranger fresh from the blue waves of old ocean or the sombre- hued fir tops of Oregon and Washington territory. Time' jed never hang heavily on the least enthusiastic or sympathetic sight- seeker, for the Indians still roam around, and lessons in the ' Chinook ' jargon, which is used by the various TWTT ^"f^ 204 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA, tribes in their multifarious dealings with the white popu- lation, may serve as a profitable way of ' breaking the ice ' in a new country. Living in Victoria, though more expensive than formerly, is still cheap. In the neighbourhood of Victoria, and generally throughout Vancouver Island, good roads are found, and regular communication is maintained by stage. Government steamers ply regularly between Victoria and all the points of importance or intei'est on the coast and rivers. The scenery on the Columbia, Fraser, and Thompson rivers is exceedingly picturesque. Land-slides are not unfrequent on the latter river. One occurred near Cook's Ferry during the year 1880, by which several thousand tons weight of earth, rock, &c., was precipitated into the channel. On the head- waters of the Columbia the views to be had are often remarkably grand. In a general sense, no moz'c attractive country can be found on the whole American continent for the pleasure tourist or New West- sportsman. New Westminster, the second city in the minster. province in population and trade, occupies a picturesque site on the north or right bank of the Fraser, near its junction with the north fork, fifteen miles from the sea, and seventy-five from Victoria. It enjoys great trading and social advantages, and must in time attain importance. It is just twenty-five years old, the first wharf and house having been built in 1859. It now contains numerous stone and brick edifices, prominent among which are the Roman Catholic College and Convent, and the * Occident ' Hotel. It is sometimes called the ' Royal City.' The Cas- The Cascade range of mountains, the natui'al division cade range, of the province, merits more than passing mention in any work professing to adequately describe the peculiar features of British Columbia as a field for British colonisa- tion. It includes some of the loftiest mountain peaks on the North American continent, the honours being pretty equally divided between the British and American teiv ritories. The view from the summit of Mount Hood in Oregon has been thus described by one who essayed and accomplished the toilsome chmb.* ' From south to north,' * The following are the altitudes of Mount Hood as computed by Professor Wood : — Summit of Cascade range anH foot of Mount Hood, 4,500 feet; limit of forest trees, 9,000; limit of vegetation, 11,000; sumPMt of mountain, 16,000. '^■"\-T*7'^^*''<' "UlifJ CASCADE MOUNTAINS. 205 L m liar nisa- s on etty ter- )d in and Mount Hood. ho says, ' its whole h'ne is at once nnder the eye from BRFUH Diamond peak to .Rainier, a distance of not less than 400 COLUK lBlfti miles. Within that distance are Mounts St. Helen, Baker,* Jefferson, and the Three Sisters, making, with Mount Hood, eight snowy mountains. Eastward, the Blue Mountains are in distinct view for at least 500 miles in length ; and lying between us and them are the broad plains of the Des Chutes, John Day's and Uma- tilla rivers, 150 miles in width. On the west the piny crests of the Cascades cut clear against the sky, with the Willamette Valley sleeping in quiet beauty at their feet. The broad belt of the Columbia winds gracefully through the evergreen valley towards the ocean. Within theBS wide limits is every variety of mountain and valley, lake and prairie, bold beetling precipices, and graceful rounded summits, blending and melting away into each other, forming a picture of unutterable magnificence. On its northern side Mount Hood is nearly vertical for 7,000 feet ; there the snows of winter accumulate until they reach the very summit ; but when the summer thaw commences, all this vast body of snow becomes dis- integrated at once, and, in a sweeping avalanche, carrying all before it, buries itself in the deep furrows at its base, and leaves the precipice bare.' Perhaps the best view of this the monarch mountain of the North-west is to be obtained from the neighbour- hood of the dalles on the Columbia River, in Oregon. The best view of the Lower Fraser is obtainable from the summit of Discovery Mountain, in the neighbourhood of the Chilliwhack and Snmass Rivers. There is no doubt that both Mount Hood and its twin sister, St. Helen, have still smouldering fires, though ashes only fill their Volcanic craters. Of the latter mountain it may be remarked ^^• that there are evidences that the fires come dangerously near the surface. Not long since, two adventurous Washingtonians, compelled by sudden fog and sleety storm to spend the night near its summit, and seeking some cave among the lava wherein to shelter, discovered a fissure from which issued so glowing a heat that they passed the night in alternate freezings and scorchings — DOW roasting at the sulphurous fire, and anon rushing out to cool themselves in the sleet and snow. 1 ■ Named (1792) after Captain Vancouver's third lieutenant. BRITISH COLUMBIA. The Interior Basin. - 1 Game, lorting, 206 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. East of the Cascade Mountains, which form the third grand division of this vast province, the traveller enters the * sage bush country.' At Lytton, where the waters of the Fraser and Thompson rivers meet, fifty- seven miles above Yale, he finds himself fairly in thr interior basin, and from that point to Clinton, seventy miles, the waggon road passes through a region where notliing can be raised save by processes of irrigation. Nicola Lake, thirty miles due south from Kamloops, and reached by waggon road from Lytton, is the centre of a promising pastoral section. Over much of this tract the ground during three-fourths of the year is scarcely moistened by a shower. The whole region from the United States boundary on the Columbia River via Okanagan, the Sushwap lakes, and Kamloops, north-westward across the Fraser to and beyond the Chilcotin plains, forming the north-western angle of the Great American Desert, is to a great extent only suited for a grazing country. On the hill-sides and plains between the Fraser and Thompson rivers ' bunch grass,' so much esteemed for its stock-fattening qualities, is found in considerable quantities, and on this the cattle and horses feed through the winter months. In the vicinity of Quesnel, and in the Nechaco Valley be- tween Quesnel and Fort James on Stewart Lake, the land improves slightly, but ' farming ' is a precarious business even there, and this remav!: will fairly apply to the whole section between the Cascade and Rocky Mountain ranges. Professor Macoun says : ' British Columbia above (east of) the Cascades can never ex- port her agricultural products with profit, and whatever is raised in the country must be consumed there.' Met- choson is the favourite hunting ground of the Victorians. Big game are sufficiently abundant and wild in the province to aSbid ample sport to the hunter. For fur there are red, cross, and silver fox, sea and common otter, marten, mink, and beaver. Buffalo are still found on the plains, bears — brown, black, and grizzly — and cariboo in the mountains, elk and deer on the coast and on the small islands. For feather there are wild geese and ducks ; grouse and snipe are found well-nigh every- where, while ptarmigan are on the mountains, and quail on Vancouver Island. • . OPENINGS FOn SETTLERS. 207 The principal islands of the Queen Charlotte group BRITISH (Graham, Moresby, and Prevost) are natural hunting COLUMBIA. and fishing grounds of the hyperborean type, and will in time be much visited by tourists. Notwithstanding that the Chinese immigration is still Indian ami maintained, and that Chinamen and Indians to the ^l""e«iJ number of 45,000 already monopolise many branches of manual labour, there are in Bntish Columbia good open- ings for a limited number of small tenant-farmers with a full stock of energy and fairly supplied with means. For carpenters, joiners, cabinet-makers, able to start busi- ness for themselves and utilise the magnificent timber resources of the province, there is also plenty of v^^ork. These and such as these, with a few miners, black- smiths, choppers, loggers, and backwoods labourers who have plenty of backbone in them and are not afraid of rough work, will find ample employment in Western British Columbia for generations to come. Professional gentlemen and clerks of the needy or ' expectant ' class will do better elsewhere. The cost of living is about Cost of the same as in England. The only direct tax is an lining, annual poll tax of two dollars each on every male resi- dent above eighteen years. This is for the maintenance of roads. Schools are free and unsectarian. Clothing and most descriptions of groceries are dearer than in England, while meat, game, and fish are cheaper. House rents in the two countries are about the same. As hay, potatoes, and other farm products are still largely imported from the United States, in spite of customs duty and cost of freight, it is quite evident that there are eligible openings for a few farmers who unde. • stand their business. A late resident in, and writer on, the province, says : ' A really good farmer, with a capital of 1,000^., could make a fortune in five years by taking a cleared prairie farm near one of the towns, and using American agricultural instruments to reduce the cost of labour, which is the all-absorbing item of ex- pense in British Columbia.' Something more than the money will be found necessary, but there is no doubt about the I'esult if the right means are employed. The Indians of British Columbia are in many respects Indians, the most interesting of the aboriginal tribes of ' anada. They form nearly one half of the population, ai.d being BRITISH COLUMBH. Routes, fares, &c. 208 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. producers as well as constimers, they constitute an im- portant element of industry. A collection of Indian curiosities made by Dr. Powell, superintendent at Victoria, will shortly form the nucleus of a national museum at Ottawa. The settlement at Metla Ketla, under Mr. Duncan, is making rapid strides to civilisation and self-depen- dence. The Indians number upwards of 35,000, and are dis- tributed as follows : — Victoria Superintendency : — Aht Nation 3,500 Bella Coolas 2,500 Comox 88 Cowichans 3,0G6 Hydahs 2,500 Kwah-Kewlths 3,500 Tsimpshecans 6,000 Fraser Eiver Superintendency .... 16,000 Total 35,154 Chinook is the Indian trade language of the entire North Pacific Coast. It may be readily learnt, and when acquired thoroughly will be found of great service to the commercial settler. A dictionary, suitable for ordinary use, is given in Hibben's 'Guide to British Columbia ' for 1877-78, pages 222-249. The routes, ways and means of travel to British Columbia are almost as various as those within the province. No attempt will here be made to influence the traveller in favour of one route or mode of conveyance over any other. For very many and obvious reasons the lines and modes of travel to so distant a destination as British Columbia must vary as greatly as will the means and time at the disposal of the traveller. Those wishing to see Canada or the United States en route from the old country should proceed by Atlantic steamer to Quebec, Halifax, Boston, or New York, and thence by rail via Chicago and Omaha, or St. Louis and Kansas City to San Francisco, whence a steamer plies trimonthly to Victoria, V.I. This is the shortest and most direct route, but it is at the same time the most expensive. The journey may be made comfortably in from three to four weeks, although five should be allowed, at a cost of from 35i. to 60Z., exclusive of hotel bills and extras. / ROUTES, ETC. 209 Route 2 {'Old Portland, Oregon) is the same as Route 1 as ffir as Sacramento, California, thence by Oregon Division 6f Central Pacific to Redding, 170 miles, to Roseburg, 275 /miles, and thence 200 miles by Oregon and California Rail- / way to Portland, distant 728 miles from San Francisco. / From Portland, Victoria, V.I., can be reached in aljout / two days via Tacoma and Port Townsend, by Northern / Pacific Railway and steamer on Paget Sound, as al- / ready described. This is a delightful summer route. / For those fond of sea life and scenery there are also I the American all steamer routes viii Panama and San I Francisco, while for the enthusiastic and adventuroub j land-seekers, the hunter, angler, or artist, who, with knap.sack or ' creel ' on back, and gun or rod and net in hand, is bent on the pleasures of the lake, river, forest, and field, and who is able to portray as well as to partake of the beauties of nature (nowhere perhaps more prodigal of her picturesque charms than on the border- lands of British dominion in North America), there is left the romantic, though often ragged, overland route described at intervals in the foregoing and following pages, viz., that via Winnipeg, Brandon, Regina, Calgarry, I the Kicking Horse Pass of the Rocky Mountains, and j the Fraser, Thompson, and Columbia Rivers. Soda ; Creek, 40 miles above the Chilcoton river, is the point where navigation on the Upper Fraser commences. To those to whom sight-seeing is not an object and / the saving of money is, the steam or sailing vessel / direct from a British port to San Francisco, Portland, or Victoria is recommended. There are one or two 1 fast-sailing clipper ships belonging to various well- \ known lines, which are occasionally despatched from \ London, Liverpool, or Glasgow direct to Vancouver. On these vessels saloon, cabin, and sometimes emigrant passages may be secured, at rates less than those above quoted. The voyage out, in favourable seasons, is usually made in three months, and the intending colonist arrives at his destination with the best possible preparation for going to work. While the days of the cart and the canoe, the dug-out and the dog- sledge, of the lean-to and the camp-fire are yet green in the memory of many a pioneer, all those accompaniments and acces- sories of early days and frontier life in Red River are BRITISH COLUMBIA. \ 210 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Money. The needs of the pro- vince. The Canada Pacific Railway. m I fast fading away into the realms of romance and the domain of the picturesque. British money is not in general circulation. United States one dollar, half dollar, and quarter dollar, or twenty- five cent pieces, are mostly current. We have dwelt at increased length on what British Columbia has to offer to the traveller or settler in search cf health, sport, or profit, for two reanons — first, because it has had less said about it than other provinces and states to the south and east of it ; and, second, because it has been misrepresented. We have endea- voured, to point out its advantages, and they are neither few nor trifling to those who will properly realise and improve them. Wo will now , and in conclusion, speak of its wants. Though few, they are both positive and pressing. The paramount needs of British Columbia are population, capital, and increased means of transport and communication with the outer world. In no way can these be supplied so completely or so liberally as by the completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway. The portion of the Canadian Pacific Railway now under construe' ion in British Columbia is the link connecting the veitern end of the Kamloops Lake at Savona's Ferry wi ^h Port Moody, the Pacific terminus on Burrard Ini. t, Gulf of Georgia, and is known as the Western Division, This link is divided into five sections : Section A. t* B. 19 C. ») D. E. Miles , ^ 29 . 29 , , 28^ •ry . 40^ • 85^ . 212^ Emory to Boston Bar Boston Bar to Lytton Lytton to Junction Flat Junction Flat to Savona's Far: Port Moody to Emory . Total There is now uninterrupted communication by rail between Port Moody and Lytton, a distance of 143 miles. The section between Emory and Boston Bar is without doubt unapproached for magnitude on this continent, and only finds a parallel in the great trans-Andean and trans-Alpine roads of Peru and Switzerland. There are 18 tunnels in 19 miles of this distance. For 20 miles the road-bed is literally hewn out of the solid granite, narrow places being made up with substantial masonry, and ravines, gulches, and rivers crossed by handsome and lofty trestle and truss bridges. POST AND TELEGRAPH OFFICES, ETC. 211 Miles 29 29 28* 4*4 2124 by rail 3 miles, without ntinent, ean and There For 20 le solid )stantial >ssed by LIST OF POST AND TELEGRAPH AND ELECTORAL DISTRICTS IN COLUMBIA. Telegraph Stations in Italics OFFICES BRITISH BRITISH COLUMBIA. Offloea Eleciorul Districts House of CommoTJB Provincial Lejfislative Canada Assembly Alexandria Cariboo & Lillooet Carilioo Aflhcroft .... Yale-Kootenay Yale Barkerville Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Burrard Inlet . New Westminster New Westminster Cache Creek . Yale-Kootenay Yale Cassiar .... Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Chemainus Vancouver . Cowichan Clinton .... Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet Chilliwack New Westminster New Westminster Comox .... Vancouver . Comox Cowichan 11 Cowichan Dog Croek Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet Duck and Pringle's . Yale-Kootenay Yale Esquimault Victoria Esquimault Glenora .... Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Granville New Westminster New Westminster Head of Nicola Lake Yale-Kootenay Yale Hope .... >) fi Kamloops )f M Keithley Creek Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo ' Kootenay Yale Kootenwy . Kootenay Lac La Ilache . Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet Ladner's Landing . New Westminster New Westminster Langley .... !I j» Lillooet .... Cariboo & Lillooet Lillooet Lytton .... Yale-Kootenay Yale Maple Bay Vancouver . Cowichan Maple Ridge . New Westminster New Westminster Matsqui .... >) «» Moodyville >i »» Nanaimo Vancouver . Nanaimo New Westminster New Westminster New Westminster Nicola Lake . Yale-Kootenay . Yale Okanagan n I) Okanagan Mission . »> >> 160 Mile House Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Quadra .... Vancouver . Comox Quesnelle Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Quesnelle Forks »» »» Salt Spring Island . Vancouver . Cowichan p 2 212 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA. I n LIST OF POST AND TELEGRAPH OFFICES (continned.) OeSces Electoral Diatriots House of Commons Provincial Legislative Canada Assemblj- Skeena .... Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo Soda Creek )» 1) Sooke .... Vaneourer . Esquimalt feomenos .... 9) Cn-wichan SpsTice's Bridge Yale-Kootenay . Yale Sumas .... New Westminster Ne-^ Westminster Van Winkle . Cariboo & Lillooet Cariboo VICTOBIA . Victoria Victoria City Yale . . . . Yale-Kootenay . Yale TABLE OF DISTANCES, &c. Victoria to Nanaimo and Comos. — Victoria to Cowichan, 35^ miles ; to Burgoyne Bay, 7^ ; to Maple Bay, 3 ^ ; to Horseshoe Bay, 11 ; to Nanaimo, 19^; to Comos, 57. Total, 134 miles. Victoria to New Westminster, &c. — Victoria to New West- minster, 75 miles; to Langley, 17 ; to Matsqui, 16; to Sumas, 8; to Chilliwhack, 6 ; to Hope, 38 ; to Yale, 15. Total, 175 miles. Victoria to Puget Sounb. — Victoria to Port Townshend, 38 miles; Port Ludlow, 13; Port Gamble, 7; Port Madison, 16; Seattle, 12; Tacoma, 25 ; Steillacoom, 8; Olympia, 22, Total, 140. Victoria tj Barkerville. — Victoria to Boston Bar, 200 miles ; to Lytton, 32 ; Si)encer Bridge, 23 ; Cache Creek, 30 ; Clinton, 26 ; Soda Creek, 131; Quesnel, 54; Stanley, 16; BarkerrilJe, 15. Total, 657 m;les. Victoria to Wrangel, Sitka, and Takon. — Victoria t'> Wrangel, 700 miles; to Sitka, 160; to Takon, 165. Total, J, 025 miles. r . THE PRAIRIE PROVINCE. 2:3 CES ninster ichan, 35^ jsboe Bay, ^ew West- Sumas, 8 ; 5 railfis. ashend, 38 (15 son, 15; Total, 140. 200 miles ; linton, 26 ; r-ille, 15. /^ictoria t'> Cotal, 1,025 MANITOBA. MANITOBA. There is probably no part of Canada about vvhicb so much has been said and. printed of late years as about ~~ Manitoba. Yet there are few portions of the Dominion conceriing which so .ittle is really known, or about which the public are more eagerly searching for infor- mation. The truth is that, notwithstanding all that has been spoken, written, and published about it, to the very large majority of English readers it yet remains a new and, comparatively speaking, unknown country. From its geographical position in the very centre of the great North American Continent, it is sometimes re- ferred to as the ' Central Province.' More frequently, however, it is described as the ' Prairie Province,' a title Tlie Prairie to which, we maintain, the character of its landscape as Province, distinguished from that of tho other organised and settled portions of the Dominion justly entitles it. It is, nest to P.ince Edward I«land, i^he youngest member of tha Confederation, having been carved out of the vast North-West Territory in Ju!^ 1870. Previous to that period itwae known under the various titles of the Hud- son Bay T(;rritory, the Selkirk Settlement, Red E;iver Country, Rupert's Land, Assiniboia, &c. Its early history as a home for white settlers dates from 1811-16, between which years the Hon. Thomas Douglas, Lord Selkirk, succeeded in planting the first colony within its borders. There was but little intercourse, commercially speaking, between the colonists and the rest of the world till 1870, when the Red River Settlement, as it was most commonly known, was very wisely brought under the asgis of the Dominion, as a province of which it is ultiniacely destined to occupy an important position. It? present popula- tion, nearly 70,000, is largely, if not wholly, due to immigration. The Russian Mennonites, or German Quakers, arrived in 1871-72. The Icelanders followed them, settling on and near their present reserve at Gimli in 187o-76. Daring the past four years, owing Entern the Dominion. SZlr^ 214 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MANITOBA. Exten- sion of boiindar3'-. -t* Origin of name. Roiinrtarifs, extent, &(;. to the rapid extension of the Dominion and Americar system of land and water travel, its growth in popnla- tion and trade has l^een con'inuous and rapid. For obvious reasons it will be more rapid and regular In the future. The wave of immigr.\tion will inevitably con- tinue to flow westward, and Manitoba as at present organised can be little more than a veiy c^urr*' ;.iid convenient backdoor for the adjacent ternk//'" • ', in time, for British Columbia. When the prov^ct was created no doubt there existed special reasons why i;8 bounds should be circumscribed. The patriotism of some at least of its earnest settlers was not exactly of the stamp calculated to inspire the utmost confidence either in its sincerity or its stability, and a limitation of its territory may fairly enough have been deemed advisable from motives of public policy. But with the stamping out of disloyalty and the subsidence of all disturbing elements whatever, it is open to doubt whether so small a section of the Dominion should be called upon to sustain the cost of a provincial govern- ment. Looking at the future, also, it is not pleasant to contemplate the formation of a cluster of similar small sections, each burdened with the cost of an independent government, as settlement surges westward. The bur- dens of local administration imay be kindly and wis^'iy lightened by distributing them over as many Suoulders as possible. This is a course which it seems to many politicians may be advantageously adopted in the case of Manitoba. An extension of her eastern boundarv to Ontario and of her western limits to the lOlst mei-idian so as to form a province of reasonable dimen- sions would at least rectify a blunder committed, it *t true, in excess of caution, but which reason f orb «» sho lU, be perpetuated.* The word Manitoba is a contraction by the French- Canadian Voyageurs of the compound Cree word mamto (spirit) and ivahan (strai'). Tj-o wat'r.i of a strait in the lake (Manitoba) being ag'tated ir u unusual way, the Indians formerly believed that they were moved by a spirit, and so called the lake Manitowaban. It is bounded east and nonh by Keewatin district, * Since the above was written tlio limits of the Province have been extended bo as to embrace an area of 123,200 e^. miles, or 7B,848,(i40 acres. ■'A I ;i: LAND RESERVES, ETC. 215 A.inericap a popnla- oid. For lar 1-1 the ably con- it prfc3ent \xjCt^ was IS why i:8 riotism ct exactly of confidence limitation jn deemed it with the snce of all to doubt should be ial gov em- pleasant to milar small ndepender/ The bur- and wip"^V y sl.oulders 18 to many ted in the Ti boundary the lOlst able dimen- mitted, it 't rb 1 shells.. the Frencb. word viayiito a strait in nusual way, ■e moved by 1. atin district, vinco hfivo been 8, or TM-iS.'''^^ S^ west by the North-West Territories, and south by the MANITOBA. State of Minnesota and the newly-organised territory ~ of Pembina. Situate midway between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and nearly eqn "distant from the Equator and the North Pole, this province occupies a conspicuously central position, and, as just stated, is often spoken of as the Central or Prairie Province. Manitoba is divided into four counties, viz., Selkirk, Divisions. Provencher, Lisgar, and Marqaette, with a united population of 49,479. These are again subdivided, for legislative, judicial, registrative, and other purposes, into twenty-four districts or electoral divisions, each of which returns one member to the provincial assembly. These are named as follows : — 1. Westbonrne. 2. Portage la Prairie. „ f Poplar Point. •^^ \HighBhiff. 4. Bale St. Paul. 5. St. Francois Xavier, W. 6. St. Francois Xavier, E. 7. Headinglty. 8. St. Charles. 9. St. James. 10. Winnipeg. 11. Kildonan. 12. St. Paul's. 13. St. Andrew's, S. 14. St. Andrew's, N. 15. St. Clpment's. 16. EockWood. 17. Springfield. / St. Boniface. \ St. Boniface. St. Vital. 20. St. Norbert. 21. St. Agathe. 18 19, 22. St. Anne. The following have filled the gubernatorial office Govern- since Confederation : — '"^"^■ 1870. Hon. A. G. Archibald, C.M.G., Q.C. 1873. Hun. Alex Morris, D.C.L., Q.C. 1879. Hon. J. E. Cauchon, P.O. 1882. J. Cox Aikins. The Legislative Assembly of 1880 was opened at Winnipegon December 16th by the Lieutenant-Governor, the Hon. J. E. Cauchon, who, in his speech, dwelt upon the prosperity of the province and the rapid progress made in developing its resources. In order to properly understand the land system of Treaties, Manitoba, and the means of acquiring and holding land, reserves, it will bo best to know something of the several treaties under which the public lands of the province have been from time to time acquired from the original possessors of the soil — the Indians. Since the confederation of the provinces in 1867 the following treaties have been negotiated between the Dominion Government and the r 216 HANDBOOiJ. TO CANADA. MANITOBA. Surface of the conn fry. Soil. various Indian tribes inhabiting the North -West Terri- tories : — (Ang, 3, 187.1) Manitoba and a portion of the ' 'oining territory 21, 1871) N.W. of Manitoba . {) ;) Koewatin (N.W. Angle Treaty) (1874) South of Saskatchewan River, from Lake Winnipegosis to Cypress Hills (^Qu'Appelle Treaty) (1876) Territory around Lake Winnipeg . (1876) Main Saskatchewan River to Rocky Mountains (Forts Carleton and Pitt Treaty) . (1877) Cypress Hills to Rocky Mountain (Black- feet Treaty) Total area Square Tiiiles 185,000 32,000 49,700 75,700 102,000 120,000 52,000 616,400 Under these treaties very considerable tracts, eru- bracing some of the best lauds in the province, have been set apart as reservations. The character and ex- tent of these reserves may be summarised as follows, viz. : — 1. For Half-breeds 2. ,, Hudson's Bay Company (sees. 8 and 26 in each township) .... 3. ,, Mennonites Total Acres 1,400,000 4.-J0.000 512,000 2,362,000 In addition to the above, sections 11 and 29 in each township are appropriated as an endowment by the Government for educational purposes, so that less than two-thirds of the province has ever been available for settlement under the liberal provisions of the Home- stead Act. The surface of Manitoba — like that of most prairie countries — is for the most part flat or gently undulating, diversified in some parts by groves or clumps of elm, asli, oak, poplar, and other light timber ; but seldom pretty, rarely picturesque, and never beautiful. The soil consists of a rich black mould, resting partly on a limestone formation and partly on a thick stratum of hard clay. The following analysis of the prairie alluvium is furnished by Professor V. Emmerling, Di- rector of the Chemical Laboratory of the Agricultural CLIMATE AND SOIL. 217 MANITOBA, partly Association of the University of Kiel, Holstein, Ger- many. Though made some years ago, it is still appli- ~ ca,ble as far as the changed conditions of settlement will warrant comparison : — ♦Kiel, 4pr27 29, 1872. Analysis of ' The analysis of the Manitoba soil is now completed, and tjie *'"^- result is, in 100,000 parts : — Potash 228-7 yodiuna ........ 33'8 Phosphoric Acid 69'4 Lime 682-6 Magnesia 161 Nitrogen 486*1 ' Yours truly, (Signed,) ' V. Emmeblino.' The chief characteristic and pride of this province is that it consists ahnost wholly of prairie land, yielding in its wild state most nutritions grasses, and, when cul- tivated, the finest wheat on the continent, if not in the world. Abundant proof of the fertility and general adaptation to farming purposes of the Manitoba soil is furnished by the samples of root crops grown in it, from seed supplied by the famous Reading nui'serymeu and florists, Messrs. Sutton, and exhibited by them at the Dominion and provincial fairs, and also in London. With regard to climate, Manitoba presents the Climate, same positive features as the older provinces of Canada, viz., bright, clear, warm, and sometimes, for short periods, hot weather in summer, and decidedly cold in winter, but very clear and dry. The following table will serve for comparison between the summer tempera- tures of the Red River, Mtiuitoba, and the countries south and east of it : — Summer Mean 67-76 67-03 6806 6503 66-05 66-98 The purity of the air and the brightness of the sky in mid-winter cannot be surpas^^^d. A population moi-e June July August Red River . 69-10 71-16 63-03 Chicago 6207 7008 6805 Iowa . 66-04 7005 68-09 Wisconsin . 6107 v,806 6507 New York . 6402 68-05 6607 Toronto 64-02 67-95 65-00 MANITOBA. Seasons. S! li' 'I Kivers and lakes. Produc- tions. •218 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. healthy than that of Manitoba cannot be found in the whole world. December, January, and February are usually the coldest, and June, July, and August the hottest months. The mean winter temperature is 5° below the freezing point, and for the summer 65°. It will thus be seen that the summer temperature is warmer than that of Northern Illinois, Western Wisconsin, Northern New York, or Toronto, Ontario. An interesting table exhibiting the range of the thermometer, &c., during November and December, 1879, and January, 1880, will be found in the Dominion Observatory, St. John's College.* It is kindly furnished by Mr. R. Bourne, M.A., C.E., late Meteorological Register keeper. A walk by moon- and star-light in the clear calm of an early January or February morning is among the most delightful and memorable expeiiences of the Manitoba touri"*;. Snow usually disappears and farm work com- mences in April. Rains are most abundant in June. Crops are harvested in August and early September. Manitoba, in common with the adjacent territories, enjoys facilities for a most extensive system of inland communication. It is magnificently watered by rivers and lakes, which, from their great length and generally uniform depth, rfford easy and rapid means of transit and transport throughout its entire extent. The principal rivers are the Red River (of the North) and its tributary, the Assiniboine. The former is 655 miles long, and the latter 480 miles. The largest lakes are Winnipeg and Manitoba. Lake of the Woods, She- bandowan and Rainy Lakes, and Winnipegosia are smaller lakes situate partly in this province and partly in Keewatin District. The number of steamers and amount of tonnage on the registry books of the port of Winnipeg at the close of 1879 was 22, 1,924 tons. Wheat is the staple crop of Manitoba, and is likely to remain so, both the climate and soil being especially favourable to its profitable production. Most nutritious * It will bo seen that the thermometer on one or-nasion showed an extreme range of 50° below zero, equal to h'2. of frost and 11° below the temperature of frozen mercury. But so low a range of the thermometer is extremely rare even in Manitoba. measuring II AGRICULTCILVL PRODDCTS. 219 likely Vegetable proclu iC. grasses grow plentituUy on the marsh and meadow MANITOBA, lands, and cattle thrive fairly. They can be wintered without grain, but require to be well foddered. Feeble attempts have been made hero and there to raise fruit, but without much success. In no sense can Manitoba be regarded as a fruit country. The following list of articles which are comprised in her exhibit at the Dominion Fair held at Ottawa in September, 1878, will convey the best idea of the extent of the farm and garden produce o£ this young province : — Grains. White winter or Oats, black and white Peas fall Wheat Barley Wild Rice Red Spring Whedt Rye Roots. Potatoes Carrots Man<'el Wurtzel Turnips Beets Vkoetables. Sorghum Cal)l)afres Leeks Asparagus Cauliflower Kohl Rabi Com Onions Squash Beans Rhuljarb Brussels Sprouts Citrons Capsicums or Parsnips Water Melons Pepper Okra Musk Melons Vegetable Marrow Celery Cucumbers Green Ppas Artichokes Scotch Kale Radi&hes Tomatoes Pumpkins Siilsify Plants and Herbs. Nasturtium Mint Tobacco Sunflower Sage Sugar Cane Hops (wild) Coriander Wild Rye Thyme Summer Savory Flax Sweet Marjoram Lh brad or Tea Canary Seed Parsley Cultivated Mustard Fruits. Apples, 8 varieties Plums Currants Sand Cherry Cranberries Raspberries Wild Grapes 220 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MANITOBA. Grasses. i Timber. Ri(^ge Hay Wild Vetches Colony „ Timothy Upland „ Rye June Grass Clover ( Red and Bush „ White) Early „ Bone G-rass Scotch „ Blue „ Red Top Grass Buffalo „ Blue Joint „ The average yield of grain in the province of Mani- toba daring the harvest of 1880 — which was a month late, owing to the excessive wet — was 24 bushels of wheat to the acre ; of barley, forty bushels ; and of oats, forty to forty-five bushels. This is said to have been the best harvest yet ingathered in Manitoba. Questions of food, fuel, and shelter must ever be im- portant considerations with the settler in a new country. Throughout Manitoba and in much of the country north and west of her, the timber question is an acknowledged difficulty both as regards its use for building purposes and as fuel. Of forests proper to the Canadian standard there arenone west of the Lake of the Woods until British Columbia is reached ; but trees of various descriptions, affording timber sufficient for most farming and domestic purposes, grow on the banks of the many rivers or are found more or less extensively on the uplands. The Legislature, very sensibly following the lead of Min- nesota and other of the United States, has, by a system of awards, so encouraged arboriculture that at no distant day the face of the country will be greatly re- lieved of its present bareness. Artificial plantations and groves will greatly enhance both its value and attractive- ness. The completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway between the Lake of the Woods and Red River has opened up a region of country from which an abundant supply of the best pine lumber may be obtained. The Riding and Pembina Mountains and the country be- tween Lakes Winnipeg, Manitoba, and Winnipegosis are also well timbered. The following table, which exhibits approximately the number, situation, and capa- city of the SfctA^-mills now in operation in this province and adjoining territories, will be fo d valuable for reference by intending settlers : — TIMBER RESOURCES. 221 Igosia rhich japa- nnce for ICatne of Owner Where Situated Robert Mclntooh George Bnlkwell Alexander Cameron Pratt & Smith W. P. Smith A. A. Taylor Crossdale & Co.. Wesley Smith David Bryce John Moodie Carruthers & Pringle . Walkley & Burrows . Adams & Schneider • Shore & Co. Wm. Stevenson & Co. Dick & Banning Belmont & Co. Nelson & Sons D. Kilgour D. S. Klink J. Preston . Hon. James McKay . Dick & Banning Brown & Rutherford . W. S. Ritchie . Macanlay & Jarvis . Jcdeph Whitehead S. Mcllvaine Capt. Moore RHpid City, N.W.T. Township 13, Range! 9, W Rolling River, Township 16, Range 18, W Totogon Portage La Prairie High Bluff . Gladstone Grassy River Little WJiite Mud River Squirrel Creek Scratching River Mouth of Winnipeg River Pine Falls, Winnipeg River Big Black Island Bad Throat River, Lake Winnipeg Sandy Bar River, Lake Winnipeg . Nelsonville, Manitoba Mountain City „ Lizard Lake „ River Boyne „ Preston ,, Point du Chfene Winnipeg St. Boniface PortJige La Prairie Prince Albert, N.W.T. Kind Capacity of per Power 24 hours Steam 7,600 Water 2,000 f) 6,000 Steam 10,000 >> 7,000 !I 10,000 M 6,000 II 6,000 Water — Steam 2,000 )i 3,000 II 6,000 Water 10,000 Steam 8,000 Water 10,000 Steam 6,000 X 6,000 II 4,000 11 2,000 11 3,000 II II 6,000 II 10,000 II 10,000 II 8,000 II 25,000 II 8,000 II 1,000 II ~ MANITOB/I, Saw mills. Mills have been either recently completed or are in course of erection at the following places : — Edmonton, Hudson Bay Co. Prince Albert „ „ „ Rapid City „ „ Riding Mountain „ „ Bird Tail Creek, D. W. Cummings. Tanner's Crossing, J. W. Armitage Little Saskatchewan, Roberts & Whimsten. MMITOBA. Minerals. •I !* ■ 222 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Bird Tiiil Creek, Donald Giinn. j - Big Plain, Hmlson Bay Co. Bi(.' Plain, Win. Hardy. Laki^ of the Woods, Keewatin Lumber Co. Thus far minerals have not been discovered within the present boundaries of Manitoba, but rich deposits of iron ore have been found on the slopes of the Kocky Mountains. The gold washings of the North Sas- katchewan and Peace Rivers afford profitable working. As to coal, the large beds of the North Saskatchewan River, on the Souris, and in the neighbourhood of the Perabina, Turtle, and Riding Mountains appear practi- cally inexhaustible, it having been ascertained that a belt over 200 miles in width underlies several thousand vsqnare miles, so that fuel need never fail the home or the workshop, and there will also be ample supplies for the requirements of the Canadian Pacific Railway when that road is completed. As the comfort and prosperity of the settler in the north-west will depend quite- as much upon the quality of the building material and fuel, and the price at which they can be supplied, as upon his proximity to a line of railway or navigable stream, he should leave no opportunity unimproved to inform him- self in regard to these essentials to successful settlement. A brief description of the lignite mines at La Roche Percee, on the Souris River, will be found in the succeed- ing chaptei". Social Statistics. Govern- The public affairs of Manitoba are administered by a nient. Lieutenant-Governor (Hon. Jas. Cox Aikins), an execu- tive council of five members, a legislative council of seven members appointed for life, and a legislative assembly of twenty-four members elected every four years. Justice is dispensed by a chief justice and two puisne judges. Population. At the first numbering of the people, in December, 1870, the whole population was returned at 11,965; of these only 1,614 were whites. The remaining 10,000 were either Indians, French Canadians, or French, Scotch, and English half-breeds. Since Confederation the number of i^s inhabitants has rapidly increased, the present population being estimated at between THE MENNONITES. OO'X Meunoii- ites. West of Red River. 65,000 and 80,000. Of this number the whites of MANITOBA. British origin constitute three-fourths, say 45,000. The Canadian and the French, Scotch, and English half- bx'eeds claim about 13,000. Next to these in point of numbers, and not inferior to them in intelligence and prosperity, are the Mennonites, who are conipated at 7,000. The Mennonito reserves lie on both sides of Red River, between Niverville and West Lynne, and are embraced as follows : — Township 7— R. 4, 6, 6. "] 6— R. 5, 6. J>East of Red River. 4— R. 6. E. J 1— R. I.E. 6— R. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. W. 2— R. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. W. 3— R. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. W. amonnting to twenty-five districts or reserves, and em- bracing 612,000 acres in the aggregate, 300,000 of which are under cultivation. Niverville is thus far the largest settlement, dating from 1874. In the annual report of the Minister of Agriculture for 1879 we find the following statistics in regard to these people supplied by Mr Jacob S. Schantz : — On the west side of the Red River, between Pembina Mountain and Emerson, the number of acres of land under cultiva- tion was 141,324. Bushels wheat raised, 427,4C • i arley, 34,689 ; oats, 48,884 ; flax-seed, 6,884 ; potatoes, tii,180 ; total, 249,044 bushels, valued at 134,483 dels. Number of cattle, horses, implements, &c., and value : 718 horses, 43,080 dols. ; 030 oxen, 46,050 dols. ; 1,012 cows, 30,390 dols. ; 1,047 young cattle, 15,705 dols. ; 12 steam thresh- ing machines, 12,000 dols. ; 7 horse-power threshing machines, 3,500 dols. ; 213 reapers and mowers, 17,040 dols.; 492 ploughs, 9,659 dols.; 643 waggons, 27,250 dols.; total value, 204,665 dols. Value of buildings, 134,200 dols. Total value of grain, stock, implements, and buildings, 338,865 dols. There are thirty villages in the settlement, containing 753 farmers and 3,617 souls. There is no statement of the Red River Settlement on the east side of the Red River. But as this settlement has a gi'eat deal of low land, many of the farmers lost their crops during the last two years from the unusual heavy rains. 224 HANDBOOK TO CANAL'A. MANITOBA. Indians. Education, &c. Cathedral. These people are presided over — by election — by the following Bishops : — Bishop Gei-hard Wiebe, Bishop Peter Tows, Bishop Johann Wiebe. The total nnmber of Treaty Indians at present within Manitoba and the adjoining district is 7,491. They are distributed as follows : — Treaty No. 1. St. Peter's Portiige la Prairie Roseau River . 2,594 590 571 2. Lake Manitoba and Water Hen 3. Lake Woods and Rainy Liike . Total 3.755 l,r"H ? In addition to the excellent education now obtainable in the city of Winnipeg, the Government have reserved two sections in each township for school lands, the pro- ceeds of which, as sold, are applied to the establishment of good schools. The grant thus formed now amounts to upwards of 100 dols. per annum to each school carried on for the full twelve months. In every part of the country, therefore, as fast as settlemeut progresses, schools are provided where good education can be ob- tained for chil '.ren. There are now upwards of 200 Protestant school districts in the province, md an average attendance of about 5,000. Manitoba enjoys the distinction of hiving the only cathedral constitution, strictly speaking, in North America. The cathedral foundation consists of a dean and chapter. It is provided that the chapter shall consist of a dean and six or more canons A professor- ship of pastoral theology in St. John's College will probably be attached to the deanery, but, as there is no endowment yet, provision is made for the bishop being dean pro tern. The first and second canonries are at- tached to the archdeaconries of Manitoba and Cumber- land respectively. The first is still held by the Bishop of Saskatchewan, Dr. McLean, who has succeeded in raising 10,OOOZ. towards the endowment of his vast bishopric and Emmanuel College. The third and fourth canonries are attached to the professorships of systematic and exegetical theology. The fifth, which is attached to the professorship of ecclesiastical history, and has IS no teing at- iber- shop in vast urth atic ched has GAME, SPORT, ETC. been mainly endowed by the bishop of the diocese, Dr. MAMITOBA. Machray, is at present held by him. The interest of the additional endowment goes to the further endowment of the chair. The sixth canonry is attached to a pro- fessorship of music and the precentorship, but has not yet a sufficient income to be fi-led. For many years past the following settlements along Church the Red and Assiniboine rivers have been centres of ^*^'^" church work, with resident clergr^ men and regular ser- vices, viz., Mapleton, St. Anduw's, St. Paul's, St. James', Headingly, Poplar Point, High Bluff, Portage la Proirie and Westbourne. The parish of St. John, which formerly embraced the city of Winnipeg, possesses the cathedral, the mother church of the diocese. The parish of Holy Trinity, Winnipeg, entirely sup- ports its rector, the Rev. 0. Fortin, B.A. Its growth and present prospects are most gratifying. The northern part of the city, embracing Point Douglas, has been formed into the parish of Christ Church, the incumbent of which is Rev. Canon Grisdale, B.D. The western portion is included in the parish of St. James, of which the Rev, W. Cyprian Pinkham has been for twelve years the incumbent. St. John's Cathedral and College are situated about two miles from the centre of Wirnipeg. Bishop's Court is the residence of the present incumbent of the see, the Right Rev. Robert Machray, D.D., as Bishop of Rupert's Land, who succeeded Bishop Anderson in 1865. The Methodist denomination is both numerous and influential in Manitoba and the adjoining territories, about forty ministers being stationed between Winnipeg and Edmonton and Norway House. In the way of sport, Manitoba has, perhaps, fewer Game, attractions than some of her sister provinces, yet there spo'*- is game enough and to spare. The prairie lands abonnd with prairie chickens, and in the spring and fall months ducks — canvassback, black, a,nd widgeon, are found in im- mense numbers. At times large numbers of pigeons are to be found. Loons, swans, and cranes are also found. Rabbits are to be caught by the hundred. The Canadian partridge is also very numerous. Of the fur- bearing animals there are the silver and red fox, beaver, badger, otter, mink, wolf, marten, and musk rat, and a Q Bishop*! Court. 226 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. If; 'i k \ i ,( HKNiTOiilA. few stray black bears ; the buffalo still exists, and is aometimes hunted in the North- West Territories. The largo lakes and many of the rivers and streams abound with white-fish, weighing from three to tive pounds. Winniptg. Winnipeg, the capital of the province and the social, political, and commercial centre of the North-West, occupies a site peculiarly advantageous for trade, at the confluence of the Red and Assiniboine rivers. Its early history is not without interest, and its rapid growth has in later times imparted great promi- nence to it. It was originally known as Upper Fort Garry, and has grown up round the old fortification — a portion of which still stands — in twelve years from a mere hamlet to a fine city of 15,000 inhabitants. Fort La Rouge, built by Da la Verandrye in 1734, stood opposite Fort Garry, on the south bank of the Assini- boine. It was a trading post of the Hudson Bay Company until 1783. In 1870 the newly-fledged Winnipeg contained a population of '253 all told. Incorporated in 1873, the number of its inhabitants had risen to 2,200. In 1878 the settlement numbered nearly 7,000, and, as we write these lines, an estimated return which, however, must be accepted with some allowance, gives the figures roughly at between 35,000 and 16,000. . 1870. When the territoiy was transferred from th) Hudson Bay Company to the Dominion Government in 1870 the population of Winnipeg, as just stated, was less I'lan 300. It had but one street, there were no extensive buildings, except those of the Hudson Bay Company, and its l,rade was next- to nothing. Now, it is a well laid-out handsome city, with good wide streets lined with brick and stone buildings which would do no discredit to any city in Canada or the United States. Of late its trade, always brisk, has so increased as to compare favourably with that of any town thrice its size in the Dominion. A movement is now on foot to plant the side- walks of the principal avenues and streets with shade trees, which will greatly add to their appearance. Sixteen acres have been reserved for public parks. The city proper embraces an area of nearly 3,000 acres, or about three miles square. It is divided into four wardp -north, south, east, and west — in each of which t^^ere is a school. There are WINNIPEG. 22? four branch banks here, viz., 'Merchants',' 'Montreal,' * Union,' and ' Ontario,' as well as a branch of the Go- vernment Savings Bank and Post Office Savings Bank. The city has numerous hotels, the latest and best being the ' Queen's ' and the ' Pacific' The city is well supplied with churches, belonging to the Episcopalian, Catholic, Presbyterian, Methodist, Baptist, and other denomina- tions ; while the higher order of education is amply pro- vided by the Manitoba College, under the auspices of the Prt'sbyterian Church ; St. Boniface College, under the auspices of the Koman Catholic Church ; and St. John's College, under the auspices of the Church of England ; the Wesloyan Institute, St. Mary's Academy, and the Common Schools. There is also a Young Men's Christian Association. The city boasts an excellent fire brigade and two steam fire engines ; it is also lighted with gas and electric light, and possesses waterworks. Winnipeg also possesses one of the finest driving parks in the Noi'th-Wast. There are a number of national societies, such as the Orange, Odd Fellow, and Masonic Louges; aii Historical Society, with a large and in- creaeing membership ; an Agricultural and Industrial Association ; a Rifle Association, and two excellent Clubs, the ' Manitoba' and the ' Selkirk.' The Winni- peg General Hospital is a small but well-conducted charity in the north-west quarter of the city. The press is represented by the Times, even" 15^ daily, and the Free Press, morning daily ; weekly erlicions of these papers are also issued, replete with ti' ws from all parts of the country.* The determination of the Canada Pacific Railway Company to continue the main line along the fourth base line westward from Winnipeg, the bridging of the Red River at Winnipeg, together with the build- ing of the South- Western Railway from Vfirnipeg to Rock Lake, and the valuable Pembina l^'iountain Dis- tricts, cannot fail to give an immense ijipetus to the growth of the city ; and we may fairly expect that in the course of a few years the Winnipeg of the future will as far surpass that of the present, as the Winnipeg of the present already excels that of the past. * The French ana half-breed interests are fairly represented by L« Metis, now in its thirteenth yea". 02 mmTOBA. Institu- tions in Winnipeg. 228 KEIWKTIN. HANDBOOK TO CANADA. District of Keewatin. District organised A.D, 1876 ^i The section of country bounded by the Korthern Terri- tory on the east, and on the west by N, W. Territory and the Nelson River, was on October 7, 1876, by virtue of Act 89 Vict. cap. 21 — entitled an Act respecting the North -West Territories, and to create a separate terri- tory out of part thereof — erected into a separate govern, ment under the name and style of the District of Kee- watin, with the then Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba (the Hon. Alexander Morris) as Lieutenant-Governor ex-officio. He was succeeded in 1878 by Lieutenant- Governor Cauchon. On November 25 following, a council of six persona uO aid the Lieutenant-Governor in the administration of district affairs were appointed. During the early days of the fourth Parliament, the Hon. David Mills, Minister of the Interior, introduced a bill ' to grant A.D. 1878. municipal institutions in certain cases to settlers ' in this district. The most noteworthy event of the follow- ing year was the visit of Lord and Lady Duiferin and party. This took place in the steamer Colville, in Sep- tember, the Viceregal party consisting of His Excellency the Governor- General, the Countess, (/olonel and Mrs. Littleton, Captain and Miss Hamilton, and Major Smith. The first settlers of the district) now called Kee- watin were Icelanaers — Norse men and women, bred — as Lord Dufferin so well expresses it — 'amid the snovrs and ashes of an Arctic volcano.' The story of their migration is as short and simple as are the settlers themselves, and may be thus briefly summarised. In the summer of 1875 a small Norse settlement of about 250 souls had been formed in Victoria county, Ontario, on a stream called Burnt River. This proving unproductive, a reserve of about 27,000 acres was set apart for them on the west shore of Lake Winnipeg, and here about 2,000 of them were quartered in 1876. The district as at pre«»ent organised embraces an area of 395,000 acres, lying between 91° 8' and 100° 8' west, and between the North-West Territories and Manitoba ; and south and north, between the Manitoba and the Arctic Regions. It is a region of lakes, rivers, Extent, boun- dariea, &c. i m A Norse com- munity. NEW ICELAND. 229 aud forests, with but a very limited area of prairie KF!WATIN. and table land. At this time it is principally occu- " pied by Icelandic colonists, who are settled in six townships along the south-west border of Lako Winni- peg. The colony numbers about 1,800 souls, and is known aE New Iceland. The chief settlement is at Gimli. Icelander's River and Sandy Bar are the names given to smaller villages in the infant colony. These colonists are a hardy, happy, and haimless race of people, and, as might be expected, subsist largely on iish. After enduring great hardships in their own country, they exhibit a docility and a desire to adapt themselves to New World ways and western fashions, that is not a little surprising. They are well educated, and manifest a high degree of intelligence and ability. ' I scarcely entered a hovel at Gimli,' said Lord Dufferin, in his famous Winnipeg speech, 'which did not contain a libra-ry.' On their first arrival the sci affereH much from Roads. smallpox, engendered in their iiastily-er'^cted, greatly overcrowded, and ill -ventilated huts; but. iii the autumn of 1877 the disease had disappeared, a bei.cr (3lass of habitations were erected, and the fisheries vigorously prosecuted. A good winter road has been laid out be- twe<3n these settlements and the road system of Mani- toba. During the period of navigation ready acctHS to them is had by steamer on the Lake, so that these inte- resting people may be readily visited by the adventurous and observing traveller in the north-west. DISTANCES ON TRAVELLED ROUTES THROUGH MANITOBA ANT) KEEWATIN. Pembina Bbanch Railway. Emerson {international boundary) to Selkirk. Miles Emerson Ponpa (RoBBeau River) 10 Arnaud 18 Dufort 26 Otterburn (Eat River) 35 Niverville 43 St. Norbert 64 St. Boniface, opp. WINNIPEG . . . . 6J Bird's Uill 68 Selkirk 81 I . ^ ' 230 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. KEEWATIN. ii Canadian Pactfic Railway (Main Line). Portage (Lake of the Woods), and "Winnipeg Wiunipeg Junction Bird's Hill Gonor Selkirk . Tyndall . Beausejour Monmouth Shelly . Whitemouth Darwin . Kennie Telford . Cross Lake Ingolf Kalmar . ' Deception Ostersund Keewatin Bat Portage Rossland . Vei-million Bay Eagle River Bois Brule Tache Ignace English River Upsala, . Murilio . Port Arthur —Winnipeg to Rat PoBT Arthur. Miles 1 9 . 16 . 23 . 31 . 38 . 47 . 57 . 63 . 73 . 83 . 94 . 98 . 104 . Ill . 119 . 124 . 131 . 135 . 143 . 191 . 202 . 243 . 253 . 281 . 318 . 348 . 417 . 429 Dawson's Road. -Winnipeg to Noeth-West Angi-b. Miles Portage de Chines .... Brokenhead River . . . ■ Whitemouth River .... Birch River . . " ^r j " North-West angle, Lake of the Woods 30 50 64 80 110 By Road— North-West. Miles Winnipeg to Penitentiary ^'^ Victoria By Red River and Lake Winnifeg. Winnipeg to Gimli, Icelandic Settlements . Miles . 56 ROUTES THROUGH MANITOBA A^D KEEWATIN. By EoAD— South-West. 231 *Winnipeg to Headingly . Pembina Mountain Rock Lake . >» By Eoaj? ttp West Bank of Eed River. Winnipeg to St. Norbert .... ,, Morris ,, Scratching River . „ DufFerin .... „ West Lynne (opposite Emerson Miles 13 65 116 Miles 10 25 42 67 69 By Eoad — North West. Winnipeg to Shoal Lake . St. Lambert, Lake Manitoba Oak Point „ „ Miles . 40 . 66 . 63 By Road down the West Bank of Red Rivbb. Winnipeg to St. John's Kildonan St. Paul's St. Andrew's . Lower Port Garry St. Clement's Selkirk . Miles 2 6 8 16 20 22 24 The foregoing list embraces only the best known and most frequently travelled routes in Manitoba, Kee- watin, and the adjoining territories. The stations and intermediate distances on the main line of the Canadian Pacihc Railway westward from Winnipeg ixe given Lelov. Stations on the Canadian Pacific Railway from Winnipeg TO Calgary. Stations Air Line Junction Winnipeg West Rosser • • • Marquette Reabum . Miles 1 7 15 22 29 35 Stations Miles Poplar Point , . 40 High Bluff . . 48 Portage La Prairie . . 56 Burnside . . 63 Bagot . 71 McGregor . . 79 Austin . 84 biEEWATIN. • Approximate Route of the Winnipeg and South- Western Railway. 232 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. KEEWATIN. Stations (Continued). I Stations ■ • Miles Stations Miles Sidney . . . . 92 Mortlach . . . .423 Melbourne 98 Parkbeg . 432 Carberry , 105 Secretan . 443 Sewell 114 Chaplin . 451 Douglas . 121 Ernfold , 461 Chater 127 Morse 471 Erandon . 132 Herbert . 480 • • 1 141 Rush Lake 489 Alexander 148 Waldeck . 499 Griswold . 157 Swift Current 510 Oak Lake 166 Leven 619 Virden 180 Goose Lake 528 Hargraves 188 Antelope 638 Elkhorn . 196 Gull Lake 546 Fleming . 211 Cyprus . 564 Moosomin 219 Sidewood 575 Bed Jacket 226 Crane Lake 686 Wapella . 235 CoUey . 595 Burrows . 243 Maple Creek 606 Whitewood 249 Medicine Hat 660 Percival . 266 Stair 669 Broadview 263 Bowell 676 Oakshela . 271 Suffieia . 687 Qrenfell . 279 Langevin 695 Summerberry 286 Kinningie . 704 "Wolseley . 294 Tilley . . 714 Sirtaluta 302 Bantry 724 Indian Head . 312 Cassils . 732 Ciu'Appelle 323 Sartbesk . 741 McLean . 332 La^^liour . . 748 Cassils . 341 Bassano . . 756 Pilot Butte 348 Crowfoot . . 767 Kegina . 386 Cluny . 776 Grand Coulee . 366 Gleichen . . 785 Pense . 373 Namaka . "02 Belle Plaine . 381 Strathmore 802 Pasqua . . 390 Cheadle . 813 Moose Jaw . 398 Langdon . 823 Boharm . . 406 Shepard . Caron . 414 Calgary . . 840 Winnipeg to Calgary, 840 miles : to Stephen {summit of Rocky Mountains), 961. "T'' :z »^m'V^lK7*^^J.? BOUNDARIES AND EXTENT. 233 NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. 840 Perhaps the most direct and intelligible definition that can be given of the territories formin'^- the Canadian North- West is to describe them as covering all the land area of the Dominion north-west of the St. Lawrence Valley, not already embraced within the provinces of Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, and British Columbia, and the district of Keewatin. In other words, all the un- organised land surface of the Dominion is embraced within their limits. As compared with the rest of the Dominion, their area is nearly four times greater, the seven settled provinces occupying between 700,000 and 750,000 square miles, while the territories embrace in round numbers 2,500,000 square miles. The actual area acquired by purchase from the Hudson Bay Company amounts to 2,328,777 square miles, an area more than twelve times that of the great province of Quebec and equal to twenty times that of the adjoining province of Manitoba. Judged according to European and American standards these territories are larger than the whole of Europe, excepting Russia, and larger than the entire American Union, excepting New York and Pennsylvania, and are capable of sustaining a popu- lation of from eighty to one hundred millions. In cder to furnish a means of comparison somewhat nearer home, it may be mentioned that the area of the whole of England is but 37,000,000 acres. The precise boundaries of these territories, as defined by the Order in Conncil of May 8, 1882, and shown on the map, are as follows : — 1. Assiniboia, containing about 95,000 square miles, is bounded on the south by the inter- national boundary, on the east by the western boundary of Manitoba, on the north by a line drawn near 52° lat., and on the west by a Hue near 110" W. long. 2. Scbshatchewan, containing 114,000 square miles, is bounded on the south by Assiniboia, on the east by Lake Winnipeg and Nelson River. 3. Alherta is bounded south by the international boundary, eastward by Saskatchewan and Assiniboia, and contains 100,000 lORTN-WEST TERRITORIES. Araa. 234 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Their future. ii . lORTH-VIEST square miles. 4. Athabasca, containing 122,000 square TERRITORIES^ miles, is bounded south by Alberta, west by British Columbia, &c. To sum up, the Saskatchewan district includes Battleford, Carleton, and Prince Albert. Assi- niboia includes Qu'Appelle, South Saskatchewan and Souris Rivers, and Forts Pelly and EUice. Alberta includes the Battle, Bow, and Belly E/ivers, the cattle ranche district ; and Athabasca takes in the celebrated Peace River districts. This division of the vast country, hitherto known as the North- West, will have the effect of localising points which hitherto were very indefinitely comprehended, and by having each its capital assigned it, will form nuclei for settlements more compact than the straggling homestead of prairie squatters. Canadians are sometimes charged with unduly colouring the advantages which the Dominion offers for settlement, but in our opinion it is not easy to exaggerate the possible- future of such a country as is comprehended within the title of the present chapter. To quote the words of Colonel Dennis : — • The acquisition by Canada of the great territories lying to the north and west of the provinces of Ontario and Quebec has entirely changed the aspect of affairs in relation to the future of the Dominion. The doubts which may have occasionally suggested themselves even to her most loyal public men previous to 1869, as to the possible ultimate destiny of the Confederation of straggling and weak provinces extending for some two thousand miles along a frontier common also to her powerful neighbour the United States, have entirely vanished in presence of the fact, which the surveys and explorations effected by the Government during the last few years appear to have established beyond doubt, that the immense territory which for more than a century owned the Hudson Bay Company alone as master, and was practically occupied by that eminently conservative corporation simply as a preserve for fur- bearing animals, but which in the year mentioned was purchased by and became part of the Dominion, includes within it the most valuable and extensive undeveloped area for the growth of wheat in the world, so far as known at tli^ present time.'' * The eccentric John Randolph of Roanoke's well- * The Italioa are our own. — [Ed.] V- ^-^^t* ■>*-%■* (»»T».»<^'»I WHEAT, GBASS, ETC. 235 known and oft-qnoted description of the United States lORTH-WEST capital as a city of ' magnificent distances,' applies to the TERRIT ORIES. country we are now seeking to describe with even greater force and fitness than to the stately, bnt solitary, capital on the banks of the Potomac. ' Distance ! ' said a Yankee traveller, when appealed to on the probable width of the apparently limitless expanse of rolling prairie which everywhere confronted him ; ' distance ! I should think so — distance till you can't see !' Its actual and possible bounds are the Arctic Ocean on the north, the Atlantic and Labrador on the east, and the United States on the south. For purposes of exploration, and of present or future Productive settlement, this vast territory, covering two and three- divisions, quarter millions of square miles, may be thus classified and distinguished : — Wheat Ahea. Sq. miles. 1. General boundaries : from Lac Seul (say long. 92° W., lat. 60° N.) to a point at the foot of Rocky Mountains in lat. 60° N. ; thence alon^ base of Eocky Mountains to lat. 50° N. ; thence to the south bend of Mouse Eiver ; thence to the Lake of the Woods, lat. 49° N. ; thence along Rainy River, and thence to Lao Seul. This area, excluding Manitoba, unbroken by mountains or rocks to any material extent, with streams and small lakes which but fertilise, may be stated at 305,000 2. Beyond it, northwards, are also areas of ricli vegetable mould (hicDum), on warm Silurian and Devonian bases, and with marly clays well adapted to the growth of roots or other spring crops 50,000 Vegetable, Grass, and Timber Areas. 3. Hudson Bay basin (portion Silurian, so far as known and fairly predicable), east side, (East of meridian 80° W.) 100,000 square miles ; west side (West of meridian 80° W.), 300,000 square miles 400,000 4. W^innipeg basin, east side, from English River to Nelson River 80,000 5. Beaver River (middle and lower parts) . 50,000 6. Methy Lake and Clear Water River, and Athabasca River, from Clear Water River to Athabasca Lake, east side . . . , Carried forward . 30,000 916,000 236 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. lORTH-NEST TERRITORIES. • Fertile Belt' Sq. milei Brought forward 916,000 7. West of Mackenzie River (Devonian, with coal measures) to wheat line as above stated, and from Fort Chipewyan, Lake Athabasca, to Fort Eesolution on Great Slave Lake, say, from lat. 58° to 61° N 10,000 8. East side of Mackenzie River to Fort Good Hope, say to lat. 68° N 100,000 9. West of the Mackenzie River from lat. 61° N., northwards, to American (late Russian) ' boundary, along 141° W., and American Pacific shore strip, viz., all north of lat. 60° N., except area No. 7, already stated .... 160,000 10. Rocky Mountain eastern slope, beyond wheat line 30,000 11. Outlying areas, amongst others the ex- tensive but undefined districts between the Hudson's Bay Silurian, and northern rivers of the St. Lawrence Valley; say from Lake Mis- tassinie to Lake Nipigon 100,000 12. Add, the ' American Desert ' of our lati- tudes ; say, between lats. 49° and 60° N., where maize thrives and buffaloes fatten — a favourite Indian hunting ground, and well adapted for stock raising 470,000 Total area . . . 1,786,000 13. The rest of our North- West and Rupert's Land Territory, including the immense ' Barren Grounds ' of the Laurentian system, and the Labrador Rocks of eastern Rupert's Land, and the great wilds and islands of the Arctic, esti- mated at another million square miles . . 1,000,000 Total .... 2,785,000 Within the vast areas roughly outlined by these well-nigh bewildering figures, suited by nature to the growth of wheat, grasses, and timber, and co'/ering mineral deposits of immeasurable richness and value, are comprised territory sufficient to form five provinces equal in extent and scarcely inferior in climaty, soil, and resources to Quebec and Ontario. The beat known and most settled section of this im- mense region lies between Point du Chene, thirty miles east of Winnipeg, and Lake St. Anne, forty milss west of Fort Edmonton, forming the * Fertile Belt ' of the North- West. It is 960 miles in length (east and west), with an average width of 250 miles. This would em- SOIL AND CLIMATE. 237 brace 240,000 square miles. One-fourth of this area, equal to 40,000,000 acres, it is estimated, will produce ■wheat, barley, and potatoes of good quality and in great abxindance. In the language of the hopeful Colonel Sellers, * There's millions in it.' * It is the crowning feature of this " Fertile Belt," ' says Mr. James W. Taylor, ' which broadens with reduced altitudes atd constant air currents from the Pacific coast, that the immense trapezoid whose apex is bounded on the Mackenzie has a sufficient quantity of summer rains for all the purposes of agriculture as organised in the At- lantic and Mississippi States.' NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Physical Geography. and im- niles west the est), em- Sorfaceaud aoil. The soil of very much of the territories may be fitly described as a rich alluvium, easily cultivated, produc- ing cereals, grasses, and root crops in great abundance, and in several sections practically inexhaustible by the ordinary processes of arjriculture. The surface is very variable, but praii'ie largely predominates. The climate and ranges of the thermonieter in the Climate, North- West Territory are marked by the same general ^^c. "°' features as thoso already described in our chapter ©n Manitoba. The tables of Superintendent Bourne, of St. « John's College, Winnipeg, will be found replete with in- formation to all interested in this important branch of meteorological science. The range of the thermoiucter at Battlef ord indicates a mean winter temperature nearly 7° higher than that of Winnipeg, 3° south of it. The winters are steady and uniform, and the atmosphere bright, transparent, and exhilarating. It is without question one of the healthiest sections of the Dominion. It is a curious fact that spring seems to advance from north-west to south-east, at the rate of about 250 miles per day, and that winter is felt in Manitoba first, and thence travels westward at about the same rate. It is worthy of note also that Halifax on the Atlantic sea- board is nearly as cold in spring and summer as interior points situate more than 12 degrees farther north. The following table, compiled by Professor John Macoun, exhibits the comparative range of the the'. mo- meter at various points throughout the Dominion ■. — 238 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Tempera- ture. I! Lati- July tude North Summer Spring Autumn and August Cumberland House, o ' N.W.T. . 63 37 62-62 33-04 32-70 64-25 Fort Simpson, N.W.T. . 61 51 59-48 26-66 27-34 62-31 Fort Chipewyan, N.W.T. 68 42 58-70 22-76 31-89 60-60 Fort William, N.W.T. . 48 2.4 59-94 39-67 37-80 60-52 Montreal, Quebec . 45 31 67-26 39-03 45-18 68-47 Toronto, Ontario . 43 40 64-43 42-34 46-81 66-51 Temiscamingue 47 19 66-23 37-68 40-07 66-43 Halifax, N.S. 44 39 61-00 31-67 46-67 66-55 Belleville, Ontario . 44 10 f temperature nearly that of \ Toronto. Dunvegan, N.W.T. 66 08 f average summer T \ six months. J 54-44 Ft. Edmonton, N.W.T. . 53 31 62-60 39-70 — — Ft. Carleton . 52 52 — 35-70 — — Winnipeg, Manitoba 49 62 64-76 30-13 )5-29 65-32 Mean temperature of the year 36-51. The -western curve of tlie * Fertile Beit,' extending for 300 miles north of Edmonton, has an average ■winter temperature 15° higher than that of Western Ontjirio. By an analysis of the figures contained in the right-hand column of the above table, it will be seen that the temperature of the months when grain ripens is remarkably uniform throughout the Dominion, from Nova Scotia and Quebec to the north of Great Slave Lake. The lower temperatures of Manitoba unquestionably result from its proximity to the Arctic declivity of Hudson Bay. The mean summer tempera- ture of the great ' prairie region which the general public are now specially interested in, and which we are now describing, is 60°, with ample rain-fall. To quote again from the records of Colonel Dennis : — ' As accountiag for the extraordinary intrusion of the •wheat producing zone into the northern latitudes of the Dominion territories, it may be remarked that the Isothermal line, showing the mean summer temperature of sixty degrees, which leaves the Atlantic coast in or about 45° north latitude, skirts the north shore of Lake Superior in about 50°, thence trending north-westerly, touches the north end of Lake Winnipeg, thence nearly RIVERS AMD LAKES. 239 RORTH-NEST TERRITORIES. To tbe of the of )OTlt lake irly, arly dae north-west to Great Slave Lake, thence west to the vicinity of Fort Simpson, in latitude nearly sixty.five degrees north ; and thenco passes southerly with a little westing to the shores of the Pacific at Paget Sound, in or about latitude 49° north.' The year 1880 has been marked by great activity in Surveys, the Survey Department of the Dominion Service. Throughout Manitoba, Keewatin, and the Territories, track surveys and geological examinations were made extending over a total distance of about 1,700 miles, including the following rivers and lakes : — 1. The east side of Lake Winnipeg, from Dog's Head to mouth of Red River. 2. The Nelson River, from Goose-hunting River to the point reached from the sea in 1878, including Split Lake and Gull Lake. 3. Grass River and lakes upon the course of the former, from the mouth to the head of the east branch. 4. The western channels of the Sipiweek Lake, and the channels leading to and from Duck Lakes. 5. Channels of Nelson River, intersecting the eastern part of Ross Island, over fifty miles long. 6. All the channels between Little Play Green Lakes. 7. Jackfish River, from Rossville Mission to above the Fish Rapids. 8. Canoe route, from Knee Lake to and including God's Lake. 9. Canoe route, from Oxford House to and including Island Lake. 10. Canoe route, from Split Lake to Little Churchill River. 11. The Little Churchill River, from about 100 miles to its junction with the Great Churchill River, from the above-named junction to the sea. 12. T} 3 Great Churchill River, now under survey from Fort Churchill to Lake Winnipeg for a railway.* * The promoters of this scheme claim that Fort Churchill has the best harbour on Hudson Bay, and one, moreover, which can be used by Atlantic steamers for five months in the year ; that this place being no more than 250 miles from Lake Athabasca, the company ■will be able to penetrate into the fertile Peace River district at a moderate outlay. It is also suggested that the line might be so continued from Fort Churchill past Lake Athabasca to Port Simpson — believed by somo of the Government engineers to be 240 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. lORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Rivers and lakes. 13. The coast of Hudson Bay, for a few miles on either side of Fort Churchill. Besides the track surveys above mentioned, con- siderable stretches of the previous season's work were re-surveyed to check distances and obtain greater accu- racy of detail. Observations were frequently taken for latitude and magnetic variation, and at a few points for longitude. The daily barometer and thermometer i-ead- ings were registered, and the temperature of rivers and lakes taken ; about; fifty photographs were secured to illustrate the most interesting features of the region ex- plored, and a number of specimens collected. The general aspect of the whole region embraced within these surveys is level, aud the soil a light- coloured clay. As far north as Sipi'^/eek La.ke, on the Nelson River, and Knee Lake, on the boat route from Lake Winnipeg to Hudson Bay, both, soil and climate are represented to be sufficiently good to main- tain a population entirely dependent on agriculture. The rivers and lakes flowing wholly or in part in the North-West Territories are as follow : — The Mackenzie, Coppermine, and Great Fish Rivers, flowing into the Arctic Ocean. The Nelson, Churchill, Albany, Severn, East Main, and Great Whale Rivers, flowing into Hud- son Bay ; and the Saskatchewan, Assiniboine, and R&d River, f piling into Lake Winnipeg. The exteni, of the river and lake system of the ]^"orth- West Territories may be thus summed up. Red Rivee has nearly 600 miles of navigation, one- fourth of which IS within British territory, and steamers ply throughout the season between Lake Winnipeg and Glyndon, a distance of 288 miles. The Saskatchewan (the Lidr name is Kisis-kaJi- chewan, 'the river that runs swiftly ') River is 1,864^ miles in lensth. The north and south branches rise in the Rocky Mountains within a few miles of each other. The south or main branch ia 1,092 miles in length, and the best terminus on tho Pacific coast for ;i through railway — aa to open out the shortest rratu that can be discovered between Enuiand and tho East. The schume, it will bo seen, has been boldly deTHsed; but whatever weight may bo attached tv t'.io possibilities, it m at least sutiiciontly clear to us timt s^ch a railway »vould bo always of great service in bringing north-wetifc trade, and especially gravD, to the HudsoQ Bay route. SASKATCHET^'AN RIVER. 241 the north branch 77-^ miles. In ascending the river MORTH-WEST from Lake Winnipeg, the Grand Rapids, three miles TERRITORIES. long and 4<3^ feet descent, are first reached. Around these rapids the Hudson Bay Company operate a rail- Means of way four miles in length. The character of the soil in cation"^*" the country drained by the Saskatchewan is of a very superior quality. Already the country is settling up rapidly, and men of capital and experience are pushing their enterprises in this direction. Steamers sometimes run as high as Edmonton, a distance by river of 1,200 miles. (See table of distances, rates of freight, passage, &c. on page 245.) Fass Mission, at the mouth of the Pasquai River, is Settle- a fairly pvosperous settlement, with a soil well adapted menta. to agriculture. Frirce Albert Mission, on the south side of the North Saskatchewan, 45 miles below Carleton, extends a distance of about 30 miles, and numbers nearly 1,000 settlers, who are in a highly prosperous condition. Emmanuel College, in connection with the Church of England, but open to all Protestant denominations, is now established here. Edmonton is the centre of a fine section of farming country, rapidly settling up, with an enterprising popu- lation. The counti'y di'ained by the north branch and its tributary, the Battle River, is considerably wooded. Edmonton is the centre of the gold-washing fields of the North Saskatchewan. Fort Edmonton, stands jn the North Saskatchewan, about two hundred miles to the north of the Canadian Pacific Railw ay line. Sturgeon Creek, Lake St. Anne, to the westward, aboonds in whitetish. Battleford, the capital of the North-West Territories, situate 600 miles by road west of Winnipeg city, occu- pies the tongue of land between the Battle River and the north branch of the Saskatchewan. The Canadian Pacific Railv^ay, already constructed 850 miles west of Winnipeg, t.^averaes the South Saskatchewan valley 300 miles south of Battleford. A fortnightly express and post,al service is mainttiined between Winnipeg, Battleford, and EdmoJiton. There is also direct tele- graphic communication opened with Ottawa and otiaer chief centres in the old Dominion. The following u n i\ 242 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Saskat- chewan steamers. a I extract from the Battleford Herald is of interest to travellers and shippers: — * On the Saskatchewan steamers immigrants can now reach the settlements on the Saskatchewan in about as many days as it takes weeks from Winnipeg over- land, and at a total cost bnt very little exceeding the cost of provisions required for the mi.>re tedious and un- comfortable trip. The following rates ^or the season of 1880 will probably be slightly reduced during the present season of navigation : — For Freight, peb lb. Lower Fort Garry to — UP CentB now» Cents Graiid Rapids . n u The Pas . H H Cumberland . 2| 4 Fort a la Come 3 Prince Albert . H H Carleton . ■ 3t 3 Battleford . H 3* Fort Pitt H 4 Victoria . H H Fort Saskatchewan 1 Edmonton J ■ H 6 Passe J^GEE Rates. JJV 1 DOWN Lower Fort Garry to — Cabii 1 Deck Cabin Deck Grand Rapids ^12 ^rs.oo . ^12 ^5.00 The Pas . 24 10.00 18 7.50 Cumberland 30 15.00 24 12.00 Fort a la Come . 36 20.00 35 20.00 Prince Albert "1 Fort Carleton J 60 25.00 40 20.00 Battleford . 60 30.00 60 25.00 Fort Pitt . 65 32.60 60 30.00 Victoria, Fort "| Saskatchewan, > 70 35.00 65 32.00 Edmonton J ' The di;'^tance between Winnipeg and Edmonton by river is nearly 1,200 miles. ' Cabin passengers will get a berth in state-room, but will have to pay 60 cents for each meal. Deck pas- sengers will have to find their own bedding, and will have to pay 50 cents for each meal. Each passenger will be allowed 100 lbs. of baggage free. Should the steamers, through accident or other causes, be arrested LITTLE SASKATCHEWAN. 243 to en route, passengers will have to find their way to their destination at their own cost.' Fort Saskatchewan, formerly Fort Jarvis, 30 miles north of Fort Edmonton, is a French-Cgnadian settle- ment, and one of the stations of the Mounted Police. On the soiith branch above ' the forks ' of the Sas- katchewan spreads the ' park country,' ' natural fields of rich land dotted with lakes and groves.' At St. Laurent, 60 miles from the forks, is a considerable settlement of French-Canadians and half-breeds. Buch Lake, 20 miles west, is also the nucleus of an improving colony. The * Moose Woods,' 35 miles beyond, and ' Cypress Hills,' abound in nutritious grasses, and are well watered and adapted for stock-raising. Further information in regaru to this branch of farming, and the best localities in which to pursue it, will be found on page 254. Red Deer, Bow, and Belly Rivers are tributaries of the South Saskatchewan, and drain a fine region, estimated to contain an area equal to eight times that of Manitoba. The forks of the Red Deer River are distant 168 miles from Battleford. Professor Macoun is of opinion that the South Saskatchewan ought to be made the means of transporting supplies to Fort Walsh and Fort MacLeod. When the navigation of the river is accomplished supplies can bo landed within 30 miles of Fort Walsh, and at the forks on Bow and Belly Rivers, only two days' journey from Fort MacLeod. Fort MacLeod commands the centre of one of the best cattle-ranging districts in the whole North- West. Fort Galgamj is at the confluence of the Bow and Elbow Rivers, and Fort MacLeod, on the Belly River ; a short distance south of Fort Calgarry are natural sport- ing grounds. Buffalo herd on them in large numbers. The land in the neighbourhood of the former station is scribed by travellers as being ' as level as a cricket ground.' The KoOTEN\Y River, flowing mainly in British Colirrabia,has some fine grazing laud on its banks. The AssiNiHOiNE River, the principal tributary of Red River, which it joins at Winni[)eg, is usually navi- gable as far as Portage la Prairie, the county town of Marquette, 65 miles from its mouth. During high waters boats run up to Fort EUice, 350 miles. Its entire course is upwards of 600 miles. The country between u ;2 NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES River- )l 2\4 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. MROTH-WEST Winnipeg and the Portage is generally low, and in TtRRiTORY. many places wet and uninviting. Beyond Portage la Rivers. Praii'ie the forest here and there shows itself — spruce groves and sandhills capped with pines, and little dells tilled with aspen and spruce, come to view. ; Distances on the Assiniboinb Riveh. Miles Portage la Prairie . . 65 Rapid City Sturton's Tjanding . Grand Valley . Smart's ,, Brandon . . . . Cypress River .... Little Saskatchewan Hen'';^ _ind "^"Iker's Oak River Red Flag Grladston Milford Arrow River . Mouth of Souris Bird Tail Creek Maers ..... FoHT Ellice , Miles 350 The Qu'Appelle, the main tributary of the Assini- boine, rises near the elbow of the south branch of the Saskatchew^an. It is 250 miles long, and flows through a fine valley. The Souris and Rapid or Little Sas- katchewan Rivers are also trilmtaries of the Assiniboine. At Fort Ellice there are good bridges over the Assini- boine and the Qu'Appelle Rivers. Li'^TLB Saskatchewan River is a very beautiful stream, and, though very rapid, is navigable for canoes and bateaux for 100 miles. It flows parallel with the Assiniboine about 100 miles eastward of it, and enters it about 150 miles from its mouth. It drains a magnifi- cent country, which is fast settling up, and the soil is of wonderful fertility. Lord Elphinstone's stock farm of 12^000 acres is on this river. Pembina River has its course eastward through the territories, in the southern portion flowing nearly pa- rallel v/ith the international boundary lino. When the obstructions in it are removed it m.ust become an im- portant highway of travel, and greatly hasten the settle- ment of the country. Teace River is navigable for 500 miles from the Rocky Mountains, has an average depth of six feet, and drains a section of country which will at no very distant day be settled by a large farming population. The followir g are the chief points on Peace River east of the Rocky Mountains : — Hudson's Hope, Fort St. John (60 miles), Dunvegan (180 miles). Battle W!l!J.*?5-''W»*f-j;^ iS)'"""'' '^i''','^ ' LAKES AND EIVERS. 245 River (280 miles), Port Vermilion (480 miles), Little NORTH-WEST Eed Riv3r (580 miles), Fort Chipewyan, Lake Atha- TERRITORIES, basca, Fort Simpson, aui Fort Liard. E-OOT or Carkot Rtveb rises in rich lands, sixty miles south-west from the forks of the Saskatchewan, and flows through a wooded country, with many lakes, gene- rally from thirty f;0 fifty miles south of the (Saskatche- wan, into which it falls after a course of about 240 miles. It is estimated there are three millions of acres of land of first quahty between this rivtr and the Saskatchewan. Swan River has a course of nearly 200 miles, and • enters Lake Wiuuipegosis near its north end. The Athabasca Rjver is navigable for 180 miles above the lake of this name. It drains what is known as the 'Thickwood Country.' Between Lake Athabasca and the Arctic Ocean, a distance of 1,300 miles, there is but one portage necessary, and that is only fourteen miles in length. The Mackenzie River runs 2,400 miles almost due north-west trom Great Slave Lake to the Arctic Ocean, and drains an area of 440,000 square miles. Fort Liard and Fort Simpson are on Mountain River, a tributary of the Mackenzie. The nobJe nvers Winnipeg, Nelson, and Beaver, and the Hudson Bay rivers and streams generally south of York Factory have long been navi- gated by canoes and small craft. Steam will no doubt be employed upon many of them before many years. Nelson River drains the whole of the Winnipeg basin, flows NE., and enters Hudson Bay at Port Nelson. The geographical position of Port Nelson, when studied with regard to the prospective commercial interests of Manitoba and the North- West Territories suggests con- clusions of a startling character, which the limits and purpose of this handbook alike preclude. The total river navigation within Dominion territory in the north-west is variously estimated at between 1U,OUO and 11,000 miles. Of this about 4,000 are at present navigated. Lakes Winnipeg, Manitoha, and Winnipegosts have Lakes, been already referred to in the chapter on Manitoba. Mossy Portage, four miles long, connects the head of Lake Wiunipegoeis with Cedar Lake on the main Sas- katchewan, tims linkmg a line of continuous water communication 1,500 miles in lengch, extending from Winnipeg ';ity to the base of the Rocky Mountains. 246 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Table of distances. Besides these, which are perhaps the best known, there are the Great Sla^^e, Great Bear, Athabasca, Clear Water, Reindeer, Nelson, Wollaston, Mistassinne, and Abbitibbe and innumerable smaller lakes, Winnipeg Lake is 300 miles long by from 50 to 60 miles wide, and is sometimes called the Black Sea of Canada.* The recent surveys of Dr. Bell and Mr. Cochran north and north-west of this lake will greatly extend tha scant knowledge we have of that vast and promising country. The following table of stations and intermediate distances on the usually travelled route between York Factory, Port Nelson, and Norway House, which is situate at the northern extremity of Lake Winnipeg is of importance to travellers in this region : — • Mileq Intermediate Total York Factory To Hayes River 52 Steel River 27 79 Hill River to First Fall . 32 111 Fall to Upper River 30 141 Lac de la Sauvaune 7 148 Riviere auxBrochets or ' Jack River' 10 158 Knee Lake 47 205 Trout River 13 218 Holy Lake , . . . . 30 248 Beaver Dam Brook 78 326 Hare Lake 7 333 Sea River 35 368 Play- green Lake . . . . 14 382 Norway House Lake of the Woods is a noble expanse of waiers, and will, as soon as facilities for tourist and pleasure travel are provided, attract many a visitor to its picturesque shores. It receives the waters of Hainy Lake through Rainy River. Some time ago there was shown on the Red River the identical bark canoe which had, in 1828, carried Governor Simpson and his staff from Hudson Bay, * The principal settlements in the North-West Territories are Prince Albi^rt, Qu'Appelle, Riding Mountain, Carleton, St. Albert, Battleford, Edmonton, Fort Saskatchewan, St. Anne's, &c. TT ■-^ y r-^ii-W'f wijJ!^,' SETTLEMENT BELTS. 247 via Peace River, to tide-water on the Pacific at the NORTH-WEST mouth of the Eraser River, probably the longest trans- TERRITORIES, continental canoe trip ever accomplished by European travellers. It was a noble craft, and, when manned by a picked crew of eight Canadian voyageurs, brought vividly to mind the records of the palmy days of ancient Hochelaga, the adventures of brave Jacques Cartier, and the exploits of the equally fearless and devoted mis- sionaries of the Cross, Hennepin and Marquette. The same general remark will apply to the larger ter- ritory of the North- West that has been made relative to Manitoba. Mineral undoubtedly exists in many dis- Minernls. tricts, but in what quantity or of what quality is not known. Professor Selwyn's report will, it is hoped, supply what is now most urgently sought for both in these islands and throughout the Dominion — compre- hensive and reliable information on the mineral re- sources, and, more particularly, the coal beds of these territories. What is known may be briefly stated. There are extensive lignite deposits on the Saskatchewan River, in the Souris River valley, 260 miles west of Emerson, on Red River, and about thi-ee mi'es north of the inter- national boundary. According to the mining engineer, Mr. R. H. Norton, the claims referred to 'contain a vast amount of coal, which can be easily and economically niined and prepared for shipment.' The Souris Coal and Fuel Company has been incorporated to work them. The seams thus far reported upon extend over an area of 1,000 acres, to a depth averaging from seven to fifteen feet, and are estimated to contain nearly twenty millions of tons. Fire clay and ironstone are said to abound in conjunction with the lignite. Specimens of ironstone show five per cent, of iron in seams 18 inches thick. Professor Selwyn is of the impression that lignite beds may be uncovered at no great depth in situations con- siderably east of the surface indications in the valley of the Souris River, and possibly so far north as to be easily accessible by the navigation of the Assiniboine, with a probability that such lower strata will be of superior quality. Following the inevitable course of empire, the march Central or of population and settlement in the Canadian North- prairie West has been westward, in and bordering on the valleys of the Assiniboine and Saskatchewan mainly, and along 248 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Settlement belts. !! I 1^ MCRTH-WEST the surveyed line of the Canadian Pacific Railway. — ! The best known and settled sections, as before remarked, are situate in what is now everywhere known as the ' Fertile,' or wheat-producing belt, and in the Southern or Pembina and Turtle Mountain district. In this order we will endeavour to briefly describe them. Under the name of Central or Prairie Land is em- braced the vast tract ah'eady briefly outlined, stretching from 4;)° to 60° N., a distance of 760 miles, and em- bracing an area equal to 480,000 square miles. Thb lands are watered by the Red, Assiniboine, Saskatche- wan, and Peace rivers, and are among the most valuable in the Dominion. The impression which still largely prevails that the central or so-called ' Fertile ' belt con- tains the only land especially valuable and desirable for wheat-growing is wholly erroneous. The southern belt, adjoining United States territory, and much of the northern, or Lake Superior and Hudson Bay belt, is equally well adapted for farming purposes. The south and larger half of this area lies upon the waters of the Saskatchewan, Red, and Assiniboine rivers. North of this the Beaver or Churchill tract occupies a triangular area of 50,000 square miles. Of the remainder, 120,000 are situated on the Athabasca and on the Peace River to the north ; and 30,000 square miles, forming the north-west corner of the tract, border the waters of the Riviere aux Liards or Mountain River and Hay River, branches of the great Mackenzie River. The valleys of the Assiniboine avid Saskatchewan embrace 46,000,000 of acres of rich soil and pasturage, 18,000,000 of which are immediately available for farm- ing purposes. The western district of Manitoba, which includes all the land lying between Rat Lake Creek and Poplar Point, and between Lake Manitoba and the Assi- niboine, is probably the very best in that province for farm purposes. The prices of improved farms fronting on the Red and Assiniboine Rivers range from 5 dols. to 20 dols. per acre. In the newer settlements, lots have changed hands at 2 dols. and 3 dols. per acre, while in favoured spots near Winnipeg small tracts are held as high as 40 dols. per acre. The land between the North and South Saskatchewan Rivers is nearly all good. From Long Lake to the Little Saskatchewan River, the country, for a distance of 150 miles, contains many tine PEMBINA MOUNTAINS. 249 sections of rich, fertile land, interspersed with poplar groves, well adapted to the wants of English tenant- farraeis. Professor Macoun, from whose evidence we have so often quoted, has stated that ' a continuous farming country extends from Point du Chene, thirty miles east of Winnipeg, to the Assiniboine at Fort BUice, a distance of 230 miles without a break.' That portion of the ' Fertile Belt ' more properly designated the Saskatchewan country is bounded on the south by the 49th parallel, west by the Rocky Moun- tains, north by parallel 55°, and east by Manitoba. Next to the Saskatchewan district, west and north- ward, is a very extensive district, forming the watershed between the Saskatchewan and Peace Rivers. Through it flows the Athabasca River. This is all forest, and but little more than its name of ' Thickwood Country ' is known of it. Adjoining this is the Peace River section, extending along the Rocky Mountains from a point a little north of Jasper's House to Fort Liard and the west end of Little Slave Lake, thence to the forks of Athabasca, and down that river to Athabasca Lake. The Peace River country, indeed the whole prairie region situated between Manitoba and the Rocky Moun- tains, embracing, according to Professor Macoun, 76,000,000 acres of farming land, is described by Dr. G. M. Dawson, Rev. D. M. Goi-don, Mr. J. H. Carabie, and indeed by all travellers and settlers, professional and unprofessional, as capable of successful cultivation, though varying greatly, as do all lands of equal extent, in capacity for production. Those who have had the best means of judging, pronounce the land in the Peace River valley the most valuable for farming purposes in the whole North- West. Game, large and small, abounds, and while it continues abundant the growing of cereals and garden crops is pursued as an amusement only. Cultivation would moderate the climate there as it has moderated it elsewhei'e. Meanwhile it is worthy of note that horses are kept out all the winter, getting their own living, though the thermometer sometimes marks 50 below zero. The navigation of the river opens and closes as nearly as possible at the same time as that of the Ottawa. In general character it is very like that of Manitoba, west from Portage la Prairie to Pine Creek. NORTH-WEST TtRRITORIES. Saskatche- wan Country. Thickwood C)untry. Peace River Country. 250 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST TERRITIRIES. Pembina Mountains. :■> i ! The hindrances to the immediate settlement and per- manently successful cultivation of these vast prairies have been already briefly stated. Inferiority in respect either of climate or soil cannot certainly be fairly num- bered among them. These lands are unquestionably capable of sustaining a large and active population, and with the increased facilities for transport, and the tide of immigration which the Dominion and American rail- way systems are sure sooner or later to bring, they are not likely to remain long unoccupied. Five-sixths of all the timber in the Peace River country is poplar. The river scenery is described as ' enchanting.' The country on the proposed line of the South- Western Railway in and around Pembina Mountains, Turtle and Riding Mountains, and that between the Souris and Qu'Appella Rivers is described by late travellers as being of great fertility and promise. Of the newly opened Pembina Mountain district a correspondent of the Hamilton Spectator writes : — ' The Pembina Mountains are not as some might imagine, i.e., they are not mountains and hills of rocks, but are a beautiful table-land, with an elevation of about 300 feet abovo the river. Then we have the Pembina Valley, which is at its narrowest point three-quarters of a mile wide ; then it extends in width to six miles, and as one stands upon the brink of the tableland a great variety of scenery is suddenly brought to view, I shall never forget April 19 last as our party stood upon the banks and viewed the valley below. There we saw hills and ravines, timbered and prairie lands, high and low land ; there we saw almost every kind of fowl hovering over the scene, from the great sand-hill crane to the duck which abound in mul- titudes ; we saw deer, elk, &c., not forgetting our friend the grizzly. We could see for fully twenty miles up or down the valley. It was a grand sight, never to be forgot- ten ; of such a place an artist could hardly find an equal.' The lands above described, and indeed all the public lands in these territories, as well as those of Manitoba and Keewatin, are in the hands of the Dominion Govern- ment, and not in those of the Provincial Governments, as is the case in the other provinces. Further details in regard to them will be found in Mr. Hepple Hall's work, 'Lands of Plenty in the New North- West/ pub- lished by Hunter, Rose, & Co., Toronto. 1 an GOVERNMENT. 251 The rapidity with which the land i' the settlement belts west of Manitoba is being occupied and cul- tivatod is illustrated by the following official Land Office returns. Regulations for the >ale of land will be supplied by the Canadian Pacific Railway on application. For the year ending October 31, 1879, the transactions at the various offices were as follows : — Winnipeg. Acres. 14,863 :,Mles 1,440 warrants. 24,040 homesteads. 11,920 ppf-emptions. 160 Ibrost tree culture. Total, 62,423 Emekson. 64,363 Sides. 6,280 warrants. 168,402 homesteads. 37,740 pre-emptions, 13,760 forest tree culture. Total, 279,545 Nelsonville, Acres 78,73.5 sales, 4,640 warrants. 159,310 homesteads. 138,880 pre-emptions. 16,640 it est tree culture. Total, 398,2 11 Portage la. Pbaibie. 9,922 sales, 1,120 warrants, 39,o20 homesteads. 19,280 pre-emptions, 320 forest tree culture. Total, 70,162 Little Saskatchewan, 65,977 sales, 6,714 warrants. 162,558 homesteads. 61,;i'"iH pre-emptions. 160 forest tree culture. tt Total, 296,967 Grand Total, 1,097,308. NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Land sales. Statement shoming total acreage of land disposed of since establishment of Dominion Lands Offices at Winnijieg in 1872 to October 31, 1879. Year Homesteads rre- emptions Sales Warrants FT Culture No, of acres No, of acres No. of acres No. of acres No.ofacrs, From establishment of office in 1872 to October 31, 1876 , . . . 485,760 163,313 55,191 135,116 — October 31,1876 65 520 42,080 28,2V 3 27,680 480 October 31, 1877 131,001 50 93,809 02 160,395 76i 12,318 13 1,999 65 October 31, 1 878 280,022 26i 251.192 49J 132,344 yei 13,433 60 6,598 28 October 31, 1881 438,707 263,647 365,145 — — October 31, 1882 1,181,652 904,211 413,282 — — Totals . 2,673,562 76i 1,718,252 61i 1,144,571 73 188,547 73 8,0/7 83 252 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Govern ment. y NORTH-WEST It will bo seen that the homestead and pre-emption TERRITORIES ! and forest tree culture claims amounted, from the estab« lisliment of the oifice in Winnipeg to October 31, 1878, to 1,511,074 acres against 572,828 acres sold for cash and upon wliich military bounty warrants were placed, thus showing that up to nearly the close of 1878, at least, land speculators had not operated extensively in Dominion lands. Some valuable advice in regard to raising of crops and farming generally will be found at page 136 of the Farmers' Delegate Reports, a second and revised edition of which is now in the Government press at Ottawa, and will shortly be issued. The Territories are, under the Dominion Act (38 Vict., cap. 49), governed by a Lieutenant-Governor, assisted by a council of five members, subject to in- structions given by Order in Council at Ottawa, or by the Canadian Secretary of State. Representatives may be returned from time to time to a council or as- sembly according as districts of 1,000 square miles attain a population of 1,000 adults. The present Lieu- tenant-Governor is the Hon. David Laird, appointed October 7, 1876, and the seat of government is at Battleford. Our sketch of this section of the Dominion would lack completeness did it not include some mention of the Mounted Police force. It is the only force which the Dominion has upon active duty, and is stationed beyond the borders of the civilised parts of Canada, and in the very heart of a land inhabited only by wild tribes of Indians, buffalo, antelope, and game of all kinds. It is therefore but natural that their life should be considered one of adventure and excitement. The force consists of about 350 men and officers, and about the same number of horses. It is divided into six troops, named with the letters from A to F, and stationed in detachments at numerous forts, from near Winnipeg to the base of the Rocky Mountains, and northward to Battleford. The Mounted Police is not a military force — at least it is not under the control of the Militia Department, as are all the other corps in Canada — though the organisation and discipline, with the exception of titles given to different grades of ofi&cers and men, are much the same as those Mounted Police. MOUNTED POLICE. 253 of a regiment of cavalry. Thus, instead of a colonel there is a commissioner ; of major, assistant commissioner ; of cai)tain, superintendent ; and of lieutenant, in- spector ; while men in the ranks are constables instead of privates. The men are armed with Winchester and Snider carbines and the Adams revolver, and all non-commis- sioned officers above the rank of corporal wear swords. The uniform consists of a white helmet, scarlet tunic with yellow facing, and black breeches with yellow stripes. In winter they wear short buffalo coats and fur caps and mits. The skirmishing drill used in the force is said to be compiled from the American cavalry tactics for the prairie and the regular drill laid down for car- bineers, and was put in shape by Inspector Steele, of B troop, a very clever man, who is much liked by his men. Fort Walsh, commanded by Captain Crozier, is the head- quarters of the force at present, and is g 'rrisoned by two troops of about seventy-five men each Fort M^Leod is the next largest fort, and nas about 125 men ; while the rest of tli« force is divided betv.'een I'orfs Qti'ApjieUe^ Galgarrij, Wood Mountain, Dufferin, Shoal Lake, Sas- katchewan, Battleford, and Head of the Mountains, with from five to fifty men each. The routine duties at this post are ' stables ' three times a day, artillery drill and riding drill an hour and a half each in the morning ; riding school for third-class ride in the afternoon ; guard and picket and kit inspection weekly, and medical in- spection fortnightly. On Sunday church parade and service is held, much to the disgust of the men, who would rather attend church without compulsion, in which case what they hear would probably be thought more of. The object of the force is to keep whisky out of the country and away from the Indians, and to keep peace between the different tribes. During the summer months they traverse the North-West from one end to the other, travelling thousands of miles at a trip. On these journeys much of interest and excitement is seen, and in them lies the charm for this life. The men of the force are of a different class from those wbo form the largest part of a regu.lar army ; they are, as a rule, young men of a very good class. It would be hard to find in any regular army a regiment whose standard, either as NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES Mounted Poli ce. ■''liPg^i'w^iV^iliiii wmj' I ■pVJl.i.^NHf*? ■«'*«'■ 254 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. NORTH-WEST regards appearance or intelligence, is higher than theirs. TERRITORIES! The quietude a-nd contentment which characterise the ndians. Indian tribes of these territorievS, and the fact that but one death from vioieuce has occurred in six years, speaks volumes not only for the discipline and efficiency of the members of the force, but also for the friendly relations subsisting between the natives of the soil and the British. The following extract from the last report of Mr. Commissioner Dewdney will be of interest to all who have occasion to visit the plains, either en route for British Columbia or for the sport which thoy afford. There are six posts now garrisoned by the M. P. Force, viz. : — Saskatchewan, Suoerintendent W. D. Jarvis. Batt'eford, Sup*'nnT,ondent J. Walker. Shoal Lake, Sttyenntendent Wm. M. Horchraer, "Wood Mountain, Superintendent J. M. Walsh. Fort Walsli, Superintendent L. N. F. Crozier. Fort MacLeod, Superintendent Wm. Winder. The following is the distribution of the force : — Officers Sergte. 1 n o 3 i J S ?! 1 3 ^ '»' Where Stationed IS o CD P 1 a I— ( % 03 t' P 1 S a 6 1 4^ CO ■a B. 8 H ^ Tort Saskatchewan — 1 1 2 2 — 12 18 18 11 11 "Bast Bnd Post 1 1 1 _^ 20 23 , 23 _ _ — — — 1 — 9 10 — i 6 " fiort Walih . n 3 — 2 3 2 4 66 70 103 1 47 76 "Port McLeod . 1 1 2 2 2 3 89 50 60 78 78 D Shoal Lake — . 1 1 — 2 15 19 . 19 Qu'Appelle — — 1 — 1 — 4 6 — 2 » Swan Rivor . — — — — — — 2 2 — • 3 ft Duck Lake — — — — 1 1 — 2 — 1 » Battleford — — — — — — 1 1 . — 8 »i Prince Albert . — — — — — — 3 3 33 4 ^^2 E Fort McLeod . . 3 2 3 1 30 39 33 Port Calt-'arry . — — — 1 1 1 10 13 16 »> Battleford 1 1 1 1 1 2 IG 23 , — 26 )) Prince Albert . — — — — 1 — — 1 *— >» Duck Lake — — — — — — 1 1 77 1 76 P Fort Walsh 2 1 3 6 4 6 51 72 56 .„,. Milk River — — — — — 1 6 7 5 f 99 Shoal Lake ~~ — — — — -12 2 81 — 61 Total . 7 6 13 19 1 20 iO 277 362 362 334 3u4 a> ^i a o ^ o. •2 H h 11 11 23 — 6 47 76 78 78 19 2 3 1 — 3 — 4 ^i 50 5 76 61 STOCK RAISING. 255 An organised corps of guides, jjo conduct parties rT unDTu.uucoT emigrants in search of suitable and desirable locations ERRIFflRIES. in the Territories, has re.-outly been establisliei by the Dominion Government. As already remarked, the climate and soil of these Stock Territories are especially adapted to the production of farmitig. wheat. Its advantages as a stock-farming country are scarcely less conspicuous. Oiving to the abundance and nutritious quality of its prairie grasses and the lightness of the snow-fall over much of its surface, it offers un- doubted faf^ilities for the breeding and rearing of stook and for the fattening of beef cattle. Particularly is this the case in the southerly and south-westerly parts of the Territories, embracing some 30,000,000 of acres, the natural home of the buffalo, and on the slopes and along the eastern base of the Rocky Mountain range, where the climate favours the 'ranging' of the animals the entire winter with little, if any, shelter. The following letter of Mr. Commissioner Dewdney, for which we are indebted to the courtesy of Colonel SU>ughton Dennis, to whom it was originally addressed, indicates the locality .^lore especially referred to. Reporting on the capabilities of this section for purposes of pasturage, Mr. Commissioner Dewdney gives thf> following testimony : — ' As a stock country, from the Boundary Line to Fort Mnc- Bow River it cannot be surpassed, the pick of it lying j^^''"^' *,". behveen Fort MacLeod and Bow Elver, Montana is perhaps *^^^ the best cattle state irx the American Union, but it is acknowledged by drovers who have brought cattle from that state to our territory that we have a much better country, and I am sure there can be no question about it. I have seen Montana, and have travelled through the best portions of their cattle country. I have also for a number of years travelled through, the southern, portion of British Columbia, called the Bunch Grass Country, and which is similar to Montana and to some oections of our own country. In both of these the feed ss being destroyed for cattle by over-stocking, and is iften killed out entirely, so much so in M'-ntaua that a good many of the cattle ranges are being replaced by sheep. * As you go north from the Boundary Lino, our iver. ■1"- rJ*?-^^ ' .11'^^^ ' 256 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. m i MORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Bow river countr}-. I* country becomes moister, and the vegetation more luxuriant, until yon reach the latitude of about 51° or 62°, when +he bunch grass entiiely disappears, and is replaced by soft grasses, such as pea-vine, blue-joint, and other green grasses. These die in the winter-, and consequently afford no nourishment to cattle at that season of the year, but are most luxuriant in the summer. These soft grasses appear among our bunch gi'ass, from the neighbourhood of Fort MacLeod, and fts you go north increase in proportion to the bunch grass, nntil, as I said before, they entirely replace the bunch grass ; and as the district between Fort MacLeod and Bow River embraces this description of feed in goou proportions, I give it as a reason why I consider it the pick of the north-west as a cattle country, and superior to Montana. ' You will know that these soft grasses grow year after year, and are very difficult to kill out, and con- sequently must add to the permanency of this section as a good cattle country. ' My experience has been that the nearer cattle are to the mountains, ':he better they will winter, for though there may be a bttle snow, there is more shelter, and the grasses are heavier.' Education, &c. The following extract from a letter of Mr. W. G. Conrad, a member of the firm of J. G. Baker & Co., dated Fort Benton, Montana Territory, U.S., November 12, 1880, to Colonel Dennis, fully contirras the fore- going statement : — ' We think your country in that section will rapidly settle up, and know it to be a good agricultural, and the best stock or grazing country i»u the Contiuent.' (Signed) ' W. G. Conhad.' For so remote and unsettled a country as the North- west Territories, ecclesiastical and educational matters have made fair progress. Tlie present diocese of Rupert's Land embraces the province of Manitoba with the dis- trict of Cumberland, except the sub-district of Fort « la Corne, Swan River, Norway House, and Lnc la Piuie. Missionaries in lull orders are labouring in the following 1^ I rjrfrvwwi^V^'fV ^ .T-.T .nniMWiH LAND OFFICES. 257 localities, viz. . Touchwood Hills, Cumberland, Devon, Fort Alexander, Fairford, St. Peter's, Fort Frances, and Islington, and there are a number of caiiechists and schoohiiasters in connection with theae. The best time for a man with limited means to go to Manitoba is from April to June. To locate land the most desirable time is August, September, or October. In the case of taking free homesteads, pre-empting, or purchasing from the government, the business will have to be transacted at the nearest of the following Dominion Land Offices : — NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Laktd Offices. Nelsonville Office Winnipeg Office Gladstone Office Odanah Office BiRTLE Office BuANDON Office Turtle Mountain Office . Phikce Albert Office . Henry Landerkin, Acting Agent G-. NB-vicoMBE, Acting Agent Joseph Graham, Acting Agent A. A. Fisher, Acting Agent A. J. Belch, Acting Agent Geo, Newcombe, Acting Agent G. F. Nb-wcombe, Acting Agent George Duck, Acting Agent Sport. — Shooting- and fishing is everywhere ex- cellent, the woods and the prairie abounding in game of every kind, and the livers and lakes with fish. ESJ^BCTgH itll M I i/R IC3iif fij -^fr-^^'r^-yy^j^^^y^c^J'k^^^fViV!^^ 258 EANi)BOOK TO CANADA. POST OFFICES m THE PROVINCE OF MANI- r? NORTHWEST TOBA, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO TERRITORIES. ELECTORAL DISTRICTS. 1 IJSGAE. I Argyle Foxton St. Andrew's 1 Balmoral Greewood Stony Mountain 1 Bird's Hill Lower Fort Garry Stonewall 1 Clandeljoye Middle Church Springfield 1 Cook's Creek Oak Bank Sunnyside I Dundee Park's Creek Victoria 1 Pynevor Peguis 1 F,A8t Selkirk Selkirk "' ■ MARQUETTE. Alexandria Lakeside Prospect Assiniboine Lake Frances Preston Archi bald Linstrathen Pembina Crossing Baie St. Paul Littleton Rienland |i Beaconsfield Lorno Rousethwaite ^ Boaver Creek Marringhurst Ruttanville Boausejour Meadow Lea Salterville Braudon Miami Snowflake Blumenorfc Minnedosa Silver Spring Blytbfield Mimiewashta Somerset Burnside Morris Stodderville Calf Mountain Mountain City St, Francois Xavier Campbellville Nelsonrille St. Laurent Carman Newhaven St. Leon Clydesdale Oakland Stratliclair Cross Lake Oak Point Thornhill Crystal City Olive Treherne Pulton Ossowa Totogon Genoa Pigeon Lake Warrins'^f'O Gladstone Pilot Mound Wellington i Glcnora Pomeroy Wellwj')d 1. Golden Stream Poplar Heights Westbourne 1 High Bluff Poplar Point Woodlands 1 Holland Portage la Prairie Woodeide 1 Indian Tord PROVENCHER. Arnaud Letelier St. Norbert Cloar Springs Kiverville St. Pie Delormo Otterburno St. Vital dominion City Rat River St. Jean BaptiBtp Emersou Eidgeville Scratching River Gauthier Sto. Anne W» St Lynn ^i Green Eidge St. Agatbe POST OFFICES. 259 Headingly Kildonan Lorctto Millbrook SELKIRK. Prairie Grovo Plynipton St. Boniface St. Charles St. Jam 03 "Winnipeg NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES POST OFFICES m THE NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Battleford Birtlo Blake Bridge Creek Carleton Cadureis Eden Fairview Fort Edmonton Fort Ellice Fort Saskatchewan Grandin Grand Valley Hall's Ford Hazeldean McGregor Milford Newdale Oak River Oberon Osproy Odanah Petrel Prince Albert Qu'ApppIle Rapid City Richmond Rossbum St. Albert Salisbury Shell Riror Souris Mouth Sh(jal Lake Stobart Touchwood Hills POST OFFICES IN THE PROVINCE OF KEEWATIN. Fort Frances Lake Deception Gimli PinefalU Rat Portage White Mouth POST OFFICES IN THE PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, ARRANGED AC- CORDING TO ELECTORAL DISTRICTS Alexandria Barkervilie Cli/iton Dog Creek Gleuora CARJiiOO. Lae La Hache Lill.-t 160 Mile House Pa'-ilion Quesuelle Skeena Soda OriH^k Van Wijiikie T 1 ! 260 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. i ! 1 ORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. Burrard Inlet Chilliwack Granville Ladner's Landing NEW WESTMINSTER. Langley New Westminster Maple Ridge Sumaa Matsqui Moodyville 1 VANCOUVER. » Burpoyno Bay Chemainus Comox Cowichan Maple Bay Nanaimo Quadra Salt Spring Island VICTORIA. Somenos Sooke Wellington Esquimault Victoria YALE. Ashcroft Cache Creek Duck and Pringlb Hope Kamloops Kootenay (sub)] Lytton Nicola Lake Okanagon Okaii;i2;on Mission Spence's Bridge Yale CANADIAN PACIFIC RAILWAY. 261 ;er THE CANADIAIT PACIFIC RAILWAY. m As early as February 8, 1873, a charter was granted to Sir Hugh Allen and twelve other directors for a rail- way across the Dominion of Canada, between tide water on the St. Lawrence and the Pacific Ocean. It was not, however, until 1878 that the Dominion Government entered actively on the work of construction. The Canadian Pacific Railway Company was in- corporated February 16, 1881. At that time the Do- minion Government had under construction and partly completed two sections of the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, one of 436 miles between Winnipeg aud Thunder Bay, on Lake Superior, and one of 213 miles between Port Moody, on the Pacific coast, and Lake K^amloops in British Columbia, and had completed and in operation a branch line, 66 miles in length, from Winnipeg southward to Emerson, on the International boundary. The contract between the government and the Company provided for the completion by the govern- ment of the sections under construction and their transfer to the Company as part of its subsidy. In addition to these 710 miles of completed railway with sidings, depots, water suctions, engine houses, &c., the Company was granted 26,0^^0,000 dels, in cash and 25,000,000 acres of selected agricultural lands together with a number of concessions of great value, such as exemption from competition for twenty years, perpetual exemption from taxation of auy description, exemption from duties on trr^ck, bridge and telegiaph materials, and the perpetual right to make sv.M rates as would afford a net revenue of ten per cent, on the capital invested. In consideration of these grants and concessions, the Company undertook to complete, equip and operate the line from Callandar, Ontario, the terminus of the Canada Central railway, to the Pacific Ocean, a distance of 262 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. 2,555 miles, before the end of the year 1891. Deduct- ing the sections to be completed by the government, there remained for the Company to build 1,910 miles of the main line. In order to secure its eastern connections, the Com- pany immediately purchased the Canada Central rail- way, extending from Callaudar, on lake Nipissing, to Ottawa, the capital of the Dominion, and to Brockville on the St. Lawrence "'iver. The North Shore line between Ottawa and ^*iontreal was subsequently pur- chased from the government of the province of Quebec, and Montreal became the principal eastern terminus of the railway. Within three months after its incorporation, or in May, 1881, the Company commenced work on the line west of Winnipeg. As now under construction the line extends from Montreal, the commercial metropolis of Canada, to Port Moody, on Burrard Inlet in British Columbia, a distance of 2,896 miles. It consists of six divisions, known as the Eastern or Montreal division ; Lake Superior division ; Thunder Bay division ; Prairie division ; Rocky Mountain division, and the Western or Pacific division. The first of these extends from Montreal to Callandar, 345 miles. The Lake Superior division extends from Callandar to Port Arthur, 651 miles. The Thunder Bay division, from Port Arthur to Winnipeg, a distance of 435 miles. The Prairie division, from Winnipeg to Calgarry, 840 miles ; the Rocky Mountain division, from Calgarry to Kicking Horse Pass, 122 miles ; and the Western division, from the summit of the Rocky Mountains to Port Moody, 503 miles; a total distance of 2,896 miles. We present on the other side a table of distances on the through line when completed, as it will be in 1885, from Montreal to Port Moody. CANADIAN TACIFIC RAILWAY. 263 Name of riiico Inter- nu'diiito miles Totul Milfs Montreal to Ste. Theresa Janction Calumet Ottawa Carleton Junction Pembroke . Mattawa , CAtLANDAR, Ont. Port Arthur Bat Portage, Keewatin Winnipeg . Swift Current Medicine Hat Caloarhy . Summit, Eocky Mountains . Lake Kamloops (.Savonia's) Port Moody 19 40 61 29 76 94 26 651 297 138 511 150 179 122 290 213 69 120 149 225 319 345 996 1,293 1,431 1,942 2,092 2,271 2,393 2,683 2,896 COMPARATIVE TABLE OF DISTANCES. Name of Place From Montreal to Port Moody (Pacific Terminus of Canadian Pacific Railway) ..... From New York to Port Moody, via Canadian Pacific Eailway and Montreal From New York to Port Moody, via Canadian Pacific Railway and Brockville From New York to San Francisco, vid Central and Union Pacific Railways and shortest connecting lines in the United States ...... From Liverpool to Montreal ..... From Liverpool to New York From Liverpool to Port Moody, via Canadian Pacific Railway and Montreal From Liverpool to San Francisco, via all United States Routes From Liverpool to Yokohama (Japan), via Montreal and Canadian Pacific Railway .... From Liverpool to Yokoliama (Japan), via New York and San Francisco ....... Miles 2,896 3,279 3,164 3,384 2,790 3,040 5,690 6,830 11,019 12,038 !^ 264 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. TABLE OF DISTANCES IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. By Allan's Steamer Boutes. Name of Place Distance from last place Total Distance Liverpool to Tobt Island. Eock Light _- Crosby Light Ship 5 — Formby Light Ship . 3 8 Bell Buoy . ^ loi Bar Light Ship . H 12 Calf of Man 62 74 South Kock 30 104 Copeland . 16 120 Maidens . 16 136 Rathlin Island . 1 26 162 Innishone Head 30 192 InnistrahuU 16 208 Tory Island i 36 244 LlVEKPOOL TO CaPH EoSIBB. Vid Cape Eace. Tory Island 244 — Cape Eace 1,733 1,977 Cape Pine 20 1,997 St, Pierre . 110 2,107 Cape Eay . 143 2,250 Bird Eocks 76 2,326 Cape Eosier 137 2,463 Liverpool to Cape Eosibb. Vi& Belle Isle. Tory Island 244 — Belle Isle .... 1,656 1,900 Cape Norman . 23 1,923 Point Amour b7 1,960 Point Eiche 54 2,014 Heath Point 181 2,195 South Point (Anticosti) 22 2,217 Cape Eosier 78 2,295 ATLANTIC STEAMER ROUTES. 265 TA BLE. — cont. Bistnnco Nnmo of Place from iHst place Total Distuiice Caps Kosikb to Father Point. Fame Point .... 24 Frigate Point . 20 44 Cape Magdalen . 15 59 Ploureuse Point 10 69 Cape Chatte 50 119 Matane 33 152 Metis 27 179 Father Point 16 195 Fatheb Point to Quebec. Bic Island 18 Green Island 31 49 Brandy Pots 15 64 Pilgrims . , 9* 24 73 i Kamouraska 81 Traverse Light Ship, E. 105 Traverse Light Ship, W. 2 107 Pillars G 113 Crane Island 12 125 Belle Chaese 12 137 St. Laurent's Point . 11 148 Quebec .... 11 159 Liverpool to Quebec vid Belle Isle . 2.649 „ „ vid Cape Kace . 2,817 Liverpool to Portland, Maine. Tory Island 244 _ Cape Kace . 1,733 1,977 Sable Island, E. 325 2,302 Sable Island, W. 21 2,323 Baccaro 237 2,560 Cape Sable 10 2,570 Seal Island 17 2,587 Mount Desert . 93 2,680 Metinicus . 33 2,713 Manheigin . 23 2,736 Seguin Island . 20 2,756 Half Way R. . 13 2,769 Portland Head . 9 2,778 HBBI^^^HI IMAGE EVALUATION TEST .ARGET (MT-3) # -<^ /. {./ '« « ,> ij -> ^Co ///// ^^ W.r / f/u % 1.0 I.I ■ 40 11 12.2 2.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 ^ 6" — ► ! s Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ■^ l\ iV \\ ^ *> ■4^^ <^. V. ^\ ;v <^ 1^j?> "% w. 266 i HANDBOOK TO CANADA. TABLE.— cont. Kame of Place Distance from lost place LlVBHPOOL TO QXJBENSTOWN. Bell Buoy . Bar Light Ship . N. W. Light Ship Point Lynas Skerries South Stack Tuskar Rock Saltees Light Ship Minehead . Ballycottin Queenstown QUEENSTO-WN TO St. JoHN's, N.F. Koche Point Daunt's Kock Kinsale Head Fastnet Rock Mizen Head Calf Rock . Cape Spear St. John's . St. John's to Halifax, N.S. Capo Spear Fcrryland Head Cape Race . Cape Pine . Beaver Island Egg Island Che- acto Head Halifax . . Liverpool to Halifax, N.S. {vid St. John s) Halifax to Baltimobb, Maryland. Chebncto Head Sambro' Smith's Island Cape Henry Wolf Trap . H 8 30 10 8 87 20 36 16 11 4 31 25 20 4S7 23 30 3 3 4 7r)8 13 30 Total Distance 12 20 60 60 68 166 175 211 227 238 4 — 16 20 42 62 10 72 17 89 1,641 1,730 4 l,7*i4 35 60 80 617 540 2,612 7 765 778 808 LIGHTHOUSES, ETC. TABLE.— cont. 267 Name of Place Halifax to Baltimorb. — cont. Windmill Point , Smith's Point Thomas' Point Sandy Point Fort Carroll Baltimore , Quebec to Halifax. Father Point Bird Rocks St. Paul's Island Scatari Island . Sarabro' Halifax Vid Gut of Canso Distarce from last place Total Distance 12^ 64 7 18 4 159 332 57 72 194 7 820J 838 002 909 927 931 491 548 620 814 821 720 LIGHTS SIGHTED IN CROSSING THE NORTH ATLANTIC. S. W. Coast of Ibbland. Name Skellirjg Rock Calf Rock . Crookhavon Kinsale Old Head Visible In _, , ^ clear weather. Light Miles White, fixed . . . , i8 White flashing every 15 seconds 17 Red, fixed with White sectors. 13 White, fitted with Red sector . 21 S. Coast op Ireland (Queenstown). Dunas Rock, liglit vessel Red, fixed Roches Point . . Red, revolving, one minute interval 2 lights . . White, fixed . . ." ' Ballycottin Island Minohead . Dungarvon . Coningbeg (Saltees) light ship . S. Coast on Iheland. White fiashing every 10 seconds 18 White, intermittent, 50 seconds visible 10 seconds dark . 21 White, fixed with red and green sectors . . . IQ White, fixed . . . lo 3 Flash lights . . ] lo I 268 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. I S.E. Coast of Ibei^and. Tialble fa clear weather Name Light Miles. Tuskar Kock . . White and Ked, revolving one minute interval, twice White once Red . . , .15 Lucifer dhoal.ligh' ship Red, fixed ... .8 Black water Bank, light ship . . . White, fixed . . . .10 E. Coast op Ireland. Arklow South Bank, White revolving half minute light ship . . interval . . . .10 Arklow North Bank . White, fixed . . . .10 light ship, 2 lights White fixed . . . .8 Wicklow Head . . White, intermittent, 10 seconds bright, 3 seconds dark . 16 Codling Bank, light Red, revolving 20 seconds ship . . . interval . . . . — In the course obliquely cutting the radii of Nos. 14, 15, and 17i we leave the Irish Coast and enter the region of English Lights, commencing with Welsh Coast. South Stack White, revolving, 2 minutes interval . . . .20 Red, flashing every 15 seconds 13 White fixed . . . .16 White, intermittent, 8 seconds visible, 2 seconds dark 16 White, fitted with red sector . 24 Passing through the area of this lighthouse, during which it is at one time the only light visible, we come in sight of the cluster which illuminates the entrance to the Mersey. They are in brief as follow : Air .... White, fixed with red sector . 9 Liverpool Region. Kclyhead Breakwater Skerries, 2 lights Point Lynas Great Orme Head N. W. light ship . . White, revolving 1 minute interval . . . .11 Formby light ship . Red, revolving . . .8 Crosby light ship . White, fixed . . . . — Leasowe . White, fixed . . . .16 Rock . . White and Red, revolving every minute, twice White to one Red 14 Hoylake . White, fixed . . . .13 2 lights . White, fixed . . . .11 Bidstow . White, fixed . . . .22 APPENDIX. 269 APPENDIX. -•o^ NOTES ON THE MINERALS OF NOVA SCOTIA. Thtb province is richly endowed -mth minerals, and especially with those which in their productive development generally tend to populate the localities in which works are established, viz. : Ooal and Iron. Gold mining should also be classed with these industries, for though it has hitherto been pursued in a somewhat desul- tory manner, yet the records of yield are such as fully w£(rrant its being' assigned a place, and that a prominent one, in the staple industries of the province. Copper and manganese ores are also mined in some localities, and the existence of galena and other minerals has been proved in various parts of the country. As of greatest interest, however, to the intending immigrant and to the speculative capitalist, we shall confine our remarks to those branches of mining which have been most fully developed. It is a peculiarity in the geological structure of the province that, roughly speaking, one-half of it may be said to contain coal and iron, and the other half gold. The coal and iron fields are situated principally on the northern and eastern shores, and the gold mining is confined entirely to the southern and western portion of the province. The localities in which coal-mining operations are carried on are in the counties of Cumberland, and Pictou in Nova Scotia, and the counties of Inverness, Victoria, and Cape Breton in the island of Cape Breton. It may enable the relative positions of these coal fields to be more clearly understood if we adopt the city of Halifax, the capital of Nova Scotia, as a starting point, and assume an excursion to be taken to each. The routes of access will thus also be given, with a brief description of the extent, contents, and principal operations in each coal field. Halifax is well suited for this purpose, being situated about midway between the eastern and western ends of the south shore of Nova Scotia, and being the starting point of the great Intercolonial 270 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Railway. Tlie Cumberland and Pictou mining localities are connected witii this railway, a branch line in each r-ase aiibrd- ing the facilities for inland traffic, as well as a means of trans- port to the respective shipping places. Getting ' on board ' the train at Halifax, a ride of about five hours' duration brings the traveller into the centre of the Pictou coal held, and he is at once sensible that the usual accompaniments of a mining locality are not wanting. He sees around him tall cliimneys with the usual volumes of smoke issuing from them at intervals, large stone and wooden struc- tures, rows of houses alx apparently of the same shape and dis- position on the surface, and cars and wagons passing to and fro, and exhibiting in this locality the peculiarity of an old fashion and the new, with respect to the mode of conveyance of the coal and style of traction power. For, in the style of locomotive still in use at the Albion mines, and in the shape of the wagons, a Northumberland or Durham miner would at once recognise the type of carriage which has been in use in these counties for many years ; and, if not a very young man, he would be reminded of the travelling engine or ' puffing Billy ' of not many years ago. Indeed, in no other mining district is the resemblance to a Tyne or Wear colliery so striking to a dweller in that part of England as the locality of the Albion mines. It may be added, however, that the resemblance to the newer establishments at home, with respect to the adoption of the most improved mining machinery and appliances, is equally maintained by the enterprising and spiri' ^ company who now own the mines. The Pictou coal field, though not very extensive as regards the area underlaid by workable seams, is of very great capa- city as regards the yield of coal, in consequence of the great thickness of the seams. Roughly speaking, the productive region may be said to be comprised in an area ranging in an east and west direction about nine miles, and with an average width of about three mUes. Within this space several seam.s of coal have been opened, some of which are extensively worked. The mines at present in operation are the Albion, Acadia, Intercolonial, and Vale Collieries. The seams worked at these mines difler much in many respects, and the question of identity or relative geological position is not one which need be dwelt upon in a notice of this descriptic ■ It will suffice to state that at the Albion mines two seams are worked — the * main seam,' the thickness of which is over oO feet, and the ' deep seam,' about 160 feet lower in depth, with a thickness of about 23 feet. At the Acadia and Intercolonial Mines, which are situ- ated near the west end of the coal field, the seam worked is Irom 16 to 18 feet in thickness ; and at the Vale Colliery, situated at the east end, the workings are in a seam 7 feet m APPENDIX. 271 thickness. All these seams have been opened on their out- crops by slopes or incline drifts, expensive winn injurs by shHfts having up to the present time been avoided, save at the Albion mines, where the coal is raised up a shaft nearlv 000 feet in depth. The system of working is pillar and stall, and is that generally adopted, with some moditications, in all the mining localities. The coal produced in this coal field is largely used for steam and house use. It is a hard, clean coal ; and at one mine, the Albion, a very excellent coke is made. Ea(!h mine is connected by rail with an excellent shipping place in and near Pictou harbour, and being also connected with the Pictou brunch of the Intercolonial Railway, access inland is thus ailbrded. The annual statements issued by the Department of Mines at Halifax show an employment of 1,235 men and boys at these mines in the year 1870, and a production of coal of 388,480 tons. In travelling from Halifax to Pictou, a very prettily situated small town, called Truro, is passed. It is distant from Halifax sixty-two miles, and it is from this point that the Intercolonial railway proceeds northward ; the Pictou branch going oil" to the eastward. To visit the Cumberland coal mines the traveller continues on the main line, and at a distance of sixty miles from Truro he arrives at Springhill Junction. Here the Spring- hill Mining (company's branch line is connected with the Intercolonial line ; the Springhill mine being situated about four miles to the south of the Junction. This mine is not the only one in this district, but it is at present the most extent eively worked. The Cumberland coal field ranges lengthwise in an east and west direction, and extends from the east shore of the Hay of Fundy inland, a distance of about eighteen miles. On that shore it may be said to have a width of about twenty-three miles ; the geological structure indicating a regular lie of the beds in a synclinal shape for that distance. At its assumed eastern extremity its position is somewhat indefinite, and on this account the tract of country embraced in the limits named is considered to represent the Cumberland coal field. The mines at present in operation are the Joggins, the Springhill, the Scotia, and the Chiegnecto. The Joggins mine is situated on the shore of the Bay of Fundy, and consequently at the western limit of the coal field in a superficial sense. The seam worked is feet in thickness, including k band of lire- clay, and the operations in it are carried on by slope from the outcrop. This mine is on the northern side of the coal field, the dip of the seams being to the south. Beneath the seam worked at the Joggins the are others of smaller size which have been partially mined They range eastwardly, and have been traced the entire lenf; h of the coal field, as above defined, I — 272 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. though they are altered in some respects in proceeding east- ward. The Scotia and Chieguecto mmes are also situated on this northdm outcrop, and are distant from the Joggins mine ahout twelve miles. The Intercolonial Railway passes through this coal field a little to the east of its centre, and, with the exception of the Joggins locality, connection with it is of comparatively easy accomplishment. The Springhill mine is situated on the -opposite or southern side of the basin, the seams having a dip northward. Several seams of coal, varying in thickness from 18 to 2^ feet, have . been found in this locality ; the operations of the Springhill Company being in what is termed the ' Black' or 11 feet seam. The highly advantageous position of the Cumberland coal field, with respect to internal communication by means of the Inter- colonial Railway, has tended to rapidly develope these works, and they are now the most extensive in the county. In view of the declining use of wood as a fuel, and the general progress of the country in the immediate vicinity of the railway, there can be little doubt that this coal field is destined to become one of the most extensively worked in the province : for, in addition to the facility of transport aftbrded by the Intercolonial Rail- way, there are means of shipping in positions that possess many advantages over the other ports with which coal operations are connected in other parts of the province. Three hundred and eighty-three persons were employed at these mines in 1879, and the production of coal was 99,222 tons, of which quantity 88,400 tonft were raised at the Spring- hill mine. Resuming our position at Halifax, we will now indicate the routes and means of access to the diflferent coal districts in Cape Breton. A voyage by steamer from Halifax of about forty hours' duration will bring the traveller to Sydney har- bour, the centre of the eastern or Cape Breton coal field. Or, proceeding by rail to Pictou, and thence by steamer to the Strait of Canso, which separates Cape Breton from Nova Scotia, a voyage of only seven hours, he can continue his journey by coach, a distance of thirteen miles, and tlien at West Bay, at the head of the Bras d'Or Lake, go on board another steamer, and passing down the lake he will be landed at Sydney in about the same time as by the other route. The route by Pictou is the most favourable for visiting the Inverness coal field, there being direct communication from Pictou to Port Hood, from which place the other mining localities in that coal field are easily reached. Apart from the interes attached to the mineral wealth of this part of Nova Scotia, t ^ere is to the tourist ample means of gratification in the beauti ul scenery by land and wator, through APPENDIX. 273 •which his course will lie. A sail down the Bras d'Or Lake on a bright day is full of enjoyment ; calls are made at a few places on the route — Whycogama^h, Baddeck, &c., and some amuse- ment is not unfrequently derived from little incidents that occur on these occasions, indicative of the homely manners and pecu- liarities of the inhabitants ; or, mayhap, the heart is touched on witnessing partings, suc'i as the traveller himself may have experienced. At some point cattle will be embarked for trans- portation to Newfoundland, or other places, and considerable amusement will be excited by their frantic efforts to avoid the wharf, and by their determmation not to go on board when brought alongside. The ruthless driver, or owner it may be, generally succeeds, however, with the aid of the twist of the tail and the long switch, which is pitilessly applied to the ani- mal's flanks. Perhaps some aborigmals step on board, and you are struck with their peculiar physiognomy, their stolidness and taciturnity ; or, if they do happen to converse, the ear is pleased with the liquid sweetness of their language, and you oecome interested to know the Indian names of places and their mean- ings. Then, before you pass out of this inland sea — for such it is, being connected with the Atlantic — a timely word to the good- natured captain will induce him to take the vessel through a narrow passage between an island and the main land, and you vrill wonder how there can be depth of water enough ; and, continuing on through the Little Bras d'Or entrance, between winding cliff's, within a stone's throw on each side, he will bring you safely into the ocean, and speedily land you at your desti- nation. Sydney may also be reached by an entirely different route, in the Cape Breton portion of it ; in travelling over which there is much to interest ooth eye and mind. A visit to the Inver- ness coal field, if made as intimated from Port Hood, will enable the traveller to see some of the finest scenery of its class in Nova Scotia. He is here in the Highlands, relatively to the general character of the country ; for, though mountains they can scarcely be called, yet in height and massiveness, in the number of brooks and shady glens, hill and valley succeeding each other in varied picturesqueness, they recall sc much of home mountain scenery that it is not difficult to fancy oneself in * our native land.' Nor is this illusion lessened by the fact that the prevailing language is Gaelic. The early settlers in Gape Breton were principally Highlanders, and to this day they retain their native language and manners, though somewhat modified ; and unfortunately they still exhibit in many respects much of the weak side of their character. Genuine indolence, as well as genuine hospitality, is still a peculiarity, and litigation is a hobby which few fail to ride. Pursuing his journey along the northern shore of the island, T ]f ) 274 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. the traveller will touch at Mabou, Broad Oove, and Chimney Corner, at each of which places seams of coal, some of con- siderable thickness, have been dincovered; but no effective opera- tions have yet been begun on them ; and a few miles beyond the last-named place, he will arrive at Margarie river, a famous salmon stream. Thence, directing his course southward, he can join the lake steamer at Baddeck, or; by going over the mountains, he can visit the New Campbellt^jn mine in Victoria County, and crossing the Big Bras d'Or entrance to the Lake, and the island of Boulardrie, six or seven miles, and then the Little Bras d'Or entrance, a drive of a few miles will bring him to North Sydney ; or, if minded to seek for novelties, or delighting in contrasts, ne were to extend his journey eastward when at Margarie, he would pass on the east side of the river into an entirely different race of people, both as regards language, dress, thrifliness, and industry. At Cheticamp, a few miles beyond Margarie, even the surroundings, as well as the appear- ance of the people, will transport hira in imagination into France. The inhabitants in this part of Cape Breton are nearly all French ; and the characteristics above-named are evident in the neat, quaint dresses of the women, the tidiness of the cot- tages, and the state of cultui-e of the fields. Copper has been mined in this locality, but it has not been found to an extent to warrant continued explorations ; and as we have reached the limit of the coal formation in this direction, we must retrace our steps to Sydney. Sydney was at one time a place of much more importance in a local point of view than it is at present. It was the capital of the island before Cape Breton was annexed to Nova Scotia, and had a garrison located in it. Now it is chiefly of import- ance as a central place of business for the supply of the mines which have sprung up in its vicinity, and the surrounding agri- cultural and fishing population. As already remarked, it is somewhat centrally situated as regards the Cape Breton coal field, which extends along the eastern coast of the island, in a north-west and south-east r!irection, a distance northward, from Sydney harbour, of about twelve miles, and southward about eighteen miles. -Its width inland does not probably, at the widest part, exceed seven or eight miles ; but as some of the seams lie at a considerable depth from the surface on approach- ing the shore, their extension eastward beneath the sea, under circutfistrtnces admitting of their being worked, may be fairly calculated on, and indeed has been fully established. Of course the extent to which the measures may spread under the sea in an undisturbed condition is unknown, and can only be ascer- tained as the workings progi'ess in that direction. With the exception of the Sydney and New Campbellton mines, which are situated on the northern side of Sydney bar- APPENDIX. 275 Quey con- pera- lyond moufl •d, he T the ctoria e, and Little lina to ghting hen at nto an iguage, V miles ippear- on into 3 nearly ident in the cot- las been ixtent to bed the t retrace portance e capital a Scotia, f import- be mines ing agri- ked, it is eton coal land, in a jrthward, jouthward obably, at jme of the approach- sea, under ty be fairly Of course the sea in y be ascer- iampbellton ydney har- bour, nearly all the mining operations in this coal field are con- ^ned to the southern portion of the field. There are ten distinct workable seams of coal, varying in thickness from 4 to OJ feet in this southern or Glaco Ji»iy dis- trict, and 5 or in the northern or Sydney district, the prin- cipal seam in the last-named being the ' main seam ' at the Sydney min'^s, a remarkably fine, clean bed of coal feet in thickqess. The workings in this genm extend some distance under the sea. The Sydney mine is one of the oldest establishments in the province, and until within the last five or six years it presented, in general arrangements, a similar resemblance as the Albion mines to an ' old country ' colliery, a like class of locomotives and wagons being usea. Within the period named a precisely similar equipment of a modern character, to that at the Albion mines, has been applied to some new openings, and the estab- lishment is now on a large and well-arranged-scale. The coal has for several years been raised in shafts ; those recently com- pleted being nearly 700 feet in depth. At some of the mines in the Glace Bay district, shafts of comparatively shallow depth have been sunk, but the opera- tions generally have been similar to those in the Pictou district. The clas.^ of coal raised in the Oape Breton coal field is well suited for gas-making and general purposes. The Sydney seam possesses a high reputation ^s a house coal, and it is largely and principally sold in Nova Scotia and the adjoining provinces. Distinct places of shipment have been constructed at Cow Bay, Glace Bay, Lingan, and Sydney harbour, and the mines are connected with them by private lines of railway, from half a mile t-o eighteen miles in length. The quantity of coal raised at the nine mines in operation in 1879 w.\8 '^95,984 tons ; the number of persons employed being 1377.* The localities to which the produce of the various mines is supplied are at present those which may be considered the home market : that is to say, chiefly those which are in the Dominion, viz., Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, * Mr. Rutherford's figures of the coal-mining industry of Nova Scotia may be recapitulated as follows : — Pictou Coal Field Cumberland Sydney, C.B. . Men employed. . 1,235 383 . 1,377 2,995 Tons mined. 388,486 99,222 295,984 783,692 The ofiicial returns place the total yield for the same period at 788,271 tons. t2 n- 276 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. Quebec, and Montreal. Newfoundland also imports a con- nderable quantity. The United States at one time took larj^ely of Nova Scotia (;oal, but the imposition of a duty of three shillings per ton has deprived the mines of that market. Tliis diminu- tion of sales has, however, been chietiy felt in the (^ape Breton district. Nearly the entire minerals in the province are held nnder the Crown, there being comparatively few properties in which they have not been reserved. The facilities for becoming possessed of mining areas are liberal in character. In the case of coal and minerals other than gold, a license to search, covering five square miles, is granted on payment of twenty dollars or about four pounds sterling. This Hot^ w is in force for one year, but may be renewed for a further ^j^iiod of tv.elve months on payment of the further sun if twenty dollars. At any time before the expiration of the license the holder may select one square mile and receive a license to work on payment of fifty dollars. This license is of two years' duration, and may be extended to three years by an additional pavment of half the amount originally paid. When effective mining operations have been commenced, a lease can be obtained with conditions of extension by periods of twenty years, but not to extend beyond sixty years from August 26, 1886. A royalty is exacted of nine and seven-tenths cents (about 4^d.) on every ton of 2,240 lbs. of coal, except slack coal, that shall have passed through a screen, the bars of which are r, >t wider apart than three-fourths of an inch, and coal used bv workmen, engines, &c., in connection with the operations. The royalty on other minerals is as follows : Gold, two per cent, on the gross amount of gold mined, at the rate of nineteen dollars an ounce troy for unsmelted gold. Iron, three cents per ton of 2,000 lbs. of ore, and five per cent, on the value of all other ores or minerals. Next in importance to the coal industry may be placed the operations in gold mining, which may be said to be yet in their infancy as regards the development of which they are capable. It is a remarkable feature in this particular branch of mining industry that its course of life, as it may be termed, is alike in its rush into existence and subsequent period of inactivity and almost lifelessness, in almost every gold-mining locality. Nor are the reasons far to seek. The intrinsic value of the metal, which may be said to be nominally independent of the rise and fall of markets, is associated in its production with the certainty of a return of the outlay on machinery, &c., and the cost of labour, if the yield of gold be but moderate, and the proba- bility of large profits if the vield is much Jncreast'd. The inducement, therefore, to searcn for it is very great, and excites a general interest. The working man and the capitalist are, to a certain extent, on the same footing, in a speculative point of APPENDIX. 277 view; the one risks his labour without pay, the other his capital, and hence the spasmodic condition of the early stages of gold-mining operations. Want of success soon exhaustrt lh« resources of the workman, and the ardour of the speculator ia cooled by the delay in profitable results, and abandonment in each case is the usual consequence. Another source of dis- turbancu o 'he fivith in the value of a laige auriferous district is the inju'i olousnoss of many mining companies in not pro- viding, w'leii the results are satisfactory, for the dead work — I.e., i'. ; nor m-oductivo work which nil miniug is liable to. Inat. ..oes are not ■^anting of mines beuig brought to i stand from this caiis.! and ultimately abandoned, which have, after a lapse of li'Nv yenrs, been re-opened and worked so prohtnbly that 1. shorter period than tney have remained inoperative has 8uiH( ed to make the fortuu^o of the lucky speculators who succeeded the original holders of the property. There are about a dozon principal didtricts in which mining has been pursued with more or lens steadiness over a period ol nearly twenty years. One of these districts is situated about one hundred miles to the east of Halifax, another is about midway between these places, and gold has been mined near the western extremity of the province, a distance from Halifax of over two hundred miles. The extent of the formation in which the auriferoua rock is found may, therefore, be said to cover almost the entire length of the southern coast of Nova Scotia. The width inland from the shore is, roughly speaking, from twenty to forty miles. Nearly all the gold-mining localities are easy of access ; some — Montague, Lawrencetown, and Waverley for instance- are within a few miles of Halifax, with fair roads to them. Some are situated at short distances from the Intercolonial Railway, and others are reached by rail and stage coach. The localities are generally rugged in aspect, and present little in appearance to tempt any other industry than that which is exercised beneath the surface. The following particulars may be interesting as an indication of the actual character of the respective districts. They are taken from the statements furnished by the Department of Mires, and their accuracy may therefore be relied on. In a period of seventeen years, the highest produce of gold per ton of 2,(XX)lb8., of material crushed, in the Montague district, was, in the year 1870, 4oz8. 3dwts. I4grs., and the lowest 16dwts. 12gr8., in 1878. At Oldham, in a period of eighteen years, the highest yield was in 1876, 1 oz. 13 dwts. 6grs., and the lowest, at the very commencement of mining, 1862, 12 dwts. 8 grs. The highest yield at llenfrew during the same time was 1 oz. 15dwtB. 10 grs., also in 1862, and the lowest 5 dwts., in 1879. Sherbrooke, in a like period, gave, in 1868, mm 278 HANDBOOK TO CANADA. yield of 2 ozs. Odwts. 20 grs., and in 1871 9 dwts. 9 grs. Tangier in eighteen years gave the highest, 1 oz. 4 dwts. 11 grs., in 1862, and the lowest, 7 dwts. 11 grs., in 1866. Stormont, in the same number of years yieldedl, in 1863, 3 ozs. Odwts. 7grs., and fell to 4dwt8. 4 grs. in 1873. Uniaoke in fourteen years showed the highest yield in 1866, 2 ozs. 12 dwts., and the lowest in 1870, 6 dwts, 7 grs. Waverley in eighteen years gave the highest yield in 1876, 1 oz. 6 dwts. 2 grs., and the lowest in 1879, 5 dwts. 7 grs. "Wine Harbour yielded 2oz. Odwts. 10 grs. in 1862, and 5 dwts. 6gi-s. in 1866. Caribou, a comparatively new district, in a working of eleven years' duration, gave, in 1877, a yield of loz, Odwts. 21 grs., the lowest being 11 dwts. 9 grs., in 1872. It may here be stated that the gold in the province is unusually pure, and that the average value per ounce is nineteen dollars and twenty-two cents, or about SI. 19«. sterling. Taking the period of eighteen years, 1862 to 1879 inclusive, the yield of gold per ton of quartz and other material crushed has Deen from 12 dwts. to 2 ozs. 8 dwts., and the average of the ten districts in which mining has been more or less regularly pursued is 19 dwts. ; or, reckoning the value of the gold at the rate named, 3/. ISs. Id. per ton of material crushed. During this period the yield has, of course, varied considerably, but the general result cannot but be considered very encouraging ; and when it is borne in mind that the districts are in some cases several miles apart, and that gold-bearing rocks have been dis- covered at almot-t the extremities of the range of the formation, a distance of about three hundred miles, it cannot be considered an unreasonable conclusion to anticipate a much larger develop- ment of this industry than has yet prevailed. Some idea of the value of this mdustry froci a workman's point of view may also be gathered from tbe following ad- ditional statement taken from the same source ao the preceding. At the rate of yield of gold each year, and reckoning the value of the gold at eighteen dollars, or 3/. 148. per ounce, and allow- ing three hundred working days per annum, the average earn- ings per man per day throughout the entire districts is one dollar, ninety-one cents, or about 78. lid. per day. Although up to the present time there are only two estab- lishmentd in the province for the reduction and treatment of iron ores, the existence of these ( "es in large quantities has been ascertained i" various localities. The Steel Company of Canada have at Londondarrv, in Colchester County, large works, consisting of smelting furnaces, rolling mills, and a foundry. The company possesses a large tract of mineral country, con- taining chiefly liraonite, with some specular ore and ankerite. The analyses of ore taken at various points in this property give a percentage of metallic iron, in the limonite, of 59"3I, APPENDIX. 279 mgier 1862, ,n tbe 8., and years id the fs gave id the yielded 1866. [ eleven 21 grs., iiere he ,nd that Dty-t"WO iclusive, crushed re of the •egularly Id at the During ahly, hut )uraging •, irae cases been dis- orraation, lonsidered r develop- vorkman's owing ad- preceding. r the value and allow- irage earn- icts is one two estah- . treatment antities has >mpany of argp works, a foundry, ountry, con- nd ankerite. his pvopertv ite, of 69-31, 48-92, 58;68, 68-30, 57-25, 58-27, and 65-17. The specular ore gives a yield of 67-85 per cent, of metallic iron. The works of this company are situated within a few miles of the Intercolonial Railway, with which they aic connected by rail, and are distant from Halifax by rail about eighty miles. They are located on the edge of a mountain stream, and near the foot of an extensive range of high ground called the Cobequid mountains. In addition to the access to the various parts of the Dominion which this railway connection affords, there is also a convenient shipping place on the Bay of Fundy water, a few miles below the site of the works. Steel of a very superior quality was for some years pro- duced by the use of charcoal alone as a fuel, but a recent large extension of the works has led to the adoption of coke and coal, which is chiefly drawn from the Pictou mines. \i the western part of the province iron works were begun some years ago, but they have not been steadily prosecuted. An analysis of the ore gives 50-09 per cent, of metallic iron. A magnetic ore, also in that vicinity, yields from 65 to 68 per cent, of metallic iron. In the neighbourhood of Truro and of the Pictou mines beds of ore, limonite, and red hematite, of an excellent quality, have been discovered. In other localities in Nova Scotia the existence of ores has been proved, but their extent is not yet ascertained. In Oape Breton, at Whycogamagh, on the north side of the Bras d'Or Lake, and at East Bay on the south side, veins of red hematite of considerable thickness have been exposed, but no mining has yet been done beyond the procuring of samples. The proximity of these ores in some cases to the coal fields is a very important feature with respect to the cost of pro- duction of the iron. In Pictou county, for instance, the ore deposits are about ten or twelve miles from the coal mines, and can be easily connected with them by rail. At Whycogamagh they are distant about twenty miles from the Broad Cove coal district, and there is besides the facility afforded by the lake of water communication with the Cape Breton mines, an advantage that is available also in connection with the East Bay locality. It will be evident from the preceding statement that in this valuable element in the progress of a country the province of Nova Sootia is richly endowed, and with the facilities for utilising it, afforded by the relative position of the miner ils, that there is ample scope for the energetic immigrant and .'he enterprising capitalist. JOHN RUTHERFORD, M.E., Halifax, N.S. I ii INDEX. •o«- ABR ABRAHAM, heights of, 8, UJ Acadia iron mines, 81 Acadia (see Nova Scotia), origin of name, 63 Agates, 83, 96 Agricultural societies in NoTa Scotia, 86 Agriculture, 27 ; number of persons employed in, 27 ; in Nova Scotiii, 83, 86, 89; in North-West Territories, 246, 251, 254; in Manitoba, 216, 218, 223 ; in Ontario, 160, 168; in Quebec, 133, 139 Agriculture by Indians, 57 Ainelie Lake, 73 ; oildisfrict, 103 Aix la Chapelle, treaty of, 69, 101 Alberta, territory of, 233 Alexander, Sir W. (see Stirling, Earl) Algoma, district of, 166 Allan steamship line, GO, 124 American Independence, 70 American, war, 9 Amherst, 96 Angling in Nova Scotia, 76, 94 ; in Prince Edward Island, 108 ; in Quebec, 145 Annapolis, 100; foundation of, 6, 63 ; capture of, 65, 67 Annapolis River, 63, 73 Annapolis county, 86 ; climate of, 86 Annapolis Valley, 94 Anticosti, 126 • BEA Antigonish County, 86 Apatite, 132 Apples, varieties of, 86 ; cultivation in Ontario &c., 161 Area of British Columbia, 16, 19, 182; Canada, 19; Cape Breton, 19, 101 ; Nova Scotia, 19, 71 ; New Brunswick, 19, 109 ; North- West Territories, 19, 232; Kee- watin, 19, 228; Manitoba, 19, 213, 214; Ontario, 17, 19, 154, 156; Quebec, 19, 126; Prince Edward Island, 19, 104 Argal, Captain Samuel, 63 Arrowsmith Mountain, 185 Arthur's, Prince, landing, 230 Asbestos, 133 Assineboia, territory of, 233 Assiuiboine River, 8, 218, 242 Athabasca, territory of, 234 Aux Sables Bay, 160 Avon River, 73 BADDECK River, 102 Baie des Chaleurs, 111, 112 Banks, savings postal, 52 Barclay Sound, 186 Bark of the Hemlock, value of, 32 Barra Straits, 102 Batiscan River, 128 Battleford, 241 Bays and gulfs, 22 Bear, the, 181 Beauharnois Canal, 51 Beaver, the, 34 m 282 INDEX. BED Bedford, 95, 100 Bedford Basin, 98 Belle Isle, 126 Belleville, 176 Belly River, 242 Bird Rock, 125 Birds, 34, 181 Bishop of Fredoricton, 40, 122 Blomidon, Cape, 95, 96 Board of Agriculture, 86 Boundary of Ontario, 156 Bow River, 242 Bradford, 180 Bras d'Or Lakes, 102 British Columbia, joins the Do- minion. 11 ; area and boun- dary of, 15, 182; climate, 183; history, 184 ; natural features, 185; gold, 187; coal and iron, 30, 188 ; forests, 189 ; rivers of, 23, 186; principal towns and harbours, 185, 186, 203; fruit, 190; lisheries, 190, 195 ; land laws, 193; moans of communi- cation, 194, 198, 208; scenery, 196, 204 ; Indians, 207 ; Vancouver Island, 202 ; sport, 206 ; post and telegraph offices, 211, 259; dis- tances, 212 British North America Act, 11 Brockville, 176 Buffalo in British Columbia, 206 Building stone, 83, 86 Burlington Bay, 159 Burrard Inlet, 185 Bute Inlet, 185, 186 Butter, manufacture of, and export of, 29, 134 CABOT, Sebastian, discovers Newfoundland, 2 ; discovers Quebec, 126 ' Cacouna, 150 Canada, history of, 1 ; discovery of, 2; French settlements, 3, 4, 8 ; English explorations, 3 ; ceded to England, 8 ; representa- tive government, 9 ; union of Upper and Lower Canada, 10 ; OHA .;■ „ confederation, 10, 11 ; origin of name, 18; boundaries of, 18,20; area and population, 19, 20, 56; immigration to, 19, 66 ; Indians in, 56 ; physical features, 21 ; moun- tains, 21 ; lakes and rivers, 22 ; climate, 23 ; land system, 25 ; minerals, 29 ; timber, 31 ; zoology, 33 ; fisheries, 34 ; government, 37 ; education, 38 ; religion, 39 ; trade and commerce, 41 ; revenue, debt, shipping, 42 ; railways, 43 ; canals, 50 ; post and telegraph, 52 ; judiciary of, 63; defences of, 54; voyage to, 68 ; pleasure resorts, 59 ; Lower, first legislature, 10, 155 (see also Quebec) ; Upper, first legislature, 10 (see also Ontario) r.-nada Pacific Railway (see Pacific) Janals and railways, minister of, 37 inals of Canada, 50, 142 cinso, Strait of, 71 » Cap Chat, 140 Cape Breton, 101 ; discovery, 101; Lord James Stuart landed at, 64 ; held by France, 68, 101 ; stormed by English, 69, 101; fisheries, 101 ; population, 101 ; area, 101 ; natural features, 101 ; minerals, 103 ; oils, 103 Capit . vested in railways, 46 Cariboo, the, 33, 94 Cartier, Jacques, voyages of, to Canada, 4, 5 ; discovers Nova Scotia, 61 ; settles Quebec, 126 Cascade Mountains, 183, 204 Cathedral of Manitoba, 224 Cattle, 86, 133, 161, 254; trade with England, 29, 161 Cedars, gigantic, 190; value of, 32 Chaleur, Bay of, 109 Champlain, de, founds Quebec, 6, 126 Champlain, Lake, 128 Charlesbourg, 129 Charlottetown, 66, 107 Charnis^ colonises Nova Scotia, 65 Chatham, 165 Chaudi^re, river, 128 ; gold dis- trict, 132; falls, 146, 149 Ghauvin, visit of, 5 INDE2. 283 origin oi f, 18,20; , 20, 66; ndians in, 1 ; moun- vers, 22 ; tern, 25 ; ; zoology, raent, 37 ; 39; trade nue, debt, lys, 43 ; graph, 52 ; ;es of, 64; esorts, 59 ; , 10, 155 per, first Ontario) see Pacific) ister of, 37 i very, 101 ; led at, 64 ; 1 ; stormed fisheries, area, 101 ; ; minerals, ays, 46 fes of, to ivers Nova )bec, 126 204 J24 J64 ; trade alue of, 32 iebec,6,126 Scotia, 65 ; gold dis- , 149 CHE Cheese, manufacture, and export of, 29, 134, 162 Chicoutimi, 129 Chignecto, town and isthmus of, 66, 68, 109; bay, 112 Chinese in Canada, 20, 2(»7 Churches in Canadii, 39; revenues of, 40 Churchill River, 23 Church of England in Canada, the, 39 Cities, population of principal, 56 Clements-port, N.S., 94 Climate of CanaHa, 23 ; of Nova Scotia, 71 ; of Cape Breton, 103 ; of Prince Edward Island, 106; of New Brunswick, 116; of Brit- ish Columbia, 183; of Manitoba, 217; of Quebec, 130; of Ontario, 25, 157 ; of North-West Terri- tories, 236, 248 Clinton, 206 Close time for game, &c., 34, 94, 180. Coal, 29, 30 ; in Nova Scotia, 30, 76, 100; analysis of, 77; list of mines, 78 ; growth of trade, 79 ; in British Columbia, 30, 188; North-West Territories, 246 Coast-line of British Columbia, 198 Cobequid Mountains, 21, 73 Cobourg, 164, 165, 176 Colleges, 38, 91 (see also Education) CoUingwood, 178 Colonisation roads, 140 Columbia River, 23, 188, 205 Commerce of Canada, 41 {see also Trade) Company of New France, formation of, 6, 64'' Cond6, Prince, French Viceroy, 6 Confederation of the Canadian provinces, 10, 154 Convicts, transportation of, to Canada, by the French, 6 Cookshiro, 129 Copper, 31, 133, 168, 188 Cornwall, caniil, 61 ; town, 165 Cornwallis, governor of Nova Scotia, 69 e::p Cortereal, Gaspar de, discovers Labrador, 2' Cost of railway construction, 47 ; farming, 141 Coteau Landing, 130 Couchiching Lake, 178, 180 Crown lands, 26; departnrant, 89 Cumberland Bay, 112 DAIRY farming, 28, 134, 161 Dalhousie, 110 Dartmouth, 98 Defence of the Dominion, 54 De Lery's visit, 3 De Monts {see Monts, de) Detroit, 179 Diamond Cape, 126, 147 Digby, 74, 94 Dominion of Canada proclaimed, 11 Donnacona, king of Red Indians, 4 Dorchester, 1 1 Drummondville, 129 Dudswell, 129 Duflferin, Earl, Governor General, 13 ; return of, 16 Duluth, 179 EASTERN townships of Quebec, the, 134, 140 East River, 73 Edmonton, 240 Education, 38 ; in Nova Scotia, 91 ; in Prince Edward Island, 107; in New Brunsvick, 122; in Manitoba, 224; in Ontario, 171; in Quebec, 142 Elgin Road, 140 Elmsdale, 100 Emigrants need not take farm tools, &c., 28 ; as farmers, 137 ; induce- ments to, 177 Erie, Lake, 2?, 159; district, 165 Esquimault, 185, 202 Etchemin Road, 140 ' Evangeline's ' country, 96 Exports of farm produce, 28, 29 ; of minerals, 30, 31 ; from Nova Scotia, 76, 89 ; from New Bnins- i 284 INDEX. Ill' h! FAB Vfick, 117, 119; from Quebec, 136 ; from Ontimo, 173 FAEM implements, manriacture of, in Canada, 28 Farming, cost of, 141 Farms in Quebec, 127 {see also AgricTilture) Farran's Point Canal, 51 Fauna of Canada, 33 - - ;■ ' Fertile Belt,' the, 22, 236 Q Fir, the Douglas, 190 Fish, 34 ; hatching, 36 Fisheries, the, value of, 34; early prosecution of, 3, 4, 62, 101 ; of Nova Scotia, 76, 94 ; of Prince Edward Island, 107, 108; of British Columbia, 190, 195; of Quebec, 136, 145 ; of Ontario, 181 Forests, 31 {see also Timber) Fort Calgarry, 232 Fort Cumberland, 70 Fort Edmonton, 240 , Fort Frontenac, 6, 7 Fort Garry, 12 ; Sir Garnet Wolseley arrives at, I S Fort MacLeod, 242, 252 Fort Rouille, 176 Fort St. Louis built, 6 Fort Saskatchewan, 242 • Fort Walsh, 252 Fortune Bay, fishery dispute, 14 Eraser Eivor, and Lake, 23, 186, 197 Fredericton, 66, 110, 122 ..: - Free lands, 27, HO, 168 Erelighsburg, 129 French River, 169 ; Lake, 112 French settlement in Canada, 3, 4 ; Nova Scotia, 7, 62, 64, 65, 66 ; Miquelon and St. Pierre, 9, 70 Frost, intensity and nature of, 24, 25 Fruit, growth of, 29, 86, 138, 160, 190 Fuca Straits, 182 Fundy, Bay of, tidal waves in, 73, 96, 112 Fur trade, the, 64, 193 ..,,,; HOU GAGETOWN, N.B., 110 Galop Canal, 61 Game, 94 {see also Sport and Close- time) Garden of Canada, 1 70 Gas from Nova Scotia coal, 77 Gasp6, 140 Gatineau River, 23 Geology of Canada, 187; of Nova Scotia, 72; of New Brunswick, 116 George, Lake, 73 Georgetown, 107, 108 . < Georgian Bay, 160, 178 Goderich, 164 Gold, 29 ; protluction of, 30 ; in Nova Scotia, 76, 79, 80, 82 ; in British Columbia, 30, 187, 196; in Ontario, 168 Government, form of, 37 ; Nova Scotia, 90; Quebec, 142; On- tario, 171 ; Manitoba, 216; North- West Territori. -^ 261 Governors ot G.n.da, 37 Grain trade, 136 . • .. Grand Falls, 110 ..> v Grand Lake, 112,135 Grand Pr^, 95, 96 Grand River, 102, 112 Grand Trunk Railway Works, 153 Grapes in the eastern townships, 1 38 Grazing districts. 86 Great 13ear Lake, 23 y Great Sim coe Lake, 23 ,,. Guelph, 165 Gulf Stream, the, 71 Guysborough, 74 > HA-HA Bay, 150 Halifax city and harbour, 56, 74, 97, 98; county, 96 Hamathco River, 186 Hamilton, 56, 165, 17t» Hampton, N.B., 110 Hares, 107 Hesse, 154 Hillsborough, 94 ; river, 23 Hochelaga, 161 • , Homestead Act, 168 INDEX. 285 ad Close- 77 of Nova runsvick, ', 30; in ;0, 82 ; in 187, 195; 7 ; Nova L42; On- 5;North- )rks, 1 53 ships, 138 ,rbour, 66, HOO Hood, Mount, 204 Hopewell, 110 Hops in Nova Scotia, 86 Horses, Canadian, 1 62 Horton Mountain, 95 Howe Sound, 186 Hull, 129 Huntingdon, 129 Huron, Lake, 22, 169 Hudson Bay Company, 8, 186 ICELANDIC settlements, 213,229 Immigration, rate of, 65, 91 Improv'jd farms, 26, 137, 177 Indianibber, Gutta-percha, and Telegraphic "Works Co., 62 Indian corn, 86, 133 Indian settlements, early, 4, 5 Indians, conflicts with the, 7, 68 ; population of, 19, 66; in Nova Scotia, 92 ; in New Brunswick, 111; in British Columbia, 196, 207; in Manitoba, 68, 216; in Ontario, 68, 163 ; in Quebec, 163 ; and Indian Lands oiRce, 66 ; treaties with, 67 ; food of, 67 Intercolonial Railway, 44, 92 Internal communication, 43 {see also Roads, Railways, Steamers, Ship- ping) Iron, 30 ; in Nova Scotia, 76, 81, 84; in Quebec, 133; in British Columbia, 188 Irrigation, 23, 206 Islands of Nova Scotia, 73, 102 Isle Verte, 130 TESUITS, activity of the, 6, 7 U Joliette, 129 Joseph Lake, 179 Judicial courts, 38, 63, 144, 172, 222 23 K AMLOOPSLake. 186 Kamouraska, 129 Keepawa River, 23 Keewatin, district of, created, 16; LF.N orp^anisation of, 228 ; population, 228; area and boundaries, 228; routes through, 229; post offices in, 259 Kennebec Road. 140 Kennebecasis River, 111 Kantville, 74 Kingston, 56, 164, 176 Kirke, Admiral, takes Quebec, 6, 7 Knowlton, 1:^8 . Kootenay River, 188, 242 Kouchibougac Bay, 1 12 LABRADOR, discovery of, by De Cortereal, 2 Lachine Canal, 60 Lachute, 128 Laird, Hon. D., lieut.-gov. of North- West Territory, 14 La Have River, 23, 73 Lake of the Woods, 218, 245 Lake St. John Road, 140 Lake St. Peter, 142 Lakes cf Canada, 22 ; connected by canals, 50 ; of Nova Scotia, 73 ; New Brunswick, 23, 111 ; Mani- toba, 218; North-West Terri- tories, 239, 244 ; Ontario, 159 Land laws, 25; of Quebec, 136; of Nova Scotia, 89 ; of New Brunswick, 111, 122; Manitoba, 216 ; British Colur ' "a, 193 ; Ontario, 168, 170; Quebec, 133, 137, 139 Land, price of, 26, 89, 133, 137, 247 ; sales, 27, 250 Landslips in British Columbia, 206 Langevin Road, 140 La Prairie, 129 L'Assomption, 129 La Tour, 64, 66 Laurentides Mountains, 22' Law courts, 38 {see also Judicial) Lead, 30, 83, 188 Leeds, 129 Length of Canadian canals, 60 ; railways, 44, 92 ; telegraphs, 62, 93 I^ennox passage, 73 m 286 INDEX. i ! LEH Lery, Baron de, vmta Nova Scotia, 3 Leverett, Capt. J., first English governor of Nova Scotia, 66 Levis, 129 Light-houses in the Atlantic, 263 ; connected by telegraph, 62 Limestone, 86 {see also Suilding stone) Lindsay, 165 Liverpool River, 73 ; town, 74 Lobsters, trade in, 76, 107 Local government, 38 (see also Municipal Government) Logan Rock, 177 London, 66, 165, 176 Long Lake, 73 Long Point Bay, 159 Longue Pointe, 129 Longueuil, 128 Loon Lake, 112 L'Original, 166 Lome, Marquis of, 16 Lotbiniire, 129 Louisburg, 102 ; capture of, 69 Loyalists, United Empire, 139 Lumber trade, the, 31, 131 Lunenburg, 7i, 164 Lytton,206 MABOU River, 102 Macdonald, Sir J., premier, 12, 13, 17 MacDougall, Hon. W., lieut.-gov. of North-West Territories, 12 Mackenzie, Hon, A., premier, 14 ; river, 23, 244 McNab's Island, 98 Madame Lake, 73 Madawasha River, 23, 111 MagHguadavic Lake, 112 Maganetawan River and Lake, 160, 180 Magdalen Islands, 125 Magistrat s, 38, 91 (see also Ju- dicial Courts) Main-a-Dieu Passflge, 102 Maitland River, 160 Manitoba, history, 13,213; origin of, 214; admitted to the Domin- HIN ion, 13; boundaries and area, 213, 214; Indians in, 67, 216, 224; divisions, 216 ; government, 216, 222; soil, 216; climate, 217; rivers and lakes, 218; produce, 218; timber, 220; minerals, 222; population, 222 ; sport, 225 ; edu- cation and religion, 224; principal towns, 220; means of communi- cation, 229 ; district of Keewatin (see Keewatin); post-offices in, 258 Manitoba Lake, 244 « Manitouliri Island, 167 Manufactures, 87, 134, 173 (we also Trade and Commerce) Manures, use of, 162 Maple, 32, ?3 ; sugar, 32, 87 Maquapit Lake, 112j Marbles, 86 Margaree river, 102 Marieville, 129 Maritime Road, 140 Massesquash River, 100 Matawan River, 23 Mecklenburg, 154 Megantic Lake, 128 Memphremagog Lake, 128 Mennonites, the, 213, 223 Meteorological service, 24 Metropolitan bishop of Canada, 40, 122 Mica, 168 Michigan Lake, 22 Milbank Sound, 185, 186, 196 Military service, 64 Milton, 164 Minas, town of, founded, 66 ; Basin of, 95 Mineral springs, 23, 83; oils, 31 Miners, number of, in Nova Scotia, 83 Mines and minerals of Canada, 29 ; of Nova Scotia, 30, 76, 79, 81,82, 100, 265 ; of Cfipe Breton, 102 ; of New Brunswick, 120 ; of Mani- toba, 222; of North-West Terri- tories. 246 ; of Ontiirio, 168 ; of Quebec, 132 ; of British Columbia, 187 INDEX. 287 area, 213,. lib, 224; ment, 216, ate, 217; produce, arals, 222 ; 225 ; edu- ; principal comrauni- ■ Keewatin ■offices in. 73 (see also , 87 28 23 24 Canada, 40, 16, 105 d, 66 ; Basin ; oils, 31 Nova Scotia, r Canada, 29 ; re, 79,81,82, 3reton, 102; 20 ; of Mani- i-West Terri- iirio, 168 ; of i&b Columbia, MTQ Miquelon Island, left to France, 9, 70 Mira Hills, 102 ; river, 102 Miramichi River, 23, 111 Missionary efforts, French, 6 Missionaries in North-West Ter- ritories, 256 Moira River, 160 Monck, Lord, governor-general, 12 Money-orders in Canada, 62; money in British Columbia, 210 Montague gold mines, 81 Montmorenci Falls, 60, 146, 149 Montreal, origin of, and foundation by Cartier, 6; capture of, 8; captured by Americans, 9 ; made the capital, 10 ; population, 56 ; views of, 60, 145, 150 Mont Royal, 161 Monts, de, settlement of Canada by, 6, 6 ; lieut.-general of Acadie, 62 Moodyville, 186 Moose, the, 33,94 ; close time for, 34 Mountains of Canada, 21 ; Nova Scotia, 23, 73 ; Cape Breton, .02 ; New Brunswick, 109; Ontario, 179; British Columbia, 186, 205 Mounted police of North-West Ter- ritories, 251 Municipal government, 171 Muskoka 166, 168, 169; lake, 178, 180 NANAIMO, 186, 202 Napanee, 164 Napierville, 129 Narrows, the, 98 Nassau, 164 Nasse River, 186, 195 National Policy, 1 7 Natural History of Canada, 33 Nelson River, 23, 244 Nepigon Lake, 23, 169 Nepisiquit harbour, 112 ; lake, 112 New Brunswick, first legislature of, 9 ; joins the Dominion, 11 ; area, 109; history, 109; popu- lation, 110, 122; mountains, rivers, lakes, &c., Ill, 112; NOV( hills, 109 ; Indians, 111 ; natural history, 112; geology, 115; cli- mate, 116; industries and trade, 116,117; exports, 119, 119 timber trade, 117; cattle, 119 mines. 120 ; principal towns, 120, railways, 122; land laws, 121, 122; education, 122 New Carlisle, 128 Newcastle, 110 Newfoundland, discovery of, by Cabot, 2 ; not in the Dominion, 20 New France, 7, 18 New Westminster, 194 Niagara town, 165; river and falls, 160, 179 Nicola Lake, 206 Nictaux Lake, 112 Nine Mile River, 100 Nipissing Lake, 23, 169; district, 170 Norse community, a, 229 North Mountains, 7m North-west Territories, area, 233 ; soil, 237; productions, 236, 236; climate, 237 ; surveys in, 239 ; rivers and lakes, 240, 244 ; prin- cipal settlements, 240, 247; mine- rals, 246; agriculture, 246, 251, 254; scenery, 249; land sales, 260 ; mountains, 249 ; govern- ment, 251 ; mounted police, 251 ; post offices in, 269 Nottawasaga bay, 159 Notre Dame Cathedral, 157 Notre Dame Mountains, 22 Nova Scotia, discovery of, 61 ; sup- posed visit of De Correreal, 2 ; position of, 61 ; first settlement of, 3 ; taken by French, 7, 64 ; ceded to France, 65, 66 ; capture by English, 65, 67; ceded to Eng- land, 7 ; first legislature, 8 ; char- ter to, 9 ; joins the Dominion, 1 1 ; sport in,33, 93; French settlements, 62, 66 ; granted to Earl Stirling, 63 ; civil war between French settlers, 66; first English gover- nor, 66 ; granted to La Tour, 66 ; 288 INDBX. I It I OCH French and English atruggles, 64, G9; population, 66, 67, 70, 74,91; Governor Cornwallislanda with immigrants, 69 ; final ex- pulsion of I'rench, 70 ; area, 71 ; climate, 71 ; geology, 72; moun- tains, lakes, rivers, and islands, 73, 102; counties, 74, 91; flsherieH, 75, 94 ; mines and minerals, 76, 265 ; coal, 76, 100; gold, 76, 79, 82; iron, 76, 81 ; timber, 83, 89 ; soil, 71, 83 ; vegetable productions, 83, 86 ; manufactures, 87 ; shipping, 88 ; exports, 88 ; land laws, 89 ; government, 90 ; immigration, 91 ; education, 91 ; Indians, 92 ; railway s, &c., 92 ; telegraphs, 93 OCHETSOUS deposits, 133 Oils, mineral, 31, 87, 103; fish, 19o {see also Fish and Fish- eries) Ontario, Lake, 22, 169 Ontario, area and boundaries of, 19, 154, 156; climate of, 25, 167; railways in, 48, 172 ; Indians in, 68, 163 ; history of, 154 ; govern- ment, 154, 171 ; natural features, 167 ; rainfall, 169 ; lakes and rivers, 159 ; agriculture, 160, 168; population, 163; divisions, 164 ; timber, 168 ; minerals, 168 ; land system, 168; education and . religion, 171 ; judicial, 172 ; ship- ping, 173 ; trade and manufac- - tures, 173; chief towns, 175; scenery, 178 ; inducements to emi- grants, 177 ; sport, 180 ; Zoology, 181 Orchards, 86 Ordnance and Admiralty lands, 26 Orillia, 180 Oromocto Eiver, 111; lake, 112; town, 110 Ottawa, made the capital, 10 ; popu- lation, 66, 164; description of, 176 ; river, 23, 128, 140 Owen Sound, 159 P08 PACIFIC Railway, the, 210, 261 ; charter to, 13 ; subsidy to, 16 ; Pembina branch completed, 17; telegraph line, 62, 230, 232 Paris, treaty of, 8 Parliament, first united, 10; con- stitution of the present, 37, 90 Parry Sound, 165 Paasamaquoddy Bay, 112 Passengers, number of, on railways, 48 Passing Polly Bog, 100 Pass Mission, 240 Peace River, 23, 196, 243, 248 Peat, 31, 86 Pembina Mountains, 249; River, 244 Pembroke, 166 ' ' ; Perce, 129 ' ■ -' Perth, 164 : ; v">: Peterborough, 165, 176 Petitcodiac River, 23 Petroleum, 31, 87, 168 Phosphate of lime, 132 Pictou, town, 74, 100, 135 ; island, 73 Pines, varieties of, 32 Plumbago, 133 Pointe Claire, 129 ^ . ;. • V? Point Levi, 149 Point St. Charles, 163 Police, mounted, of North- West Ter- ritories, 251 Pontgrave visits Canada, 6 Population of Canada, 10, 19, 55 ; Cape Breton, 101 ; chief cities. 56; Manitoba, 19, 222; New Brunswick, 19, 110, 122; Nova Scotia, 19, 66, 67, 73, 74, 91 ; Ontario, 19, 163; Prince Edward Island, 19, 105; Quebec, 19, 139, 144 ; different nationalities of the, 19, 99 Port Royal, 65 (see also Annapolis) Port Coekburn, 180 Port Hood, 75 Port Moody, 186 ' - _„ Port Townsend, 197 Ports, shipping, list of, 174 Post-office organisation, 53; list of, offices, 211,257, 268 INDBX. 289 210, 261 ; dyto, 16; leted, 17; 232 10 ; con- , 37. 90 a railways. J, 248 49; River, 5; island, 73 ;h-WeBtTer- a, 5 10, 19, 55 ; chief cities. 222; New 122; Nova 73, 74, 91 ; rince Edward 3bec, 19, 139, alities of the, Annapolis) f, 174 n, 63; list of, 8 rOT Potatoes, 86 ; export of, 28 Prairie Province, the, 213 Pre8l)yterian Church, 40 Prcricott, 176 Prince Albert Mission, 240 Prince Arthur's Landing, 230 Prince Edward Island, history, 105; area and boundaries, 19, 104; held by France, 68 ; joins the Dominion, 11, 105 ; communica- tion with the mainland, 104 ; government, 105 ; provincial governors, 106; railways, 107; population, 19, 105, 106; climate, 106; industries, 106 Public works departments, 43 Puget Sound, 196 QU'APPELLE River, 243 Quebec Act, the, 9 Quebec city, origin of, 4 ; founded, 6, 147; scenery of, 60, 146; Hotel Dieu and Ursuline convent founded, 6 ; captured by Wolfe, 8 ; attacked by United States, 9 ; the citadel, 147; popilation of, 56 Quebec province, railways in, 48, 141 ; Indians in, 58, 144 ; his- tory, 18, 126; voyage to, 124; natural features, 125, 126; area boundaries, 19, 126; electoral districts, 128; rivers, 23; cli- mate and soil, 130; produc- tions, 131; mines, 132; agricul- ture, 133 ; commerce and manu- factures, 134; exports, 135; shipping, 136; land laws, 136; eastern townships of, 137 ; popu- lation,139,144 ; government, 142 ; educational and religious, 142; judicial, 144 ; sports and scenery, 145 ; principal towns, 146, 163 Queen Charlotte Islands, 201 EAILWAYS, 43; the first, 43; tabular statement of capital, mileage, &c., 44 ; total length, 46 ; capital invested in, 46 ; ROM trnffic, 48 ; revenue and expendi- ture of, 49 ; in Nova Scotia, 1)2 ; in Prince ixlward Island, 105 ; in New Brunswick, 122; in On- tario, 48, 172, 176, 179; in Quebec, 140, 141 ; in British Columbia, 194, 210; and can ils, Minister of, 37 Rainfall, 25,169, 183 Ranier Mountain, 196 Rapide Plat canal, 61 Raspberries growing in forests, ', ) Rate of interest on money, 177 Ray, cape, 125 Reciprocity with United States, 70, 110 Red Deer River, 242 Red Indians {see Indians) Red River, 8, 218, 'i^O Religious denominations, 39, 142, 172, 224, 266 Rents in towns, 177 Representative government granted, 9 Restigouche River, 23, 111 ; buy, 112 Revenues, &c., of Dominion rail- ways, 49; from Crown lands in Nova Scotia, 90 Richelieu River, 23, 128 Richibucto, 110 Richmond, 129 Rideau canal, 60, 51, 160 Riflemen, Canadian, visit Wim- bledon, 16 Rimouski, 129 Rivers of Canada, 22 ; Nova Scotia, 73 ; British Columbia, 23, 186 ; New Brunswick, 23, 111 ; Mani- toba, 218; North-West Terri- tories, 239, 244; Ontario, 169 Rivifere du Loup, 129, 150 Roads in British Columbia, 194, 198, 208; in Keewatin and Mani- toba, 224, 229 Roberval, Sieur de, first French viceroy, 5 Rocky Mountains, 232 Roman Catholic Church, 39 {see also Religious Denominations) 290 INDEX. 'i, ROO Root Kiver, 243 Roeseau Lake, 179, 180 Rossignol Ljiko, 73 Rupert's Land {set North-West Territories) Rupert, Prince, and the Hudson Bay Company, 8 Rustico, 108 . 103 • and Valley, 23, SABLE Island Saguenay li 128, 140, 160 St. Andrew's, 110 St. Athanase, 129 St. Catherine's, 165, 176 St. Chrietopho, 129 St. Clair Lake, 22 St. Croix Island, 63 ; river, 112 St. Denys River, 102 St. Francis River, 126 St. Francis du Lac, 130 St. Fran9oi8, 128 St. George's Island, 98 St. Germain-en-Laye, treaty of, 7, 65 St. Hugues, 128 St. Hyacinthe, 66, 130 St. Jean Port Isle, 129 " St. Jerome, 130 St. John Island (see Prince Edward Island) St. John River, 23, 110; city, 56, 70, 110,120; district, 140 St. Julienne, 129 St. Laurent, 242 St. Lawrence River, 22, 33, 128 ; first steamer on the, 41 ; cape, 102 St. Martine, 129 St. Mary's River, 73 St. Maurice River, 23, 128, 140 St. Michael, 128 St. Paul's Bay, 129 ; island, 73, 103 St. Pierre ceded to France, 9, 70 St. Thomas, 129, 166 Sainte Henedine, 129 Sainte Rose, 129 - Saiiite Scholastique, 130 Salmon and trout fisheries, 35, 37 mountains. SOU (see also Fisheries and Angling) ; angling rivers, 36, 94 ; in British Columbia, 191 Salmon Lake, 112 Salt, 31, 168 , , Salt springs, 23 Sandwich, 164 • Sarnia, 164 San Juan boundary question, 182 Saskatchewan, territory of, 233 Saskatchewan River, 23, 239 Saugeen River, 160 Saulte Ste. Marie, 164 Savings' Banks, 62 Saw-mills i Manitoba, 221 Scatari Isl id, 73, 102 Scenery of Canada, 68 Schools (see Education) Seasons (aee Clir late) Selkirk Islands, 105 22 Severn River, 159 Shediac Harbour, 112 Shelburne, 74 SheU-fish, 76 Sherbrooke, 130 Ship, first, built in Nova Scotia, 65 Shippigan Harbour, 112 Shipping trade of Canada, Nova Scotia, 88 ; Ontario, Quebec, 136; Manitoba, North-West Territor'os, 241 Shoal Lake, 231 Shubenacadie River, 23, 73, 100 Silver, 30, 168, 188 Simcoe Lake, 23, 169, 178; town, 165 Simpson, Governor, canoe journey by, 246 Skeena River, 186, 195 Sleighing, 60, 146, 168 Snow, value of, in Canada, 25, 130, 158 Soil of Nova Scotia, 71, 83 ; Quebec, 130, 138; Prince Edward Island, 106; Manitoba, 216; North- West Territories, 236 Sorel, 129 Souris, 108 South Mountain, 73 42; 173; 218; IND£X. 291 ngling) ; Uritish )n. 182 ',233 S39 21 mountaiDB, 1 Scotia, 66 anada, 42 ; ntario, 173 ; litoba, 218 ; 08,241 ;, 73, 100 178; town, anoe journey nada, 26, 130, 1, 83 ; Quebec, Sdward Island, 5 • North-West SPA Sparrow Lake, 179, 180 Sport in Novii Scotia, 93 ; Pnnco Edward Island, 107 ; British Columbia, 206 ; Manitoba, 226 ; Ontario, 180; Quebec, 146; North- West Territories, 248 (see aUo Game) Spruce tir, 32 Stadacona, an Ir^dian town, 4, 147 Stanstead, 130 Statistics of Nova Scotia gold mines, 81 Stellartou coal mine, 78, 100 Steamer, fir ■it on the St. Lawrence, 41 Steam communication with and in Canada, 69, 93, 101, 104, 107, 111, 150, 178, 179, 194, 209, 241 Stickeon River, 188 Stirling, Earl of, grant of Nova Scotia to, 63 Stone, building, S3, 86 Stratford, 165 Stuart, Lord James, lands at Capo Breton, 64 Sugar, maple, 32, 87 ; beet root, 173 Summerside, 104, 108 Surveys in Quebec, 140 ; North- West Territories, 238 Superior, Lake, 22, 179 Swan River, 244 Sjdney, 76, 102 TACOMA Mountain, 196 Tadousac, 129,150 Tancook Lake, 73 Tangier gold mine, 79 Tanning, 32 Taxes in British Columbia, 207 Telegraphs, ' 2, 93 ; between light- houses, &c 52 ; Prince Edward Island and New Brunswick, 107 Temiscouata lake, 112 Temperance societies and laws, 91 Thick-wood country, 248 Thompson River and Lake, 23,. 186 Thome, Thomas visits Cape Bre- ton, 3 VOT Thousand Isles, Lake of, 146 Three Rivers, 66, 130 Tides, force of the, 73, 112 Tignish, 106 Timber, varieties of, in Canada, 32 ; in Nova Scotia, 83 ; priee of, 89 ; North-West Territories, 234 ; British Columbia, 189 ; New Brunswick, 118; Manitoba, 220; Ontario, 168; Quebec, 131, 135 138 (see also Forests) Tobique River, 111 Tobogganing, 60, 145, 168 Took, manufacture of, 28 Toronto, made the capital, 10 ; popu- lation of, 66, 165 ; description of, 175 Tour through Canada, 208 Townships, laying out of, 26 Trade and commerce, 41, 116, 123, 134, 173 Trading Lake, 179 Traffic of Canadirn railways, 48 Trees {see Timber and Forests) Treaties with Red Indians, 57 Trent River, 160 Trial by jury, 38 Trout-fishing, 94, 108 {see also Salmon ; Angling ; and Fisheries) Truro, 74, 100 ; agricultural exhi- bition, 85 UNION, Act of, 9 United Empire Loyalists, 139 Universities in Quebec, 143 Utrecht, treaty of, 7, 67 VALDEZ Island, 186, 195 Value of Church livings, 41 Vancouver Island, 184, 202 Vaudreuil, 130 Verazzani, Giovanni, explores the St. Lawrence, &c., 3, 61, 101 Verchferes, 130 Victoria, city of, 56, 184, 187, 202 Victoria tubular bridge, 145, 151 Volcanoes in British Columbia, 205 Voyage to Canada, 57, 124 292 INDEX. :! t •!, I .'til WAG WAGAMATCOOK River, 102 Walkerton, 164 Wallace River, 73 War with United States, 9 Washaderaoak RiA^er^ 111; lake^ 112 Washington, treaty of, 14 Waterloo, 130 Water-power, 167 Welland Canal, 50, 160; town, 165 Wellington Lake, 100 Western Peninsula, 170 Wheat "jea of North- Western Ter- ritories, 235 ; exports cf, 28 ; varieties of, 219; production of Quebac, 133 Whitby, 165 Willamette Vallev, 205 Williams, Sir F. W., 94 Windsor, 74, 94 Winnipeg, city of. 66, 226 ; l Ontario, KINGSTON....) HALIFAX, Nova Scotia. ST. JOHN \ New FBEBBBICTON/ Brunswick. V^CTOBIA ) clfi'ilV The BANK GRANTS CREDITS on its Branches and NEW YORK, CHICAGO, and SAN FRANCISCO, Agents, payable on presentation, free of charge. Similar Credits are granted by the several Agents of the Bank iu the United Kingdom. The Bank purchases or forwards for Collection BILLS on AMERICA and COUPONS for Dividends on AMERICAN STOCKS, and undertakes the Purchase and Sale of STOCK, and other Money Business in the BRITISH PROVINCES and the UNITED STATES. Deposits are received in the London Office for fixed periods at rates which can be obtained on application. A. G. WALLIS, Secretary. 3 CLEMEN'^ J LANE, LOMBARD STREET, LONDON, E.G. f to S. W. SILVER AND CO. S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. BANK OF MONTREAL. (ESTABLISHED IN 1818.) INCOBPOEATED BY PROVINCIAL PARLIAMENT. CAPI'i^AL PAID UP BESERVE FUND . £2,465,753 Sterling. iei,S32,876. DIRECTORS IN CANADA. C. P. Smithers, Esq , President. Hon. D. A. Smith, Vice-President. Gn-BERT Scott, Esq. i Alex. Murray, Esq. i Alfred Brown, Esq. A. T. Paterson, Esq. I G. A. Drummond, Esq. I Hugh McLennan, Esq. Hon. John Hamilton. HEAD OFFICE-MONTREAL. ♦ W. J. Buchanan, General Manager. LONDON BOARD. E. H. King, Esq., Chairman. EoBRRT Gillespie, Esq. | Sir John Rose, Bart., 6.C.M.G. OFFICES-9 BIRCHIN LANE, LOMBARD STREET, E.G. Caldwell Ashworth, Manager. ALMONTE, Ont, BELLEVILLE, „ BRANTFORD, „ BROCKVILLB, „ CHATHAM, N.B. CORNWALL, Ont. GODERICH, „ BRANCHES MONTREAL, E. S. GUELPH, HALIFAX, N.S. HAMILTON, Ont. KINGSTON, „ LINDSAY, „ LONDON, „ MONCKTON, N.B. IN CANADA. Clouston, Mancgi>r. OTTAWA, Ont. PERTH, „ PETERBORO, „ PICTON, „ PORT HOPE, „ QUEBEC, Que. REGINA, Assini- bola, N. W. T. SARNIA, Ont. STRATFORD, „ ST. JOHN, N.B. ST. MARY'S, Ont. TORONTO, „ WINNIPEG, Man. AGENTS IN UNITED STATES. NEW YORK— W. Watson and A. Lang. CHICAGO— Bank of Montreal. BOSTON— Merchants' National Bank. SAN FRANCISCO— Bank of British Columbia. The Bank of Montreal having Branch Offices in all the principal Cities and Towns throughout Canada, and Agencies in New York and Chicago, under- takes monetary business with all parts of the Dominion of Canada and United States. Grants Letters of Credit. Collects Drafts in Canada and United States, and issues Circular Ifotes. ^~Tf S. W. SILVER AND CO. S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 11 VL. terling. \ident. iWK, ESQ. tUNAN, Esq. ,T,, G.C.M.G. , E.C. INA, Assini- ,oia. N. W. T. NIA, Ont. A.TFOBD, „ JOHN, N.B. MARY'S, Ont. ONTO, .. INIPEG, Man. 01" BBITISU ipal Cities and licago, iinder- • Canada and United States, The GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY COMPANY of CANADA (-A.asrr) its coasriTECTiOJsrs) Desire to draw nttention to the Advantages offered by this Company to Paascngera from Great Britain and Europe destined to points in CANADA, MANITOBA, NORTH-WEST TERP'TORIES, DAKOTA, MONTANA, OREGON, CALIFORNIA, AND THE UNITED STATES GENERALLY. OCEAN STEAMSHIP LINES TO QUEBEC in Summer, and PORTLAND and HALIFAX in Winter. The Shortest and Best Routes across the Atlantic, the distance from Liverpool to Quebec being only 2,600 miles, to Portland 2,7<'0 miles. The Steamt-rs land the Passengers and Baggage, at Voth places, on the Wharves from which the Grand Trunk Trains start. Every convenience exists also at Halifax for Passengers taking the Intercolonial Railway con- necting with the Grand Trunk. Depots and Stations for the convenience of Emigrants are provided at Quebec, Shehbrookk, Montreal, Ottawa, Hamilton, London, Sarnia, DuLDTH, and WiNNiPfxi, where full information can be obtained from the Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, and Dominion Emigration Agents. By taking the Grand Trunk Route the several transfers of Passengers and Luggage are avoided. The Agents of tlie Company superintend the landing of passengers from the Steamers, and take special care that all their wants are attended to. Passengers and theiu Luggage are transferred from the Steamers to the Railway Cars Free of Expense. Express Trains, with Through Cars for Sarnia, Port Huron, or Chicago leave these Ports immediately after the arrival of the Steamers. Passengers have every opportunity of obtaining Rkfkkshments at Low Rates at the Stations, where the Trains are timed to stop for that purpose. Greatly improved roomy carriages, well lighted, warmed, and having every convenience, have been added to the already extensive equipment of this service. At the depots, which have been erected for the cdnveniknce of Emigrants, large and comfortable Waiting Rooms, with commodious, wbll-arranged Sleeping Apartments, are provided. At Sarnia are also provided special sanitary arrangements as regards Bathing, Washing, &c. The Company's Agents are instructed to leave nothing undone that can in any manner contribute to the care and comfort of the passengers. For Rates of Passage — First Class and Special Emigrant Fares — or further information, apply to Messrs. ALLAN BROTHERS & CO., Liverpool; J. & A. ALLAN, 70 Great Clyde Street, Glasgow ; FLIN, MAI.V, & MONT- GOMERY, 24 James Street. Liverpool, the CANADA SHIPPING COM- PANY, 21 Water Street, Liverpool; GREAT WESTERN STEAMSHIP LINE, Bristol ; or any of their Agents in Great Britain and Europe ; and at the Offices of the GRAND TRUNK RAILWAY, Dashwood House, 9 New Broad Street, London, E.G. J. B. RENTON, Secretary. 12 S. W. SILVER AND CO. S HANUBOOK ADVERTISEH. OONTBAOTORS TO THE ADMIRALTY. INDIA RUBBER, GUTTA PERCHA, AND TELEGRAPH WORKS COMPANY LIMITED. SIIL.'V^Eie.TOV;^:tT, ESSEX, MANUFACTURERS OF VULCANISED INDIA RUBBER, ' SPECIAL quality; to resist the Action of Mineral Oils and High Pressure Steam. VULCANISED INDIA RUBBER HOSE, SPECIALLY PBEPABED FOR USE IN THE TROPICS. STEAM PACKING, VULCANISED MACHINE BELTING, GARMENTS, FABRICS, &c. EBONITE, NOT AFFECTED BY HYDROCHLOHIG OB ACETIC ACID. Gntta Percha Tubing, Belting, Budgets, Slieet, &c. INDIA RUBBER OR GUTTA PERCHA COVERED SUBMARINE, SUBTERRANEAN, AND AERIAL TELEGRAPH CABLES, AND TELEGRAPH STORES OF ALL KINDS. TORPEDO APPARATUS, As used by the Services of Great Britain and the United States, and of the Chief Countries of Europe. WAREHOUSE AND OFFICE: 100 & 106 CANNON STREET, Xj02i<ek infor- mation concerning the British Colonics and the Dutch Republics in that region of ihe world. Abundant details are supplied of their history, topography, geology, and mineralogy, climate, botany, and 7,oology ; of the character and condition of their native raccF, their colonial population, agriculture, forests, pastoral resource*?, mining, trade, and other industi-i-?c ; of their land laws and sales, their tariffs, prices, and wages, and of their government affaii's. The volume is furnished with a good map.' LANCET. — ' We must refer our r^. ' its to the book itself for an able and exhaustive description of the climate, which, ac has long been knovvr", is, on acoountof the dryness of the air, specially suited to persons aifected with chronic; pnl.nonary disorders. The Handbook contains a great variety of most useful Information relative tc South Africa.' BROAD ARROW. — ' The present works far exceed, both in scope and general utility, any of those which have preceded them. Silver, In fact, has become the Murray of our Colonies.' EMPIRE.— ' The work docs not aim at literary merit beyond that of clearness of statement and helpful arrangement, at the same time several of its pages are not wanting in interest. Tho contents include almost every topic presented by the social, political, industrial ami natural cori6itio:i of South Afiioa ; in fact, it would be difflcult to mention any ques- tionings of an intelligent curiosity about South Africa to which the Handbook does not give a pufflcient answer. The dissertation on Cape Wuies contains some valuable information, and the paper on Ostrich Farming presents facts of a novel character. The notes on Geology, Botauj, and Natural History are copious. The Diamond and Gold Fields are fully descritoi. Altogether an admirable work of its cluss.' MITTKEILUNO-EN.— ' A book rich in facts, well ananged, and diligently worked ont.' LEKDS MERCTTRT.— ' It is satisfactory to find a vork of this kind supplying in » popular fonn the vt-ry information for which everyone is asking.' S. W. SILv^ER & CO., 67 Cobnhill, London. =•- W. SILVBB AND CO. S HANDBOOK ADVERTISEB. 15 SIMNITT Si CO. J • r B00TMAKEE3: 18 B/SHOPSGATE STREET WITHIN, LonsriDOiT, In returning thanks to their numerous customers in Australia, India, China, and the Colonies for their kind support, beg to renew their Instructions for Self-Measurement, a close attention to which will ensure the continuance of such an article as that for which their Firm has been so long celebrated. Lay the foot on a piece of paper, and take the outline with a pen or pencil, then take the size round the ball or joint; th same round the instep; again from the heel to the upper part of the instty, and round tlie calf. If Eiding or Long Hunting Boots are required, it will be necessary to state the length of the leg, and measurement round the thigh. Orders to be accompanied by a remittiince or reference for payment in London. A SPECIAL DEPARTMENT FOR LADIES. G E O R G E W H YB R O W, ' REGlSTEIiED ' SPECIALITIES, viz.:— THE " WAR RANTED" pickle s SELECTED VEGETABLES IN PURE GRAIN VINEGAR. Skb Db, Hassall's Report. G.W THE 'EAGLE PICKLES. THE 'LONDON' PICKLES. THE SOUTH AMERICAN "V^ 'DIGESTIVE' PICKLE. RADE MARK. SeB Dh. HaSSAXl's iiEPOET. ^ ALSO WHYSROW' S POPULA R 'RELISH.' THE ABOVE ARTICLES MANUFACTURED ONI.T BY GEO RQ E W hP**B R O W, WELLCLOSE SQUARE, LONDON, E. 16 S. W. SILVER AND CO.'s HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. Ill i R. & N. POTT, 22 SOUTHV/ARK BRIDGE ROAD, lo:n"3DOi'rr>n LUn IKAtlOK BY SPECIAL APPOINTMENT TO THE WAS OFFICE I ADMIRALTY; ROYAL LOroN OPHTs, ^IC HOSPITAL) ROY' .JBRA^ii:" iO^IETY; ROYAL ; ...TARY COLLi; . --.''PHURSTl TRINITY HOUSE ; CHRIS"« HOSPITAL; KING'S COLLEGE ; AND Ipi-' RUSSIAN, NORWEGIAN, SWEDISH, AND JAPANESE GOVERNMENTS' RAILWAYS; AND THE N.S.W, AND COLONIAL GOVERNMENTS, 01 o ft. * o o o 4) u I' Improved Theodolites nnd Dumpy Levels ; Box Sextants ; Prismatic Compasses ; 6 g £ circular Protractors ; Navy Sextants, Telescopes, and Niglit Glasses ; Capt. o m u « George's Improved Travelling Barometer; Aneroid Barometers; Improved Cheap .ps'^JjJ MicroscoiJes for Students, &c. All descrlpMona of Drawing Instruments, &c. g-g accT 181 STRAND, LONDON, W.C. S. W. SILVER AND CO. S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 17 i S. W. SILVER & GO'S HAMMERLESS GUN. Fitted with ' SILVER'S AUTOMATIC SAFETY BOLT.' This ' Safety Bolt' differs altogether from any hitherto introduced, there being no studs or buttons, slides or bolts to be puslied forward, as a preliminary to firing. In bringing the Gun to tlie shoulder the blocks are released automatically. SHEWING MOVEMENT^ S. yV. SILVER & CO.'S PATENT ' TRANSVAAL ' RIFLE AND GUN COMBINED. THE PATENT BARREL DETACHMENT allows interchangeable Barrels being adapted, to take Snider — Martini-Henry — "577 Express — and No. 12 Rifle Ammunition, for BIG GAME, and shot barrels of 20, 16, or 12 bore, for birds and ordinary sport. 67 CORNHILL, LONDON, E.G. Prices, Circulars, and Testimonials on application. Convenient Shooting Range.